MD30.1 Flender Sig en PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 300

Siemens AG 2014

FLENDER SIG
Standard industrial gear units

FLENDER gear units

Catalog Edition
MD 30.1 2014

Answers for industry.


Siemens AG 2014

Related catalogs
FLENDER SIP MD 31.1 Bucket Elevator Drives MD 20.2
Standard Industrial Planetary Gear Units

E86060-K5731-A111-A3-7600 E86060-K5720-A121-A3-6300

FLENDER couplings MD 10.1 PLANUREX 2 MD 20.3


Standard Couplings Planetary Gear Units

E86060-K5710-A111-A4-7600 E86060-K5720-A131-A2-6300

ARPEX MD 10.2 Paper Machine Drives MD 20.5


High Performance Couplings

E86060-K5710-A121-A1-7600 E86060-K5720-A151-A2-6300

ARPEX MD 10.5 Conveyor Drives MD 20.6


Composite Couplings

E86060-K5710-A151-A2-7400 E86060-K5720-A161-A2-6300

ARPEX MD 10.10 Marine Reduction Gearboxes MD 20.7


Couplings Miniature

E86060-K5710-A211-A2-6300 E86060-K5720-A171-A1-7400

ARPEX MD 10.11 DUORED 2 MD 20.8


Torque Limiters Helical Gear Units, Load-sharing

E86060-K5710-A221-A2-7400 E86060-K5720-A181-A1-6300

Gear Units MD 20.1 SIMOGEAR MD 50.1


Sizes 3 22 Geared Motors

E86060-K5720-A111-A2-6300 E86060-K5250-A111-A3-7600

Gear Units MD 20.11 Products for Automation and Drives CA 01


Interactive Catalog, DVD

E86060-K5720-A211-A3-6300 E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600

Gear Units MD 20.12 Industry Mall


Fast Track Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet

E86060-K5720-A221-A1-6300 www.siemens.com/industrymall
Siemens AG 2014

FLENDER SIG
Standard industrial gear units
Catalog MD 30.1 2014

Dear customer,
We are happy to present the new Catalog MD 30.1 to you. This catalog contains the current product range of FLENDER standard
industrial gear units (FLENDER SIG).
In addition to the horizontal mounting position for FLENDER SIG gear units, we are now able to offer you a vertical mounting
position with dip lubrication for a number of sizes.
We have also added new output shaft designs to our extensive product spectrum:
Hollow shaft with involute splines and solid shaft without keyway for flange coupling with backlash free cone-clamping-connection.
A further mounting position is available as of October 2014: the mounting position "L" stands for the upright installation at the
housing side next to the horizontal low speed shaft (low speed shaft Lower than the high speed shaft).
For the single-stage helical gear units H1 the forced lubrication via a flange mounted pump is available now. With this option the
use of labyrinth seals can be incorporated into gear units at much lower speeds.
The modular gear unit system from Siemens thus supports a huge variety of possible variants, so that FLENDER SIG is available in
1-stage to 4-stage helical and 2-stage to 4-stage bevel-helical gear units in many different sizes and designs - both for mounting
on foundations and as shaft-mounted gear units.
With the FLENDER SIG series Siemens provides highly-developed universal solutions for the drive tasks of the future. These gear
units are extremely compact and, by comparison with the series predecessor, offer an even greater torque rating in a similar size.
By a harmonized torque rating you will always be able to find the right gear unit in this series. Numerous options have already been
standardized.
When implementing drive ideas you can look forward to take advantage of our experience in the industry, application know-how,
solution expertise, first-class engineering, the latest technology and a highly-functional drive-train concept.
FLENDER SIG was developed on the basis of long-term empirical values from our customers and the latest technical insights.
The new series is our contribution to your long-term success.
Please test the new technology now.
We hope that you will enjoy using Catalog MD 30.1 as a reference for placing new orders and look forward to receiving your
questions about our products.
Any ideas and suggestions for improvement will be gratefully received.
Up-to-date information about FLENDER SIG is available in the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/sig
With kind regards,

Uwe Krmer
FLENDER SIG Product Management
Siemens PD MD AP PRL PRM

Siemens Industriegetriebe GmbH

Answers for industry.


Siemens AG 2014
Siemens AG 2014

FLENDER gear units


FLENDER SIG Introduction
1
Standard industrial gear units
Catalog MD 30.1 2014 Technical information
2

Design of the gear units


3

The products and sys-


Helical gear units
horizontal mounting position
4
tems described in this
catalog are manufac-
tured/distributed under
application of a certified
Helical gear units
vertical mounting position
5
quality management
system in accordance

6
with DIN EN ISO 9001
Helical gear units
(Certified Registration
No. 01 100 000708). The upright mounting position, output at bottom
certificate is recognized
by all IQNet countries.
Bevel-helical gear units
horizontal mounting position
7

Supersedes:
Bevel-helical gear units
vertical mounting position
8
Catalog MD 30.1 2012
Revised edition December 2013

Siemens AG 2014
Bevel-helical gear units
upright mounting position, output at bottom
9

Connection dimensions
10

Options for operation


11

Options for externally mounted parts


12

Appendix
13

Printed on paper from


sustainably managed
forests and controlled
sources.

www.pefc.org
Siemens AG 2014

Answers for industry.


The central task in drive engineering is to optimize interoperation

of the controller, frequency converter, motor, coupling and gear

unit. Through many years of system expertise, well-proven,

standardized and reliable solutions have been available from

Siemens over the long term. During the development of the new

FLENDER SIG series of industrial gear units the main focus of the

design engineers was also on the drive train.


FLENDER SIG offers a number of innova- Various different cooling solutions
tive features: Up to 15 % more torque are also available as options for
than the highly developed Flender gear FLENDER SIG. The harmonized torque
units is really impressive. The new series stages mean that you will be closer to
is extremely versatile, and suitable for your desired torque across the entire
use in numerous applications. It offers spectrum, with positive effects on
a high degree of flexibility in system costs and logistics.
planning and many advantages in daily
operation. Further benefits are the The FLENDER SIG product range is
extended standards for externally extensive even now. This catalog will
mounted parts and peripherals as well provide you with an overview.
as an additional mounting surface.

2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


1
Siemens AG 2014

Introduction

1/2 Notes
1/2 Summary of basic types/
Gear unit designations
1/3 Orientation in space
1/4 Characteristic features
1/4 Notes on selection and operation

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Notes
Summary of basic types/Gear unit designations
1 Overview
Types Structure of gear unit designation
Helical gear units Type B 3 S H 5 1 1
Types H1.., H2.., H3.., H4..
1- ... 4-stage, iN = 1.12 400 Type Helical gear unit H
Bevel-helical gear unit B
No. of stages 1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
Output Solid shaft S
shaft design
Hollow shaft with keyway H
to DIN 6885/1
Hollow shaft for shrink disk D
Hollow shaft with spline in K
accordance with DIN 5480
Solid shaft without keyway C
Mounting Horizontal H
position
Vertical V
Upright, output at bottom L
Upright, output at top U
Bevel-helical gear units
Types B2.., B3.., B4.. Gear unit size 503 5 0 3
2- ... 4-stage, iN = 5 355 504 5 0 4
505 5 0 5
506 5 0 6
507 5 0 7
508 5 0 8
509 5 0 9
510 5 1 0
511 5 1 1
512 5 1 2
513 5 1 3
514 5 1 4

Further details required in orders


Transmission ratio i
Designs A, B, C, D, etc.

Example B3SH 511A16


Bevel-helical gear unit, 3-stage
Solid output shaft design
Horizontal mounting position
Size 511
Design A
i = 16

1/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Notes
Orientation in space

Overview 1
Mounting positions
FLENDER SIG gear units are available for mounting in the horizontal
(H), vertical (V) and upright position with output end (L) at the bottom. H
Versions for mounting in the upright position with output end at the top
(U) or for inclined or pivoted mounting positions can also be supplied U
subject to consultation with the supplier.

Designation of gear unit faces


Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face designa-
tions "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal mounting position
with the view directed at face 1. Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2), view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = Right
Face 6 = Left

Standard mounting surfaces


Mounting position Surface
Mounting position H Gear unit face 5
Mounting position L Gear unit face 4 V 92
01
Mounting position V Gear unit face 3 _ XX
_0 L
30
Mounting position U M D
G_
Alternative mounting surfaces to those specified above,
depending on the mounting position, are available on request.

5 3
19
00
X_
0 _X
M D3
G_

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 1/3


Siemens AG 2014

Introduction
Notes
Characteristic features
Notes on selection and operation
1 Overview Overview
Characteristic features Notes on selection and operation
Design Illustrations are examples only and are not strictly binding.
Dimensions are subject to change.
FLENDER SIG gear units are a completely new design.
Advantages are: The weights are mean values and not strictly binding.
Even more torque for the same size To prevent accidents, all rotating parts should be guarded
according to local and national safety regulations.
Even greater flexibility through additional mounting positions
Prior to commissioning, the operating instructions must be
Even greater plant availability thanks to longer rolling bearing observed.
service life The gear units are delivered ready for operation but without
Even closer to the customer's desired torque thanks to oil filling.
considerably harmonized torque stages Oil quantities given are guide values only.
Wide range of variants from 7 types with a variety of solid shaft The exact quantity of oil depends on the marks on the oil
or hollow shaft designs dipstick.
Available, if required, with dust-tight taconite seals The oil viscosity has to correspond to the data given on the
Internal cooling or standardized fan mounting, as required name plate.
Fast availability worldwide Approved lubricants may be used only. You will find current
operating instructions and lubricant selection tables on the
Attractive price/performance ratio Internet at:
Higher operational reliability combined with increased power http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/44231658
density The gear units are supplied with radial shaft seals. For other
Noise behavior sealing variants see Chapter 11.
Directions of rotation refer to the output shaft d2.
New concepts were applied to clearly improve the noise
emission of the FLENDER SIG gear units by In case of outdoor installation, insolation is to be avoided.
The customer has to provide adequate protection.
Grinding the bevel gears
Optimizing the wheel set Explanation of symbols used in the dimensional drawings:
Developing a compact monoblock housing Symbol Explanation
Achieving exceptionally large contact ratios. Oil dipstick
Thermal conduction
FLENDER SIG gear units not only have a high efficiency but also
a favorable thermal conduction
Through enlarged housing surface areas Breather
Because large fans incorporating a new type of air conduction
fan cowl are being used.
The selection of gear units is based on a lower maximum oil
temperature. By that, the operational reliability will be increased
and the cost of maintenance reduced due to longer oil change Oil drain
intervals.
Storing
FLENDER SIG gear units have been designed according to a
new unit construction principle. Through this, the variety of parts Oil filler
could be reduced. The parts are mainly on stock enabling the
Siemens manufacturing plants worldwide to deliver at short
term.

Foundation bolts of min. property class 8.8. Tolerance of the


clearance holes in the housing acc. to EN 20273 "coarse"
series. The gear housings are protected against corrosion and
lacquered in the color RAL 5015.
Guards and protection devices are coated in "Signal Yellow"
paint (RAL 1003).
Certified acc. to EN ISO 9001.

1/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


2
Siemens AG 2014

Technical information

2/2 Preservation
2/2 Selection of oil
2/2 Shaft misalignment
2/2 Maintenance

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Technical information
Preservation, selection of oil,
shaft misalignment, maintenance

Overview
Preservation Shaft misalignment

2 The internal preservation of Siemens industrial gear units is


dependent on the oil used and the shaft seals provided.
Shaft misalignment is the result of displacement during assem-
bly and operation and, where machines constructed with two
radial bearings each are rigidly coupled, will cause high loads
For gear units with corrosion prevention, the following storage being placed on the bearings. Elastic deformation of base
times are possible: frame, foundation and machine housing will lead to shaft mis-
Seal type of gear unit Maximum preservation life alignment which cannot be prevented, even by precise align-
Mineral oil PAO oil PG oil
ment. Furthermore, because individual components of the drive
train heat up differently during operation, heat expansion of the
Standard preservation machine housings causes shaft misalignment.
Without restriction Up to Up to Up to Poorly aligned drives are often the cause of seal or rolling bear-
6 months 6 months 6 months
ing failure. Alignment should be carried out by specialist person-
Long-term preservation nel in accordance with the Siemens operating instructions.
Labyrinth seal in Up to Up to Up to Depending on the direction of the effective shaft misalignment a
combination with 12 months 12 months 12 months distinction is made between:
V-ring seal
Shaft seal or Up to Up to Up to

.U
taconite seal 1) 24 months 24 months 36 months

If the storage periods mentioned are exceeded, the anti-corro-


sive agent in the gear unit is to be renewed.
.D
*B0'B;;B *B0'B;;B
Selection of oil
Axial misalignment Radial misalignment
Siemens industrial gear units may be filled with oils from produc-
ers authorized by Siemens AG, the oil producer or supplier be-
ing responsible for the quality of the product. For the selection of
oil grade and viscosity, the limits of application given in the table .Z
are to be taken into consideration.
A minimum operating viscosity of 25 cSt must be ensured.
*B0'B;;B
Viscosity ISO-VG at Minimum temperature limits in C
40 C in mm2/s (cSt) Angular misalignment
Mineral oil PAO oil PG oil
Dip lubrication
The shaft misalignment expected must be taken into account on
VG 220 -10 -30 -25
selecting the connection between the components and the input
VG 320 -10 -30 -25 shaft or output shaft. Guidelines and limits for compensation of
VG 460 -6 -25 -25 shaft misalignment can be obtained from the manufacturer.
Oil circulation lubrication
VG 220 10 0 10
Maintenance
VG 320 15 10 10 Compliance with the conditions for operation and installation is
essential. To prevent damage to the gear unit or failure of the
drive, regular inspection and maintenance must be performed
Dip lubrication: as specified in the operating instructions.
In case of dip lubrication, all parts to be lubricated are lying in
the oil.
If the temperatures are below the values as listed in the table, the
oil must be heated.
In case of dip lubrication, the oil temperature must not drop
below the pour point of the selected oil.

Oil circulation lubrication:


With an oil circulation lubrication system, all bearings that are not
immersed in oil are supplied with oil by a flange-mounted pump.
Selection criteria see page 11/4.
When an oil circulation lubrication system is used, the operating
viscosity must not exceed 1800 cSt.
At temperature limits below those listed in the table, a dip
lubrication or gear unit heating system must be provided.

1)
When storing outside, the maximum storage time can be reduced to
12 months depending on the package type. Please observe the operating
instructions.

2/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


3
Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units

Guidelines for selection


3/2 Constant mechanical power rating
3/4 Variable power rating
3/5 Key to symbols
3/6 Calculation example
3/8 Service factors

Overview tables
3/10 Type H1
3/22 Type H2
3/28 Type H3
3/34 Type H4
3/38 Type B2
3/50 Type B3
3/56 Type B4
3/60 Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Moments of inertia J1
3/62 Types B2, B3, B4
Moments of inertia J1
3/64 Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Actual ratio
3/66 Types B2, B3, B4
Actual ratio

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Constant mechanical power rating

Overview
1. Determination of gear unit type and size 2. Determination of oil supply:
1.1.Find the transmission ratio Horizontal mounting position (H)
Dip lubrication
n1 (all parts to be lubricated are immersed in the oil or are splash
is =
n2 lubricated)

3
Oil circulation lubrication by means of flange-mounted pump
1.2.Determine the nominal power rating of the gear unit (type H1 only)
Vertical mounting position (V)
P2N P2 f1 f2
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit
Forced lubrication on request
It is not necessary to consult us, if:
Upright mounting positions (L, U)
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit
3.33 P2 P2N
Forced lubrication on request

1.3 Check for maximum torque


e.g.: peak operating, starting or braking torque

TA n1
P2N f3
9550

Gear unit sizes and number of reduction stages are given in


rating tables depending on iN and P2N.
1.4 Check whether additional forces on the output shaft
are permissible; it is essential to consult Siemens!
1.5 Check whether the actual ratio i as per tables on
pages 3/64 to 3/66 is acceptable.

3/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Constant mechanical power rating

Overview (continued)
3. Determination of required thermal capacity PG

Data required: For the calculation below, the following has been assumed:
Type
Size
Gear unit with dip lubrication
Operating cycle: 100 % 3
Nominal ratio Installation in a large hall (wind velocity 1.4 m/s)
Ambient temperature altitude up to 1000 m
Input speed (1000/1200/1500/1800 rpm) Gear unit with mineral oil ISO-VG460

Assumptions corresponding to operating conditions

Assumptions deviating 1) Without auxiliary cooling


from operating conditions PG = PGA x f4 x f8 PGA = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)
PG = ......... f4 = ......... f8 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


2) Fan Gear unit without
3) Cooling coil PG P2 auxiliary cooling
4) Fan and cooling coil is sufficient
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

2) Fan possible
PG = PGB x f4 x f8 PGB = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)
PG = ......... f4 = ......... f8 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required Gear unit with


3) Cooling coil fan cooling
PG P2
4) Fan and cooling coil is sufficient
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

3) Cooling coil possible


PG = PGC15 x f5 x f8 PGC15 = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)1)
PG = ......... f5 = ......... f8 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required Gear unit with


4) Fan and cooling coil PG P2 cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler is sufficient

4) Fan and cooling coil possible


PG = PGD15 x f5 x f8 PGD15 = ......... (see pages 3/14 - 3/59)1)
PG = ......... f5 = ......... f8 = .........

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required Gear unit with


PG P2 fan and
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler
cooling coil
is sufficient
1) Values refer to a cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C and a maximum variation of the
cooling water temperature of 15K

Recalculation with Please consult the sales person responsible


PG < P2
other
Variation of the following items is possible:
assumptions:
Gear unit with Oil grade / viscosity / level
"X.CAT-NG" Gear unit on foundation or shaft-mounted gear unit
selected
PG P2 Application of an oil supply system
cooling
is sufficient

The type of the possibly required auxiliary cooling is dependent on the operating conditions at the G_MD30_EN_00048c

customer site (dust, cooling water connection, etc).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/3


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Variable power rating

Overview
For driven machines with constant speeds and variable power
ratings the gear unit can be designed according to the equiva-
lent power rating. For this a working cycle where phases I, II...n
require power PI, PII ... Pn and the respective power ratings
operate for time fractions XI, XII...Xn is taken as a basis. The
equivalent power rating can be calculated from these specifi-
cations with the following formula:
3
6.6 XI XII Xn
P2eq = P I6.6 + P II6.6 + ... P 6.6
n
100 100 100

The size of the gear unit can then be determined analogously to


points 1.1 ... 1.5 and 3.
The following applies:

P2N P2eq f1 f2

Then, when P2N has been determined, the power and time
fractions must be checked by applying the following require-
ments:
The individual power fractions PI, PII... Pn must be greater than
0.4 x P2N.
The individual power fractions PI, PII ... Pn must not exceed
1.4 x P2N.
If power fractions PI, PII ... Pn are greater than P2N, the sum of
time fractions XI, XII ... Xn must not exceed 10 %.
If any one of the three requirements is not met, P2eq must be
recalculated.
It must be borne in mind that a brief peak power rating not
included in the calculation of P2eq must not be greater than
Pmax = 2 x P2N.
In applications where the torque is variable but the speed
constant, the gear unit can be designed on the basis of the
so?called equivalent torque.
A gear unit design which is finite-life fatigue-resistant can be
sufficient for certain applications, for example, sporadic
operation (lockgate drives) or low output speeds (n2 < 4 rpm).
Example: Service classification

P
P 2eq
Pl

P ll P lll P lV
I
II III IV
X
X l=15% X lI=30% X lII=40% X lV=15%

X=100%
G_MD30_EN_00043

3/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Key to symbols

Overview
Key to symbols
Symbol Explanation Chapter/Page
ED Operating cycle per hour in %
(e.g. ED = 80 % per hour)
f1 Factor for driven machine 3/8
f2
f3
Factor for prime mover
Peak torque factor
3/9
3/9
3
f4 Thermal factors 3/9
f5 Thermal factors 3/9
f8 Oil supply factor 3/9
i Actual ratio 3/64, 3/66
iN Nominal ratio
is Required ratio
n1 Input speed (rpm)
n2 Output speed (rpm)
PG Required thermal capacity 3/3
PGA Thermal capacity for gear units without auxiliary cooling
PGB Thermal capacity for gear units with fan cooling
PGC Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil
PGC15 Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil,
limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K
PGD Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil and fan
PGD15 Thermal capacity for gear units with built-in cooling coil and fan,
limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K
P2N Nominal power rating of gear unit (kW), see rating tables
P2 Power rating of driven machine (kW)
t Ambient temperature (C)
TA Max. torque occurring on input shaft, e.g.: peak operating, starting, or braking torque (Nm)
T2N Nominal output torque (kNm)
T2max Max. permissible output torque (kNm)
TM Nominal motor torque (Nm)
TMA Motor starting torque (Nm)
TMK Pull-out motor torque (Nm)
P2eq Equivalent power rating (kW)
PI, PII, Pn Fractions of power rating (kW) obtained from service classification
XI, XII, Xn Fractions of time (%) obtained from service classification

Notes and legend for tables of thermal capacities


* On request
PGA (kW): PGC15 (kW):
Gear units without auxiliary cooling; Gear units with built-in cooling coil;
Values refer to: Values refer to:
Operating cycle 100 %, Operating cycle 100 %,
Installation in a large hall, Installation in a large hall,
Altitude up to 1000 m Altitude up to 1000 m,
Cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C
PGB (kW): with limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K.
Gear units with fan;
Values refer to: PGD15 (kW):
Operating cycle 100 %, Gear units with fan and built-in cooling coil;
Installation in a large hall, Values refer to:
Altitude up to 1000 m Operating cycle 100 %,
Installation in a large hall,
Altitude up to 1000 m,
Cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C
with limitation of cooling water temperature difference to 15 K.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/5


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Calculation example

Overview
Known criteria for the calculation example Required:
Prime mover Type of gear unit
Electric motor: P1 = 75 kW Gear unit size
Motor speed: n1 = 1500 rpm 1. Determination of gear unit type and size
Max. starting torque: Ta = 720 Nm 1.1.Find the transmission ratio
3 Driven machine
n1 1500
Belt conveyor: P2 = 66 kW is = = = 57.7 iN = 56
n2 26
Speed: n2 = 26 rpm
Duty: 12 h/day 1.2.Determine the nominal power rating of the gear unit
Starts per hour: 7
Operating cycle per hour: ED = 100 % P2N P2 f1 f2 = 66 1.3 1 = 85.8 kW
Ambient temperature: 30 C
Installation in a large hall: Wind velocity 1.4 m/s Selected from power rating table: type B3SH, gear unit size 509
Altitude: Sea level with P2N = 102 kW.

Gear unit design 3.33 P2 P2N 3.33 66 = 219.8 kW > P2N


Bevel-helical gear unit
Mounting position: Horizontal It is not necessary to consult us
Output shaft d2: On right-hand side, design C, 1.3 Check the starting torque
solid shaft
Direction of rotation of
output shaft d2: ccw TA n1 720 1500
P2N f3 = 0.65 = 73.5 kW
9550 9550
P2N = 102 kW > 73.5 kW

2. Determination of oil supply


Gear unit with dip lubrication

3/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Calculation example

Overview (continued)
3. Determination of required thermal capacity PG

Data required: For the calculation below, the following has been assumed:

3
Type: B3SH Gear unit with dip lubrication
Size: 509 Operating cycle: 100 %
Nominal ratio: iN = 56 Installation in a large hall (wind velocity 1.4 m/s)
Ambient temperature: t = 30 C altitude up to 1000 m
Input speed n1 = 1500 rpm Gear unit with mineral oil ISO-VG460

Assumptions corresponding to operating conditions

Assumptions deviating 1) Without auxiliary cooling


from operating conditions PG = PGA x f4 x f8 PGA = 71.4 kW (see page 3/54)
PG = 62.8 kW f4 = 0.88 f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required


2) Fan Gear unit with
3) Cooling coil auxiliary cooling
4) Fan and cooling coil required
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

2) Fan possible
PG = PGB x f4 x f8 PGB = 149 kW (see page 3/54)
PG = 131 kW f4 = 0.88 f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required Gear unit with


3) Cooling coil fan cooling
PG P2
4) Fan and cooling coil is sufficient
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler

3) Cooling coil possible


PG = PGC15 x f5 x f8 PGC15 = 153 kW (see page 3/54)1)
PG = 142 kW f5 = 0.93 f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required Gear unit with


4) Fan and cooling coil PG P2 cooling coil
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler is sufficient

4) Fan and cooling coil possible


PG = PGD15 x f5 x f8 PGD15 = 224 kW (see page 3/54)1)
PG = 208 kW f5 = 0.93 f8 = 1.0

PG < P2: Auxiliary cooling is required Gear unit with


PG P2 fan and
5) Water-/ air-oil cooler
cooling coil
is sufficient
1) Values refer to a cooling water inlet temperature of 20 C and a maximum variation of
cooling water temperature of 15K

Recalculation with Please consult the sales person responsible


PG < P2
other
Variation of the following items is possible:
assumptions:
Gear unit with Oil grade / viscosity / level
"X.CAT-NG" Gear unit on foundation or shaft-mounted gear unit
selected
P G P2 Application of an oil supply system
cooling
is sufficient

The selected gear unit B3SH509 with iN = 56 must be equipped with suitable auxiliary cooling. G_MD30_EN_00049b

Depending on the operating conditions at the customer site, a fan or cooling coil must be fitted.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/7


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Service factors

Overview
Factor for driven machines f1
Driven machines Effective operating period under Driven machines Effective operating period
load in hours under load in hours
0.5 > 0.5 - 10 > 10 0.5 > 0.5 - 10 > 10
Waste water treatment Rolls
Thickeners (central drive) 1.2 - Reversing blooming mills 2.5 2.5
3 Filter presses
Flocculation apparatus
1.0
0.8
1.3
1.0
1.5
1.3
- Reversing slabbing mills
- Reversing wire mills
- Reversing sheet mills



2.5
1.8
2.0
2.5
1.8
2.0
Aerators 1.8 2.0 - Reversing plate mills 1.8 1.8
Raking equipment 1.0 1.2 1.3 Roll adjustment drives 0.9 1.0
Combined longitudinal and 1.0 1.3 1.5 Conveyors
rotary rakes Bucket conveyors 1.4 1.5
Pre-thickeners 1.1 1.3 Hauling winches 1.4 1.6 1.6
Screw pumps 1.3 1.5 Hoists 1.5 1.8
Water turbines 2.0 Belt conveyors 150 kW 1.0 1.2 1.3
Pumps Belt conveyors 150 kW 1.1 1.3 1.4
Centrifugal pumps 1.0 1.2 1.3 Goods lifts 1) 1.2 1.5
Positive-displacement pumps Passenger lifts 1) 1.5 1.8
- 1 piston 1.3 1.4 1.8
- > 1 piston 1.2 1.4 1.5 Apron conveyors 1.2 1.5
Dredgers Escalators 1.0 1.2 1.4
Bucket conveyors 1.6 1.6 Railway vehicles 1.5
Dumping devices 1.3 1.5 Frequency converter, electromechanical 1.8 2.0
Caterpillar traveling gears 1.2 1.6 1.8 Reciprocating compressors 1.8 1.9
Bucket wheel excavators Cranes 2)
- as pick-up 1.7 1.7 Slewing gears 1) 1.0 1.4 1.8
- for primitive material 2.2 2.2 Luffing gears On request
Cutter heads 2.2 2.2 Traveling gears On request
Slewing gears 1) 1.4 1.8 Hoisting gears On request
Plate bending machines 1) 1.0 1.0 Derricking jib cranes On request
Chemical Industry Cooling towers
Extruders 1.6 Cooling tower fans 2.0
Dough mills 1.8 1.8 Blowers (axial and radial) 1.4 1.5
Rubber calenders 1.5 1.5 Food industry
Cooling drums 1.3 1.4 Cane sugar production
Mixers for Cane knives 1) 1.7
- uniform media 1.0 1.3 1.4 Cane mills 1.7
- non-uniform media 1.4 1.6 1.7 Beet sugar production
Agitators for/media with Beet cossettes macerators 1.2
- uniform density 1.0 1.3 1.5 Extraction plants, mechanical 1.4
- non-uniform density 1.2 1.4 1.6 refrigerators, juice boilers
- non-uniform gas absorption 1.4 1.6 1.8
Sugar beet washing machines, 1.5
Toasters 1.0 1.3 1.5 sugar beet cutters
Centrifuges 1.0 1.2 1.3 Paper machines
Metal working mills Of all kinds 3) 1.8 2.0
Plate tilters 1.0 1.0 1.2 Pulper drives (on request)
Ingot pushers 1.0 1.2 1.2 Centrifugal compressors 1.4 1.5
Winding machines 1.6 1.6 Cableways
Cooling bed transfer frames 1.5 1.5 Material ropeways 1.3 1.4
Roller straighteners 1.6 1.6 To-and-fro system aerial ropeways 1.6 1.8
Roller tables T-bar lifts 1.3 1.4
- continuous 1.5 1.5 Continuous ropeways 1.4 1.6
- intermittent 2.0 2.0
Cement industry
Reversing tube mills 1.8 1.8
Concrete mixers 1.5 1.5
Shears
Breakers 1) 1.2 1.4
- continuous 1) 1.5 1.5
- crank type 1) 1.0 1.0 1.0 Rotary kilns 2.0
Continuous casting drivers 1) 1.4 1.4 Tube mills 2.0
Separators 1.6 1.6
Roll crushers 2.0
Note: The listed load parameters are empirical values. Prerequisite
for their application is that the machinery and equipment men-
Design for power rating of driven machine P2
1)
tioned correspond to generally accepted design and load specifi-
Designed power corresponding to max. torque cations. In case of deviations from standard conditions, please
2)
Load can be exactly classified, for instance, according to FEM 1001 contact us. For driven machines which are not listed in this table,
3)
A check for thermal capacity is absolutely essential please refer to us.

3/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Guidelines for selection
Service factors

Overview (continued)
Factor for prime mover f2
Factor for prime mover f2
Electric motors, hydraulic motors, 1.0
turbines
Piston engines 4 - 6 cylinders, 1.25

3
cyclic variation 1 : 100 to 1 : 200
Piston engines 1 - 3 cylinders, 1.5
cyclic variation 1 : 100

Peak torque factor f3


Peak torque factor f3
Load peaks per hour
1-5 6 - 30 31 - 100 > 100
Steady direction of load 0.5 0.65 0.7 0.85
Alternating direction of load 0.7 0.95 1.10 1.25

Thermal factor f4
(Gear units without auxiliary cooling or with fan)
Ambient temperature
10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C
Thermal 1.11 1.06 1.00 0.94 0.88 0.82 0.75 0.69 0.63
factor f4

Thermal factor f5
(For cooling with cooling coil, or with fan and cooling coil)
Ambient temperature
10 C 15 C 20 C 25 C 30 C 35 C 40 C 45 C 50 C
Thermal 1.05 1.03 1.00 0.97 0.93 0.90 0.87 0.84 0.81
factor f5

Oil supply factor f8


Oil Type Oil supply factor f8
supply
Without With With With fan
auxiliary fan cooling and cool-
cooling coil ing coil
Dip lubri- H..H, B..H 1 1 1 1
cation 1)
H..V, B..V 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95
H..L, B..L 0.95 0.95 0.95 0.95

1) In combination with shaft seals or taconite.


Values of >1 are possible and available on request with oil circulation
lubrication or dip lubrication combined with labyrinth seals.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/9


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
1.12 1800 1607 496 909 1380 2474 3870
1500 1339 414 757 1150 2061 3225

3
1200 1071 331 606 920 1649 2579
1000 893 276 505 767 1375 2151
1.25 1800 1440 467 859 1297 2413 3770
1500 1200 390 716 1081 2010 3141
1200 960 312 573 865 1608 2513
1000 800 260 477 720 1340 2094
1.32 1800 1364 2614 3999
1500 1136 2177 3331
1200 909 1742 2665
1000 758 1453 2222
1.4 1800 1286 438 794 1225 1481 2249 3501
1500 1071 364 662 1021 1234 1873 2916
1200 857 292 529 817 987 1499 2333
1000 714 243 441 680 822 1249 1944
1.5 1800 1200 2463 3770
1500 1000 2052 3141
1200 800 1642 2513
1000 667 1369 2095
1.6 1800 1125 401 730 1131 1366 2085 3298
1500 938 334 609 943 1139 1738 2750
1200 750 267 487 754 911 1390 2199
1000 625 223 406 628 759 1158 1832
1.7 1800 1059 2251 3438
1500 882 1875 2863
1200 706 1501 2292
1000 588 1250 1909
1.8 1800 1000 356 649 1026 1267 2010 3351
1500 833 297 541 855 1055 1675 2791
1200 667 237 433 684 845 1341 2235
1000 556 198 361 571 704 1118 1863
1.9 1800 947 2162 3272
1500 789 1801 2726
1200 632 1443 2184
1000 526 1201 1818
2 1800 900 320 584 924 1197 1809 3025
1500 750 267 487 770 997 1508 2521
1200 600 214 390 616 798 1206 2017
1000 500 178 325 513 665 1005 1681
2.12 1800 849 2134 3556
1500 708 1779 2965
1200 566 1422 2371
1000 472 1186 1977
2.24 1800 804 286 522 825 1120 1616 2702
1500 670 239 435 688 933 1347 2252
1200 536 191 348 550 746 1078 1802
1000 446 159 290 458 621 897 1499
2.36 1800 763 1997 3236
1500 636 1665 2697
1200 508 1330 2154
1000 424 1110 1798
2.5 1800 720 256 467 739 1003 1448 2428
1500 600 214 390 616 836 1206 2023
1200 480 171 312 493 668 965 1618
1000 400 142 260 410 557 804 1349

3/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
2.65 1800 679 1777 2958
1500 566 1482 2466

3
1200 453 1186 1973
1000 377 987 1642
2.8 1800 643 229 417 660 895 1293 2175
1500 536 191 348 550 746 1078 1813
1200 429 153 279 440 597 862 1451
1000 357 127 232 366 497 718 1207
3 1800 600 1571 2614
1500 500 1309 2178
1200 400 1047 1742
1000 333 872 1451
3.15 1800 571 203 371 586 795 1148 1931
1500 476 169 309 488 663 957 1610
1200 381 136 247 391 531 766 1289
1000 317 113 206 325 441 637 1072
3.35 1800 537 1406 2339
1500 448 1173 1951
1200 358 937 1559
1000 299 783 1302
3.55 1800 507 181 329 520 706 1019 1715
1500 423 151 275 434 589 850 1431
1200 338 120 219 347 471 680 1143
1000 282 100 183 289 393 567 954
3.75 1800 480 1257 2091
1500 400 1047 1742
1200 320 838 1394
1000 267 699 1163
4 1800 450 160 292 462 627 905 1522
1500 375 134 243 385 522 754 1268
1200 300 107 195 308 418 603 1015
1000 250 89 162 257 348 503 846
4.25 1800 424 1110 1847
1500 353 924 1538
1200 282 738 1228
1000 235 615 1024
4.5 1800 400 134 260 410 557 775 1173
1500 333 112 216 342 464 645 976
1200 267 89 173 274 372 517 783
1000 222 74 144 228 309 430 651
4.75 1800 379 937 1627
1500 316 781 1357
1200 253 625 1086
1000 211 521 906
5 1800 360 113 234 358 501 660 905
1500 300 94 195 298 418 550 754
1200 240 75 156 239 334 440 603
1000 200 63 130 199 279 366 503
5.3 1800 340 801 1139
1500 283 667 948
1200 226 532 757
1000 189 445 633
5.6 1800 321 94 205 306 417 571 689
1500 268 79 171 255 348 477 575
1200 214 63 137 204 278 381 459
1000 179 52 114 171 232 319 384
6 1800 300 660 927
1500 250 550 772
1200 200 440 618
1000 167 367 516

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/11


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
1.12 2.95 5.4 8.2 14.7 23
1.25 3.1 5.7 8.6 16 25

3
1.32 18.3 28
1.4 3.25 5.9 9.1 11 16.7 26
1.5 19.6 30
1.6 3.4 6.2 9.6 11.6 17.7 28
1.7 20.3 31
1.8 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.1 19.2 32
1.9 21.8 33
2 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.7 19.2 32.1
2.12 24 40
2.24 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.1
2.36 25 40.5
2.5 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.2
2.65 25 41.6 H1
2.8 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
3 25 41.6
3.15 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
3.35 25 41.6
3.55 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
3.75 25 41.6
4 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
4.25 25 41.6
4.5 3.2 6.2 9.8 13.3 18.5 28
4.75 23.6 41
5 3 6.2 9.5 13.3 17.5 24
5.3 22.5 32
5.6 2.8 6.1 9.1 12.4 17 20.5
6 21 29.5
6.3 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
7.1 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
8 7 11.6 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
9 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
10 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
11.2 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
12.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
H2
14 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
16 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
18 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
20 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
22.4 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
35.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
40 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125 H3
56 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
90 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
100 16.2

Type H2, see page 3/23


Type H3, see page 3/29
Type H4, see page 3/35

3/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
80 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
90 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
100
112








21.5
21.5
28.3
28.3
37
37
48.5
48.5
63.5
63.5
81
81
101.5
101.5
125
125 3
125 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
140 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
160 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
180 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125 H4
200 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
224 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
250 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
280 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
315 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
355 28.3 48.5 81 125
400 48.5 81 125

Type H2, see page 3/23


Type H3, see page 3/29
Type H4, see page 3/35

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/13


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
1.12 PGA 139 156 102 * *
PGB 359 471 592 764 1046

3
PGC15 414 735 743 626 1314
PGD15 610 1003 1160 1271 2138
1.25 PGA 143 174 130 54.9 *
PGB 356 478 567 806 1112
PGC15 404 732 702 675 1361
PGD15 596 992 1077 1288 2141
1.32 PGA 131 *
PGB 1062 1184
PGC15 870 1424
PGD15 1619 2288
1.4 PGA 145 182 169 193 122 99.9
PGB 349 474 618 749 823 1140
PGC15 389 722 757 883 697 1378
PGD15 572 974 1149 1365 1285 2132
1.5 PGA 213 57.7
PGB 1060 1224
PGC15 883 1445
PGD15 1585 2256
1.6 PGA 145 185 192 201 189 221
PGB 339 461 617 695 890 1148
PGC15 368 679 748 815 761 1371
PGD15 545 918 1120 1247 1357 2075
1.7 PGA 252 165
PGB 1044 1234
PGC15 879 1451
PGD15 1543 2230
1.8 PGA 142 186 185 231 239 280
PGB 326 449 554 732 890 1142
PGC15 349 647 670 857 772 1354
PGD15 513 878 993 1298 1332 2019
1.9 PGA 298 269
PGB 1048 1226
PGC15 893 1431
PGD15 1532 2155
2 PGA 138 182 189 242 257 325
PGB 312 428 537 707 865 1123
PGC15 328 605 651 828 757 1328
PGD15 486 822 959 1241 1283 1953
2.12 PGA 341 320
PGB 1066 1204
PGC15 919 1401
PGD15 1540 2081
2.24 PGA 142 164 202 226 268 350
PGB 314 374 548 628 835 1086
PGC15 325 517 664 736 738 1282
PGD15 483 701 969 1092 1230 1865
2.36 PGA 345 358
PGB 1016 1172
PGC15 883 1363
PGD15 1461 1999
2.5 PGA 134 185 196 224 272 363
PGB 294 418 514 602 799 1035
PGC15 300 568 625 709 712 1224
PGD15 447 774 909 1046 1171 1761

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
2.65 PGA 324 379
PGB 909 1127

3
PGC15 797 1310
PGD15 1304 1902
2.8 PGA 127 164 187 231 268 361
PGB 277 364 479 601 752 973
PGC15 280 485 586 709 676 1152
PGD15 417 661 844 1036 1097 1644
3 PGA 318 385
PGB 858 1069
PGC15 757 1247
PGD15 1227 1790
3.15 PGA 113 162 195 220 287 406
PGB 240 350 479 559 759 1014
PGC15 243 453 589 663 689 1202
PGD15 359 620 844 965 1108 1696
3.35 PGA 304 380
PGB 795 997
PGC15 709 1166
PGD15 1135 1661
3.55 PGA 104 162 170 208 272 397
PGB 219 335 407 517 704 952
PGC15 219 428 504 616 646 1135
PGD15 324 584 715 890 1042 1595
3.75 PGA 299 423
PGB 768 1029
PGC15 689 1206
PGD15 1104 1706
4 PGA 104 149 172 216 259 368
PGB 215 304 404 519 656 853
PGC15 212 382 493 624 608 1025
PGD15 315 520 701 894 975 1431
4.25 PGA 281 409
PGB 723 961
PGC15 653 1134
PGD15 1059 1595
4.5 PGA 101 135 168 188 250 383
PGB 203 277 379 443 644 840
PGC15 199 340 456 534 599 1013
PGD15 293 469 645 762 960 1400
4.75 PGA 266 377
PGB 670 860
PGC15 610 1013
PGD15 979 1422
5 PGA 94.7 120 157 187 227 345
PGB 192 245 357 433 575 756
PGC15 185 298 420 526 542 913
PGD15 274 410 600 745 862 1254
5.3 PGA 260 394
PGB 660 858
PGC15 606 994
PGD15 975 1390
5.6 PGA 89.6 119 144 177 204 327
PGB 180 239 323 395 509 703
PGC15 171 284 375 481 484 858
PGD15 256 393 537 675 763 1169
6 PGA 236 357
PGB 589 772
PGC15 547 882
PGD15 870 1232

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/15


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
1.12 PGA 119 96.9 * * *
PGB 391 492 602 756 994

3
PGC15 440 719 687 495 1138
PGD15 680 1050 1199 1295 2177
1.25 PGA 127 130 25.2 * *
PGB 391 507 582 830 1108
PGC15 433 727 659 583 1245
PGD15 667 1048 1121 1338 2217
1.32 PGA * *
PGB 1106 1140
PGC15 771 1249
PGD15 1702 2342
1.4 PGA 134 146 84.8 91.8 * *
PGB 385 510 647 785 858 1166
PGC15 418 721 723 839 622 1291
PGD15 642 1032 1203 1432 1346 2227
1.5 PGA 16.8 *
PGB 1128 1234
PGC15 816 1332
PGD15 1683 2349
1.6 PGA 138 160 133 121 28.2 *
PGB 377 500 657 734 931 1207
PGC15 398 699 729 783 691 1320
PGD15 613 991 1184 1314 1426 2190
1.7 PGA 98.8 *
PGB 1117 1268
PGC15 824 1367
PGD15 1644 2336
1.8 PGA 136 166 144 164 115 73.9
PGB 364 490 597 779 934 1207
PGC15 379 681 660 833 715 1317
PGD15 582 961 1055 1371 1404 2141
1.9 PGA 175 *
PGB 1122 1291
PGC15 847 1383
PGD15 1632 2276
2 PGA 134 166 159 193 165 160
PGB 352 470 585 765 922 1187
PGC15 361 653 649 818 718 1294
PGD15 558 916 1024 1320 1364 2069
2.12 PGA 233 120
PGB 1143 1274
PGC15 880 1367
PGD15 1644 2209
2.24 PGA 141 152 176 190 198 213
PGB 352 412 599 683 900 1149
PGC15 354 561 667 733 713 1256
PGD15 547 789 1041 1168 1316 1976
2.36 PGA 263 199
PGB 1100 1243
PGC15 860 1335
PGD15 1568 2121
2.5 PGA 134 175 177 196 219 263
PGB 330 461 566 660 867 1110
PGC15 328 616 631 711 699 1215
PGD15 506 868 977 1123 1260 1879

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
2.65 PGA 267 246
PGB 993 1197

3
PGC15 786 1291
PGD15 1407 2020
2.8 PGA 128 157 173 209 229 290
PGB 311 402 529 660 823 1053
PGC15 306 526 594 717 671 1159
PGD15 473 743 911 1118 1185 1763
3 PGA 275 289
PGB 940 1147
PGC15 757 1241
PGD15 1330 1910
3.15 PGA 115 159 185 204 263 366
PGB 271 388 532 618 839 1116
PGC15 267 494 602 673 694 1231
PGD15 409 699 911 1041 1206 1843
3.35 PGA 273 311
PGB 877 1082
PGC15 713 1174
PGD15 1236 1782
3.55 PGA 106 163 164 196 258 369
PGB 247 376 455 573 783 1059
PGC15 239 472 517 627 654 1172
PGD15 369 660 775 964 1134 1733
3.75 PGA 278 384
PGB 851 1140
PGC15 697 1240
PGD15 1207 1854
4 PGA 106 151 168 209 250 350
PGB 243 342 451 578 731 950
PGC15 233 419 518 638 618 1062
PGD15 358 589 770 967 1063 1557
4.25 PGA 270 382
PGB 804 1068
PGC15 662 1168
PGD15 1152 1734
4.5 PGA 106 135 168 183 239 382
PGB 231 310 425 493 713 942
PGC15 219 375 491 549 608 1058
PGD15 335 530 720 827 1044 1531
4.75 PGA 258 362
PGB 745 958
PGC15 621 1058
PGD15 1069 1557
5 PGA 97.8 121 156 185 219 344
PGB 217 274 400 484 640 847
PGC15 203 326 461 542 551 954
PGD15 312 463 678 811 935 1370
5.3 PGA 249 396
PGB 733 961
PGC15 615 1067
PGD15 1059 1547
5.6 PGA 92.8 121 144 179 198 329
PGB 204 269 364 444 567 791
PGC15 188 312 411 500 493 898
PGD15 291 446 608 738 832 1281
6 PGA 228 356
PGB 655 866
PGC15 556 963
PGD15 949 1384

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/17


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
1.12 PGA 71 * * * *
PGB 423 507 598 665 741

3
PGC15 464 676 579 171 671
PGD15 770 1103 1234 1257 2087
1.25 PGA 87.4 30.3 * * *
PGB 428 531 596 803 987
PGC15 462 693 581 367 924
PGD15 759 1104 1170 1353 2218
1.32 PGA * *
PGB 1088 906
PGC15 511 778
PGD15 1737 2270
1.4 PGA 106 58.9 * * * *
PGB 429 538 672 817 859 1105
PGC15 450 693 655 755 450 1043
PGD15 735 1092 1265 1506 1384 2274
1.5 PGA * *
PGB 1157 1119
PGC15 633 1005
PGD15 1758 2356
1.6 PGA 117 98.6 * * * *
PGB 424 539 689 778 961 1211
PGC15 432 684 673 722 549 1153
PGD15 705 1060 1253 1395 1492 2282
1.7 PGA * *
PGB 1171 1217
PGC15 684 1114
PGD15 1742 2389
1.8 PGA 119 116 41.3 32.2 * *
PGB 412 534 632 835 991 1243
PGC15 415 674 620 779 611 1190
PGD15 673 1034 1121 1462 1488 2254
1.9 PGA * *
PGB 1200 1299
PGC15 740 1215
PGD15 1750 2380
2 PGA 121 126 73 84.5 * *
PGB 399 517 627 821 981 1246
PGC15 397 651 618 774 630 1204
PGD15 645 988 1096 1412 1452 2199
2.12 PGA * *
PGB 1240 1316
PGC15 800 1242
PGD15 1777 2329
2.24 PGA 131 124 115 106 19.4 *
PGB 403 458 655 737 961 1227
PGC15 391 577 648 702 638 1195
PGD15 634 864 1121 1254 1407 2118
2.36 PGA 74.1 *
PGB 1193 1303
PGC15 791 1246
PGD15 1697 2258
2.5 PGA 128 148 129 127 70.7 16.1
PGB 379 515 624 720 932 1188
PGC15 363 651 622 689 636 1167
PGD15 588 970 1059 1210 1350 2017

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
2.65 PGA 124 *
PGB 1080 1277

3
PGC15 734 1230
PGD15 1526 2165
2.8 PGA 124 137 136 156 123 96.6
PGB 358 453 588 729 895 1129
PGC15 338 574 591 703 629 1119
PGD15 549 848 991 1211 1282 1890
3 PGA 157 45.7
PGB 1026 1230
PGC15 711 1195
PGD15 1443 2050
3.15 PGA 114 146 158 163 196 251
PGB 313 438 598 686 929 1220
PGC15 297 546 606 668 675 1219
PGD15 477 804 997 1133 1320 2016
3.35 PGA 186 124
PGB 967 1162
PGC15 686 1139
PGD15 1349 1919
3.55 PGA 106 159 145 164 208 285
PGB 286 429 513 640 878 1175
PGC15 266 526 524 628 650 1183
PGD15 430 766 851 1051 1249 1908
3.75 PGA 220 272
PGB 947 1249
PGC15 682 1233
PGD15 1325 2027
4 PGA 107 149 154 184 218 294
PGB 281 391 511 651 823 1072
PGC15 259 469 528 645 618 1090
PGD15 418 687 848 1063 1170 1717
4.25 PGA 230 301
PGB 900 1192
PGC15 658 1186
PGD15 1269 1904
4.5 PGA 110 132 162 167 209 358
PGB 270 354 488 560 802 1076
PGC15 248 416 507 559 603 1104
PGD15 393 616 798 908 1149 1700
4.75 PGA 231 307
PGB 839 1079
PGC15 620 1086
PGD15 1180 1717
5 PGA 101 119 149 173 195 320
PGB 252 314 456 551 719 962
PGC15 227 364 479 554 550 990
PGD15 366 538 754 894 1032 1522
5.3 PGA 220 374
PGB 822 1095
PGC15 611 1111
PGD15 1166 1717
5.6 PGA 95.6 119 139 175 178 315
PGB 238 309 416 510 639 901
PGC15 211 349 441 518 495 940
PGD15 342 518 689 818 917 1424
6 PGA 203 335
PGB 737 984
PGC15 556 1004
PGD15 1046 1538

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/19


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
1.12 PGA 4.1 * * * *
PGB 446 506 548 449 113

3
PGC15 477 612 422 449 113
PGD15 844 1132 1220 1111 1790
1.25 PGA 27.2 * * * *
PGB 452 546 575 685 653
PGC15 477 646 465 588 310
PGD15 835 1149 1182 1283 2062
1.32 PGA * *
PGB 954 282
PGC15 714 281
PGD15 1665 1979
1.4 PGA 58.1 * * * * *
PGB 458 559 670 806 790 891
PGC15 468 656 556 622 162 595
PGD15 811 1141 1291 1532 1355 2185
1.5 PGA * *
PGB 1098 794
PGC15 302 372
PGD15 1751 2207
1.6 PGA 83.8 12.3 * * * *
PGB 458 564 710 788 926 1105
PGC15 456 653 601 623 329 859
PGD15 783 1109 1299 1433 1494 2275
1.7 PGA * *
PGB 1147 1001
PGC15 442 654
PGD15 1760 2304
1.8 PGA 90.7 38.7 * * * *
PGB 448 560 663 858 993 1189
PGC15 438 647 570 696 453 967
PGD15 752 1084 1176 1518 1527 2285
1.9 PGA * *
PGB 1207 1196
PGC15 556 913
PGD15 1799 2374
2 PGA 98.1 61.9 * * * *
PGB 437 546 661 860 1000 1231
PGC15 420 630 573 713 503 1032
PGD15 715 1041 1150 1476 1502 2256
2.12 PGA * *
PGB 1278 1262
PGC15 658 1011
PGD15 1850 2363
2.24 PGA 112 78.8 19.4 * * *
PGB 447 489 687 783 995 1241
PGC15 422 566 606 660 535 1066
PGD15 713 916 1175 1322 1464 2196
2.36 PGA * *
PGB 1244 1293
PGC15 678 1071
PGD15 1778 2317
2.5 PGA 112 106 50.8 34.5 * *
PGB 420 555 658 765 977 1220
PGC15 390 643 589 652 556 1070
PGD15 662 1031 1115 1277 1420 2104

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H1 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H1 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
2.65 PGA * *
PGB 1136 1291

3
PGC15 652 1099
PGD15 1609 2245
2.8 PGA 112 106 77.1 73.4 * *
PGB 398 490 628 773 938 1178
PGC15 365 571 569 669 558 1050
PGD15 619 903 1050 1278 1349 1990
3 PGA * *
PGB 1092 1267
PGC15 650 1098
PGD15 1534 2147
3.15 PGA 110 123 116 96.2 76.9 80.6
PGB 350 479 645 733 984 1298
PGC15 322 561 593 642 621 1179
PGD15 539 873 1062 1200 1396 2139
3.35 PGA 35.8 *
PGB 1028 1209
PGC15 630 1070
PGD15 1434 2018
3.55 PGA 103 148 115 113 128 145
PGB 320 474 557 689 947 1248
PGC15 289 555 519 611 617 1149
PGD15 486 843 912 1120 1336 2038
3.75 PGA 118 103
PGB 1009 1326
PGC15 637 1194
PGD15 1409 2160
4 PGA 105 141 130 146 157 191
PGB 316 434 560 706 893 1149
PGC15 281 512 527 635 601 1070
PGD15 473 771 910 1137 1256 1841
4.25 PGA 156 168
PGB 970 1268
PGC15 631 1156
PGD15 1355 2034
4.5 PGA 112 123 149 139 147 306
PGB 306 393 540 610 865 1181
PGC15 272 453 514 555 582 1119
PGD15 448 691 864 975 1228 1841
4.75 PGA 180 207
PGB 908 1164
PGC15 604 1075
PGD15 1262 1839
5 PGA 101 111 134 151 152 273
PGB 284 348 503 605 780 1049
PGC15 247 396 484 556 534 1001
PGD15 416 605 815 962 1105 1641
5.3 PGA 169 322
PGB 888 1202
PGC15 590 1131
PGD15 1246 1855
5.6 PGA 96 113 127 164 146 280
PGB 268 344 460 564 695 990
PGC15 229 380 447 528 484 957
PGD15 387 585 744 888 986 1545
6 PGA 166 287
PGB 799 1074
PGC15 540 1015
PGD15 1122 1661

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/21


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
6.3 1800 286 208 343 648 1084 1851 3037
1500 238 173 286 540 903 1543 2531

3 1200
1000
190
159
138
115
229
191


432
360


723
602


1234
1028


2024
1687


7.1 1800 254 184 311 585 982 1672 2733
1500 211 153 259 487 818 1393 2277
1200 169 123 207 390 655 1115 1822
1000 141 102 173 325 546 929 1518
8 1800 225 167 270 517 672 855 1127 1505 1912 2450 2941
1500 188 139 225 431 560 712 939 1254 1593 2042 2451
1200 150 111 180 345 448 570 751 1003 1274 1634 1961
1000 125 93 150 287 373 475 626 836 1062 1361 1634
9 1800 200 152 244 346 463 607 766 1020 1348 1727 2186 2647
1500 167 126 204 289 386 505 639 850 1124 1439 1822 2206
1200 133 101 163 231 309 404 511 680 899 1151 1458 1765
1000 111 84 136 192 257 337 426 567 749 959 1215 1471
10 1800 180 135 221 314 414 537 683 888 1202 1554 1939 2373
1500 150 112 184 262 345 447 570 740 1001 1295 1616 1978
1200 120 90 147 209 276 358 456 592 801 1036 1293 1582
1000 100 75 123 174 230 298 380 493 668 863 1077 1319
11.2 1800 161 122 195 272 358 480 602 796 1064 1393 1708 2118
1500 134 101 163 227 298 400 502 664 887 1160 1424 1765
1200 107 81 130 182 239 320 401 531 709 928 1139 1412
1000 89 68 109 151 199 267 334 442 591 774 949 1177
12.5 1800 144 104 175 247 320 429 531 710 924 1241 1518 1879
1500 120 87 145 206 267 358 443 592 770 1034 1265 1565
1200 96 70 116 165 213 286 354 473 616 827 1012 1252
1000 80 58 97 137 178 238 295 394 513 689 844 1044
14 1800 129 94 153 223 284 372 477 625 825 1099 1330 1654
1500 107 78 127 186 236 310 397 521 688 916 1108 1379
1200 86 62 102 149 189 248 318 417 550 733 886 1103
1000 71 52 85 124 158 206 265 347 458 610 739 919
16 1800 113 83 136 198 253 332 429 552 751 954 1171 1471
1500 94 70 113 165 210 277 358 460 626 795 976 1226
1200 75 56 90 132 168 221 286 368 501 636 781 980
1000 63 46 75 110 140 185 238 307 417 530 651 817
18 1800 100 74 121 176 235 294 382 496 662 852 1093 1288
1500 83 62 101 147 196 245 318 413 551 710 911 1073
1200 67 49 81 118 157 196 255 330 441 568 729 859
1000 56 41 67 98 130 164 212 275 368 473 607 715
20 1800 90 66 154 262 446 776 1134
1500 75 55 129 218 372 647 945
1200 60 44 103 175 297 517 756
1000 50 37 86 146 248 431 630
22.4 1800 80 137 244 397 683 1059
1500 67 114 203 331 569 882
1200 54 91 162 265 455 706
1000 45 76 135 221 379 588
25 1800 72 122
1500 60 102
1200 48 81
1000 40 68

3/22 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
1.12 2.95 5.4 8.2 14.7 23
1.25 3.1 5.7 8.6 16 25

3
1.32 18.3 28
1.4 3.25 5.9 9.1 11 16.7 26
1.5 19.6 30
1.6 3.4 6.2 9.6 11.6 17.7 28
1.7 20.3 31
1.8 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.1 19.2 32
1.9 21.8 33
2 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.7 19.2 32.1
2.12 24 40
2.24 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.1
2.36 25 40.5
2.5 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.2
2.65 25 41.6 H1
2.8 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
3 25 41.6
3.15 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
3.35 25 41.6
3.55 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
3.75 25 41.6
4 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
4.25 25 41.6
4.5 3.2 6.2 9.8 13.3 18.5 28
4.75 23.6 41
5 3 6.2 9.5 13.3 17.5 24
5.3 22.5 32
5.6 2.8 6.1 9.1 12.4 17 20.5
6 21 29.5
6.3 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
7.1 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
8 7 11.6 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
9 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
10 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
11.2 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
12.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
H2
14 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
16 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
18 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
20 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
22.4 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
35.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
40 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125 H3
56 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
90 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
100 16.2

Type H1, see page 3/12


Type H3, see page 3/29
Type H4, see page 3/35

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/23


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
6.3 PGA 71 86.6 125 154 190 236
PGB 148 177 289 357 556 801

3 PGC15
PGD15
133
205
250
329


327
476


364
549


648
958


715
1218


7.1 PGA 69.9 84.2 122 154 198 258
PGB 144 171 280 349 544 796
PGC15 129 237 318 357 631 714
PGD15 198 314 459 534 928 1194
8 PGA 67.7 83.1 116 138 157 168 203 216 273 263
PGB 139 166 259 311 344 379 527 600 781 840
PGC15 123 227 296 346 354 559 614 679 708 750
PGD15 190 301 425 502 526 743 896 1009 1163 1264
9 PGA 65.4 80.1 97.8 119 135 153 168 205 223 280 284
PGB 133 159 193 264 301 330 370 508 588 758 832
PGC15 117 214 254 303 335 341 535 594 663 693 749
PGD15 180 284 338 433 484 504 712 863 975 1120 1239
10 PGA 61.3 77.2 95 112 127 148 171 203 227 281 296
PGB 124 152 185 245 278 315 365 484 569 729 815
PGC15 107 202 241 283 311 327 514 570 643 672 739
PGD15 166 268 322 402 448 479 687 823 942 1065 1204
11.2 PGA 61.9 72.8 93.3 110 131 149 167 197 228 294 302
PGB 125 141 181 235 283 309 350 458 547 715 790
PGC15 107 185 231 272 319 322 483 542 622 666 722
PGD15 166 246 309 385 456 469 647 775 906 1043 1159
12.5 PGA 58.1 68.9 89.6 109 123 138 161 201 225 289 302
PGB 115 132 173 226 262 282 334 447 522 683 757
PGC15 99.3 171 217 265 297 297 453 531 596 644 699
PGD15 153 228 292 370 423 429 606 751 862 997 1101
14 PGA 55.2 67.4 86.1 104 120 137 161 195 219 277 313
PGB 109 128 165 213 252 275 327 427 492 636 742
PGC15 92.8 163 205 250 286 292 442 512 565 606 693
PGD15 143 218 276 348 405 419 592 719 812 930 1078
16 PGA 52.8 66.2 81 96.7 119 134 149 189 221 280 306
PGB 103 123 153 199 243 263 299 415 479 618 710
PGC15 87.2 154 188 236 277 281 394 500 553 593 669
PGD15 134 205 252 328 389 400 529 703 786 900 1030
18 PGA 50.5 62.6 76.6 90.7 113 127 148 178 214 267 293
PGB 97.1 117 143 185 228 250 291 385 458 589 661
PGC15 82.3 144 174 221 254 269 379 469 533 568 627
PGD15 126 193 234 306 359 382 508 656 752 860 957
20 PGA 48.6 74.6 105 144 207 295
PGB 92.7 138 213 279 445 641
PGC15 77.8 166 235 358 521 614
PGD15 120 223 332 479 736 926
22.4 PGA 73.1 98.8 137 195 281
PGB 133 198 265 412 610
PGC15 157 216 333 488 587
PGD15 211 307 448 685 884
25 PGA 69.1
PGB 126
PGC15 147
PGD15 198

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/24 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
6.3 PGA 72.4 86.4 118 139 134 156
PGB 167 197 319 388 585 849
PGC15
PGD15
145
232
276
372


334
515


361
588


629
1018


678
1287

3
7.1 PGA 71.6 84.7 118 143 155 191
PGB 163 191 310 381 582 846
PGC15 140 263 324 357 626 684
PGD15 225 356 498 575 992 1265
8 PGA 69.7 83.9 113 133 149 154 170 163 214 185
PGB 157 186 288 344 379 411 575 633 832 889
PGC15 134 250 303 352 358 575 617 658 684 715
PGD15 216 340 461 544 567 799 960 1073 1233 1338
9 PGA 67.5 81.2 99 118 132 148 158 180 183 237 218
PGB 151 178 215 294 334 365 405 556 630 816 885
PGC15 128 235 280 311 342 347 564 601 656 680 720
PGD15 205 322 382 470 525 545 780 925 1046 1198 1313
10 PGA 63.3 78.6 96.2 111 126 145 164 184 196 251 239
PGB 140 171 208 274 310 349 403 533 619 792 869
PGC15 117 222 266 291 319 334 560 579 648 669 716
PGD15 189 304 365 437 486 521 769 884 1011 1154 1278
11.2 PGA 64 74.9 95.1 110 130 148 162 190 204 278 261
PGB 141 159 202 262 317 343 387 506 600 786 852
PGC15 117 204 254 282 328 331 528 553 631 674 713
PGD15 189 279 350 420 496 511 727 837 973 1133 1241
12.5 PGA 60.4 71.2 91.7 112 123 138 159 199 208 279 273
PGB 131 149 194 255 294 314 370 496 574 757 824
PGC15 109 189 239 275 306 306 494 546 607 657 698
PGD15 174 259 330 405 461 468 682 814 929 1086 1192
14 PGA 57.5 69.8 88.3 106 122 138 161 195 213 272 298
PGB 123 144 185 239 282 308 364 475 544 708 817
PGC15 101 180 226 260 297 302 485 527 579 624 702
PGD15 163 247 313 381 442 458 665 781 878 1013 1173
16 PGA 55.3 69.4 83.7 99.2 123 137 150 187 220 282 299
PGB 117 139 172 223 273 296 333 461 532 691 786
PGC15 95.8 171 208 246 289 292 434 516 571 617 683
PGD15 153 234 286 358 427 438 596 761 854 986 1120
18 PGA 53.3 65.3 79.2 93.3 117 130 150 178 214 269 290
PGB 110 132 161 209 257 280 326 429 510 657 735
PGC15 90.2 160 192 231 273 280 418 484 551 590 649
PGD15 144 220 266 335 401 418 576 710 818 942 1046
20 PGA 51.4 77.6 109 148 207 299
PGB 106 156 239 312 494 716
PGC15 85.6 183 258 395 537 640
PGD15 137 254 377 542 797 1016
22.4 PGA 76.7 102 140 195 284
PGB 150 223 297 459 681
PGC15 174 237 367 504 610
PGD15 241 348 508 743 968
25 PGA 72.4
PGB 142
PGC15 163
PGD15 226

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/25


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
6.3 PGA 70.4 81.3 100 99.5 29.5 *
PGB 192 224 356 418 615 877

3 PGC15
PGD15
160
271
287
410


332
562


343
631


586
1081


584
1344


7.1 PGA 71.5 81.8 104 112 66 46.1
PGB 189 217 347 416 617 889
PGC15 155 278 326 344 591 615
PGD15 263 397 545 621 1062 1336
8 PGA 70.5 82.5 103 115 127 116 94.7 62.5 103 *
PGB 182 213 325 384 419 446 612 670 890 922
PGC15 148 274 307 351 352 571 591 617 634 623
PGD15 252 389 507 594 619 858 1032 1137 1316 1399
9 PGA 68.7 80.6 94.4 110 118 132 127 116 97.8 146 76.5
PGB 175 204 245 332 375 407 443 603 668 877 933
PGC15 142 264 303 317 344 345 564 585 621 640 652
PGD15 241 373 434 519 576 597 839 997 1117 1283 1388
10 PGA 64.7 78.2 94.3 106 116 133 142 136 124 175 133
PGB 163 195 238 310 349 391 446 587 661 854 931
PGC15 130 250 293 298 324 336 567 577 620 637 668
PGD15 222 354 419 483 536 572 832 959 1092 1238 1366
11.2 PGA 65.8 75.7 95 108 123 140 146 157 144 228 172
PGB 164 183 231 300 358 388 432 561 650 861 915
PGC15 129 230 286 291 334 336 550 556 615 661 673
PGD15 221 325 407 464 548 563 801 910 1055 1231 1330
12.5 PGA 62.7 72.4 92.1 113 118 134 147 184 161 244 199
PGB 153 173 222 293 333 356 416 558 635 838 889
PGC15 121 213 269 287 314 313 530 558 606 654 668
PGD15 205 302 385 451 510 518 766 892 1011 1192 1282
14 PGA 59.9 71.7 89 108 119 135 154 187 180 249 252
PGB 144 167 213 276 322 350 411 536 606 794 896
PGC15 113 203 254 272 306 310 526 542 584 630 691
PGD15 192 289 364 425 490 508 752 858 956 1120 1274
16 PGA 57.9 72.8 85.7 99.9 124 138 146 178 207 275 266
PGB 137 162 198 257 314 339 378 519 599 784 871
PGC15 107 195 233 257 302 303 483 528 584 635 683
PGD15 180 274 334 400 475 489 688 836 937 1093 1231
18 PGA 56.4 68.1 81.5 94.2 119 130 148 171 209 260 269
PGB 129 153 186 240 295 321 371 484 575 744 823
PGC15 101 181 216 241 286 290 468 497 567 608 655
PGD15 170 257 310 374 447 466 665 781 901 1043 1155
20 PGA 54.5 80.4 110 149 199 293
PGB 124 181 275 358 557 810
PGC15 95.8 206 269 446 552 660
PGD15 161 297 420 628 877 1129
22.4 PGA 80.8 104 141 190 277
PGB 175 256 340 519 771
PGC15 198 253 413 520 631
PGD15 281 392 591 818 1074
25 PGA 75.7
PGB 165
PGC15 183
PGD15 265

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/26 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H2
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
6.3 PGA 65.2 69.9 71.9 50.7 * *
PGB 215 247 381 442 611 846
PGC15
PGD15
172
306
292
442


321
597


318
665


510
1102


430
1342

3
7.1 PGA 68.1 72.9 80.5 70.7 * *
PGB 212 240 374 441 624 885
PGC15 167 284 318 323 532 498
PGD15 297 428 581 656 1095 1359
8 PGA 68.1 77.1 85.8 88.2 92.3 67.5 * * * *
PGB 205 236 352 413 446 472 631 669 903 891
PGC15 160 281 303 341 334 559 547 542 544 469
PGD15 286 419 544 633 654 902 1081 1163 1354 1398
9 PGA 67.6 77.1 84.5 95.1 95.8 103 87.3 34.8 * * *
PGB 197 227 272 363 403 435 471 628 681 905 928
PGC15 153 271 309 315 337 332 556 552 563 573 535
PGD15 273 403 468 557 615 635 885 1051 1154 1335 1413
10 PGA 64.6 75.5 86.6 94.4 99.3 112 108 64 28.2 71.4 *
PGB 184 218 263 340 380 423 474 616 685 895 948
PGC15 140 261 301 298 321 328 561 550 577 589 581
PGD15 251 387 453 520 575 612 879 1011 1138 1299 1408
11.2 PGA 66 75.1 89.9 101 109 125 119 99.9 64.8 164 41.1
PGB 185 205 258 330 391 422 463 598 680 915 948
PGC15 140 246 296 294 333 333 548 544 581 631 609
PGD15 250 360 443 503 589 606 849 962 1112 1304 1384
12.5 PGA 63.6 71.9 89.3 110 107 123 126 150 94 188 98.9
PGB 172 193 248 326 365 390 449 603 666 893 931
PGC15 131 234 286 294 315 312 533 558 577 631 621
PGD15 232 341 425 491 550 559 815 953 1070 1264 1345
14 PGA 60.9 71.8 87.5 106 113 128 139 164 127 207 189
PGB 163 188 237 307 355 385 448 584 649 851 952
PGC15 123 224 275 280 310 312 532 545 576 616 664
PGD15 218 327 408 463 530 550 805 919 1017 1199 1349
16 PGA 59.5 75 85.8 97.7 122 134 136 156 175 253 212
PGB 155 183 221 286 350 375 414 564 651 853 928
PGC15 116 215 258 263 310 309 494 530 587 638 662
PGD15 205 312 378 434 517 532 740 893 1003 1184 1307
18 PGA 58.7 69.3 81.7 92.6 118 127 140 156 187 237 227
PGB 147 173 209 268 329 356 408 528 628 812 882
PGC15 111 200 237 248 294 295 490 502 572 610 644
PGD15 194 292 351 407 487 507 727 838 966 1128 1236
20 PGA 56.7 81.4 108 146 179 273
PGB 141 203 307 397 607 882
PGC15 105 226 276 478 555 664
PGD15 184 335 457 699 939 1220
22.4 PGA 83.8 102 138 177 256
PGB 197 286 376 567 840
PGC15 218 260 452 526 634
PGD15 320 428 663 879 1163
25 PGA 77.6
PGB 186
PGC15 203
PGD15 300

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/27


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H3
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
20 1800 90 107 197 338 600 959
1500 75 89 164 282 500 799

3 1200
1000
60
50
71
59


131
109


225
188


400
333


639
533


22.4 1800 80 95 176 298 521 852
1500 67 79 147 248 434 710
1200 54 63 117 199 347 568
1000 45 53 98 166 289 474
25 1800 72 83 156 204 268 351 465 619 746 929
1500 60 69 130 170 223 293 388 516 622 774
1200 48 56 104 136 178 234 310 413 498 619
1000 40 46 87 114 149 195 258 344 415 516
28 1800 64 77 108 145 183 234 310 416 538 672 826
1500 54 64 90 121 152 195 258 346 448 560 688
1200 43 51 72 97 122 156 207 277 358 448 550
1000 36 43 60 81 101 130 172 231 299 373 459
31.5 1800 57 67 96 129 162 210 278 371 480 588 723
1500 48 56 80 107 135 175 232 309 400 490 603
1200 38 45 64 86 108 140 185 248 320 392 482
1000 32 37 53 71 90 117 155 206 267 327 402
35.5 1800 51 63 84 116 150 192 244 333 429 537 651
1500 42 52 70 97 125 160 203 277 358 448 543
1200 34 42 56 78 100 128 162 222 286 358 434
1000 28 35 47 65 84 107 135 185 239 298 362
40 1800 45 55 78 103 133 172 219 297 383 470 570
1500 38 46 65 86 111 144 182 248 319 392 475
1200 30 37 52 69 89 115 146 198 256 314 380
1000 25 31 43 57 74 96 121 165 213 261 317
45 1800 40 50 68 90 121 152 199 257 343 417 520
1500 33 42 57 75 101 126 166 214 286 348 434
1200 27 33 45 60 81 101 133 172 229 278 347
1000 22 28 38 50 67 84 111 143 191 232 289
50 1800 36 44 64 80 107 136 179 230 307 366 456
1500 30 36 53 66 89 114 149 191 256 305 380
1200 24 29 42 53 71 91 119 153 205 244 304
1000 20 24 35 44 59 76 99 128 170 203 253
56 1800 32 38 56 71 93 119 158 204 266 328 404
1500 27 32 46 59 78 99 131 170 221 274 337
1200 21 26 37 47 62 80 105 136 177 219 270
1000 18 21 31 39 52 66 88 113 148 182 225
63 1800 29 34 50 63 83 105 142 189 237 300 354
1500 24 29 42 53 69 87 118 157 198 250 295
1200 19 23 34 42 55 70 94 126 158 200 236
1000 16 19 28 35 46 58 79 105 132 167 197
71 1800 25 30 44 56 74 94 124 169 210 263 318
1500 21 25 37 47 61 79 103 140 175 219 265
1200 17 20 29 37 49 63 83 112 140 175 212
1000 14 17 25 31 41 52 69 94 117 146 177
80 1800 23 39 66 109 195 291
1500 19 32 55 91 162 242
1200 15 26 44 73 130 194
1000 13 21 37 61 108 162
90 1800 20 35 58 98 174 255
1500 17 29 49 82 145 212
1200 13 23 39 65 116 170
1000 11 19 32 54 97 142
100 1800 18 31
1500 15 25
1200 12 20
1000 10 17

3/28 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H3
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
6.3 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
7.1 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
8
9


7
7
11.6
11.6

16.2
21.5
21.5
28.3
28.3
37
37
48.5
48.5
63.5
63.5
81
81
101.5
101.5
125
125
3
10 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
11.2 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
12.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
H2
14 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
16 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
18 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
20 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
22.4 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
35.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
40 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
H3
56 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
90 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
100 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
112 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
125 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
140 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
160 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
180 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
200 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125 H4
224 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
250 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
280 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
315 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
355 28.3 48.5 81 125
400 48.5 81 125

Type H1, see page 3/12


Type H2, see page 3/23
Type H4, see page 3/35

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/29


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
20 PGA 53.4 84 112 160 222
PGB 83.3 137 180 270 395
PGC15 127 199 234 411 467
3 22.4
PGD15
PGA
154
51.2


245
80.6


296
105


507
156


620
216


PGB 79.8 131 168 261 382
PGC15 122 190 218 397 452
PGD15 147 235 276 490 599
25 PGA 50 77.2 91 103 121 151 172 205 237
PGB 78.1 125 146 165 191 252 285 363 413
PGC15 119 182 204 215 303 383 424 429 484
PGD15 144 225 253 271 365 472 525 568 641
28 PGA 48.4 58.9 75.7 87.3 99.1 113 145 167 208 229
PGB 75.1 90.2 122 140 158 178 238 276 361 400
PGC15 111 129 179 195 206 282 362 409 428 467
PGD15 135 157 220 243 259 340 445 507 563 618
31.5 PGA 47.3 56.2 72.5 83.5 97.8 111 140 162 197 218
PGB 73.3 86.3 117 134 155 176 230 267 342 379
PGC15 108 123 170 186 203 278 350 395 406 443
PGD15 131 150 210 232 255 335 430 488 533 585
35.5 PGA 44.7 55 71.2 82.1 92.4 107 138 155 193 221
PGB 69 84.3 114 131 145 167 225 251 330 376
PGC15 101 121 166 178 192 256 343 374 395 443
PGD15 122 147 204 221 240 310 419 460 516 582
40 PGA 43.7 53.2 68.1 78.4 91 105 133 150 183 209
PGB 67.5 81.1 109 125 143 164 217 243 313 356
PGC15 98.4 112 158 170 189 252 331 361 374 418
PGD15 120 138 195 211 236 305 405 444 488 549
45 PGA 40 51.9 64.1 77.1 83.3 99.2 128 147 177 204
PGB 61.1 79.2 101 122 130 154 205 237 297 345
PGC15 87 110 146 161 172 232 316 354 359 408
PGD15 106 134 179 201 214 281 384 433 466 532
50 PGA 39.2 49.1 61.3 73.6 82 97.8 124 142 168 194
PGB 59.8 74.5 96.8 116 128 152 198 229 281 326
PGC15 85.1 102 139 154 169 228 306 342 341 386
PGD15 103 125 171 192 211 277 372 418 440 503
56 PGA 38.3 48 58.6 69.2 79.7 89.4 119 137 164 187
PGB 58 72.9 92 108 123 137 189 216 272 309
PGC15 81.9 100 131 142 164 202 292 326 332 370
PGD15 99.6 122 160 177 203 245 354 397 428 479
63 PGA 35.7 43.9 56.4 66.2 75.8 88 114 132 162 177
PGB 53.5 65.9 87.4 104 116 135 179 209 264 293
PGC15 74 88.4 121 135 156 199 279 315 326 351
PGD15 89.8 108 149 169 191 241 335 384 417 453
71 PGA 34.9 43 54 63.3 74.6 85.4 111 127 154 173
PGB 52.3 64.4 83.6 98.3 114 131 173 199 251 284
PGC15 72.3 86.3 116 127 153 189 270 301 308 341
PGD15 87.9 106 143 159 189 229 325 365 394 440
80 PGA 41.9 60.8 81.1 121 170
PGB 62.5 93.3 122 188 276
PGC15 83.2 118 173 287 335
PGD15 102 147 210 346 429
90 PGA 39 58.3 80 118 162
PGB 57.6 89.3 121 182 261
PGC15 75.1 113 171 278 317
PGD15 91.9 141 207 335 406
100 PGA 38.2
PGB 56.4
PGC15 73.4
PGD15 89.8

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/30 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
20 PGA 55.7 87.4 115 161 221
PGB 93.3 153 199 296 433
PGC15 142 209 244 425 483

22.4
PGD15
PGA
174
53.5


267
84


321
108


545
156


670
215


3
PGB 89.3 146 186 286 419
PGC15 135 200 228 411 467
PGD15 167 256 299 526 648
25 PGA 52.3 80.3 94.8 107 124 152 174 205 237
PGB 87.1 140 164 184 211 277 313 398 453
PGC15 132 191 218 225 335 397 439 444 501
PGD15 163 244 279 295 412 508 563 613 693
28 PGA 50.8 61.5 79.1 91 103 116 148 168 211 230
PGB 84 101 137 157 175 198 263 303 398 439
PGC15 123 143 187 209 215 313 378 425 445 484
PGD15 153 178 239 268 281 384 479 544 611 669
31.5 PGA 49.6 58.9 75.8 87.1 101 115 143 163 201 220
PGB 82.1 96.3 131 150 173 194 255 293 377 417
PGC15 121 137 179 199 212 308 365 411 423 459
PGD15 149 170 228 255 277 378 464 525 579 634
35.5 PGA 47.1 57.7 74.7 85.7 96.1 111 142 159 199 225
PGB 77.4 94.2 128 146 162 186 249 278 366 416
PGC15 112 133 176 196 201 283 359 390 413 462
PGD15 139 166 224 250 261 350 453 496 561 631
40 PGA 46 55.8 71.5 82.1 94.6 109 137 153 189 214
PGB 75.6 90.7 122 140 160 183 241 268 347 395
PGC15 110 125 169 187 198 279 347 377 391 437
PGD15 136 156 214 238 256 344 438 479 532 597
45 PGA 42.3 54.6 67.6 81 87.3 103 133 152 184 211
PGB 68.6 88.6 114 137 145 172 228 262 331 381
PGC15 96.7 122 159 178 181 257 332 370 377 427
PGD15 120 152 200 228 233 318 416 468 507 579
50 PGA 41.5 51.8 64.7 77.3 86 102 129 147 175 200
PGB 67.1 83.5 109 130 143 169 221 254 314 362
PGC15 94.8 113 152 170 178 253 321 358 358 404
PGD15 117 142 192 218 229 313 402 452 481 548
56 PGA 40.5 50.5 61.8 73.2 84 93.8 124 142 172 195
PGB 65.2 81.6 104 122 138 153 211 240 304 344
PGC15 91.2 111 145 156 173 224 307 342 349 389
PGD15 113 139 182 200 222 277 384 430 466 522
63 PGA 38 46.3 59.7 70 80.5 92.4 120 138 171 185
PGB 60.2 73.8 98.5 116 130 151 200 232 296 326
PGC15 82.1 98.1 134 149 165 221 294 331 344 369
PGD15 102 123 169 192 209 273 364 415 456 496
71 PGA 37.2 45.4 57.3 66.8 79.2 90 117 133 162 181
PGB 59 72.4 94.4 111 128 146 194 222 281 317
PGC15 80.4 96 129 141 162 210 284 317 326 360
PGD15 100 120 162 180 206 260 353 396 431 480
80 PGA 44.4 64.5 86.3 128 180
PGB 70.2 105 137 211 309
PGC15 92.6 131 193 303 354
PGD15 116 167 239 376 469
90 PGA 41.6 61.9 84.7 124 171
PGB 64.8 101 135 204 292
PGC15 83.5 125 189 293 335
PGD15 105 160 235 363 444
100 PGA 40.6
PGB 63.5
PGC15 81.8
PGD15 102

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/31


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
20 PGA 58 90.4 116 155 208
PGB 107 174 225 327 476
PGC15 160 220 255 438 493
3 22.4
PGD15
PGA
204
55.7


296
87.1


353
109


591
152


728
204


PGB 102 168 210 318 462
PGC15 153 211 239 425 478
PGD15 194 283 330 572 704
25 PGA 54.5 83.6 98.5 108 126 148 169 196 226
PGB 99.7 161 187 208 239 307 346 439 500
PGC15 150 202 230 235 381 410 454 456 513
PGD15 190 270 310 325 478 552 612 670 754
28 PGA 53.1 64.4 82.8 94.9 106 118 147 165 209 221
PGB 96.3 115 157 180 199 223 295 336 444 484
PGC15 140 162 198 220 226 355 393 440 462 497
PGD15 178 207 265 297 311 445 524 592 670 730
31.5 PGA 52.1 61.6 79.2 90.9 105 117 143 160 200 212
PGB 94.3 110 150 172 196 220 286 325 422 461
PGC15 137 155 190 211 223 348 381 425 439 473
PGD15 174 198 253 283 306 438 507 571 636 693
35.5 PGA 49.6 60.3 78.3 89.9 99.9 115 145 159 201 224
PGB 89 108 147 168 185 211 281 312 411 465
PGC15 127 152 187 207 212 320 376 407 432 479
PGD15 162 194 248 277 289 405 497 542 618 693
40 PGA 48.6 58.8 75.1 86 98.5 113 140 154 191 214
PGB 87 104 140 161 182 208 271 301 390 441
PGC15 124 141 179 198 208 316 364 394 410 455
PGD15 159 182 237 265 284 399 480 525 586 657
45 PGA 44.9 57.5 71.6 85.1 91.5 108 138 156 191 214
PGB 79.1 102 131 157 166 196 260 296 374 430
PGC15 111 138 170 196 191 292 350 388 398 447
PGD15 141 178 223 260 259 369 458 514 562 638
50 PGA 44 54.7 68.6 81.6 90.2 106 134 151 181 204
PGB 77.4 96 126 150 163 193 250 286 356 406
PGC15 108 129 162 187 188 287 338 376 378 424
PGD15 138 166 213 248 255 363 442 497 533 605
56 PGA 43.1 53.5 65.9 77.6 88.7 98.5 130 148 180 202
PGB 75.4 93.7 120 140 158 176 240 273 347 391
PGC15 104 126 155 177 184 255 325 361 369 411
PGD15 133 162 203 233 247 322 423 473 518 580
63 PGA 40.8 49.4 64.1 74.2 86 97 127 143 181 192
PGB 70 85.2 114 134 150 172 229 264 338 371
PGC15 94.1 111 150 169 176 252 312 349 366 390
PGD15 120 143 195 223 234 319 403 457 507 549
71 PGA 39.9 48.2 61.3 71.3 84.7 95.2 123 139 172 190
PGB 68.4 83.3 110 128 147 167 222 252 321 360
PGC15 92 109 144 159 173 238 302 335 347 382
PGD15 117 140 187 210 230 303 390 437 480 533
80 PGA 47.3 69.2 92.1 135 191
PGB 81 122 158 241 352
PGC15 105 148 220 322 377
PGD15 136 196 278 416 523
90 PGA 44.7 66.2 90.8 131 181
PGB 75.2 117 156 233 334
PGC15 95.3 142 216 311 358
PGD15 123 187 275 403 494
100 PGA 43.8
PGB 73.5
PGC15 93
PGD15 120

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/32 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H3
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
20 PGA 59 90.4 111 141 188
PGB 119 194 246 350 508
PGC15 177 228 261 443 495

22.4
PGD15
PGA
230
56.8


321
87.3


381
106


626
140


775
187


3
PGB 114 186 231 341 495
PGC15 170 219 245 430 482
PGD15 220 308 357 607 751
25 PGA 55.6 84.2 99 105 122 138 157 182 208
PGB 111 179 208 228 261 330 372 472 535
PGC15 166 210 239 242 401 417 460 459 517
PGD15 215 294 336 351 519 587 650 714 804
28 PGA 54.7 65.9 84.7 95.8 107 116 142 154 198 206
PGB 108 129 176 199 220 246 320 361 478 520
PGC15 155 179 207 229 234 375 402 447 469 502
PGD15 202 234 288 322 337 485 560 630 716 778
31.5 PGA 53.6 63.1 81.4 92 106 115 138 151 190 199
PGB 105 123 168 191 217 242 310 349 454 495
PGC15 153 171 198 219 230 370 390 432 447 479
PGD15 198 224 275 308 331 478 542 609 680 739
35.5 PGA 51.2 61.9 81 92.3 101 116 143 154 196 215
PGB 99.7 120 164 187 205 233 307 338 446 501
PGC15 141 167 196 216 219 355 388 417 442 489
PGD15 184 219 270 302 314 456 534 580 664 742
40 PGA 50.2 60.6 77.4 88.5 100 115 138 150 187 206
PGB 97.6 117 157 180 202 229 297 327 423 475
PGC15 138 156 187 207 216 349 375 403 420 464
PGD15 180 206 258 288 309 449 516 561 630 703
45 PGA 46.8 59.3 74.3 88.1 94.3 110 139 154 192 210
PGB 89 114 147 176 184 216 285 324 410 466
PGC15 122 153 178 204 200 322 363 401 412 459
PGD15 160 201 243 283 282 416 493 552 606 686
50 PGA 45.9 56.7 71.3 84.2 92.8 108 135 150 183 201
PGB 87 108 141 168 181 214 276 313 389 442
PGC15 120 143 170 195 197 319 351 388 392 436
PGD15 156 188 233 271 277 410 476 534 575 650
56 PGA 45.2 55.5 68.9 80.7 91.9 102 133 150 183 204
PGB 84.8 105 135 158 176 195 266 301 381 427
PGC15 116 139 163 186 192 283 339 375 385 426
PGD15 151 183 222 255 269 365 457 510 561 626
63 PGA 43 51.6 67.5 77.4 90.1 100 132 145 188 195
PGB 78.9 95.7 129 151 168 192 255 291 375 406
PGC15 105 123 158 177 185 278 328 363 384 405
PGD15 137 163 213 243 256 359 437 493 552 592
71 PGA 42.1 50.5 64.7 74.6 88.9 98.8 128 142 178 195
PGB 77.2 93.6 123 143 165 186 246 279 355 397
PGC15 102 121 151 170 182 265 317 349 364 398
PGD15 133 160 204 232 252 342 423 473 522 579
80 PGA 49.6 73 96.8 141 199
PGB 91.4 137 177 268 390
PGC15 117 164 244 338 396
PGD15 154 222 316 451 568
90 PGA 47.1 70 95.4 136 189
PGB 84.8 132 175 259 370
PGC15 106 157 240 327 376
PGD15 140 213 311 437 538
100 PGA 46.2
PGB 83
PGC15 104
PGD15 137

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/33


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 507 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type H4
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
80 1800 23 50 83 142 233
1500 19 41 69 118 194

3 1200
1000
15
13
33
28


56
46


94
79


155
129


90 1800 20 44 74 126 205
1500 17 37 62 105 171
1200 13 30 50 84 137
1000 11 25 41 70 114
100 1800 18 40 52 65 87 112 146 184 225
1500 15 33 43 54 72 93 122 154 188
1200 12 27 34 43 58 75 97 123 150
1000 10 22 29 36 48 62 81 102 125
112 1800 16 35 46 60 77 104 130 161 199
1500 13 30 38 50 64 87 109 134 166
1200 11 24 31 40 52 69 87 108 133
1000 9 20 26 33 43 58 72 90 110
125 1800 14 32 41 53 68 92 116 145 178
1500 12 27 34 44 56 77 96 121 149
1200 10 22 28 35 45 62 77 97 119
1000 8 18 23 29 38 51 64 80 99
140 1800 13 29 37 49 62 83 108 132 156
1500 11 24 31 41 52 70 90 110 130
1200 9 19 25 33 42 56 72 88 104
1000 7 16 20 27 35 46 60 73 87
160 1800 11 26 34 43 55 74 95 119 140
1500 9 22 28 36 46 62 79 99 117
1200 8 17 22 29 36 49 64 79 93
1000 6 14 19 24 30 41 53 66 78
180 1800 10 23 30 39 51 64 86 104 128
1500 8 19 25 33 43 54 72 87 107
1200 7 15 20 26 34 43 58 70 85
1000 6 13 17 22 28 36 48 58 71
200 1800 9 20 27 34 45 57 77 94 115
1500 8 17 22 28 37 48 64 78 96
1200 6 13 18 23 30 38 51 63 77
1000 5 11 15 19 25 32 43 52 64
224 1800 8 18 24 30 41 51 67 82 101
1500 7 15 20 25 34 42 55 68 84
1200 5 12 16 20 27 34 44 55 67
1000 4 9.7 13 17 23 28 37 46 56
250 1800 7 16 21 27 35 45 59 72 91
1500 6 13 17 22 30 38 49 60 76
1200 5 10 14 18 24 30 39 48 61
1000 4 8.7 12 15 20 25 33 40 50
280 1800 6 14 18 24 31 40 53 65 80
1500 5 11 15 20 26 34 44 54 66
1200 4 9.2 12 16 21 27 35 43 53
1000 4 7.6 10 13 17 22 29 36 44
315 1800 6 16 21 28 36 47 58 70
1500 5 14 17 23 30 39 49 58
1200 4 11 14 19 24 31 39 47
1000 3 9.0 12 16 20 26 32 39
355 1800 5 14 25 42 63
1500 4 12 20 35 52
1200 3 9.5 16 28 42
1000 3 8.0 14 23 35
400 1800 5 22 37 57
1500 4 18 31 47
1200 3 15 25 38
1000 3 12 21 31

3/34 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 507 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type H4
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
6.3 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
7.1 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
8
9


7
7
11.6
11.6

16.2
21.5
21.5
28.3
28.3
37
37
48.5
48.5
63.5
63.5
81
81
101.5
101.5
125
125
3
10 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
11.2 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
12.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
H2
14 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
16 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
18 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
20 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
22.4 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
35.5 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
40 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
H3
56 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
90 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
100 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
112 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
125 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
140 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
160 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
180 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
200 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125 H4
224 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
250 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
280 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
315 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
355 28.3 48.5 81 125
400 48.5 81 125

Type H1, see page 3/12


Type H2, see page 3/23
Type H3, see page 3/29

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/35


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm, n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4
n1 = 1000 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
80 PGA 49.7 68.3 104 139

3 90
100
PGA
PGA
47.7
46.6 53.6
65.8
64

72.7
99.9
96

110
132
129

147
112 PGA 44.8 51.5 61.7 70 93.7 106 123 138
125 PGA 43.2 50.3 60 68.1 89.9 102 120 135
140 PGA 41.4 48.4 57.2 65.7 87.4 99.1 114 129
160 PGA 40 46.6 55.5 63.9 83.9 95.2 112 126
180 PGA 38.5 44.7 52 60.8 78.8 92.4 105 120
200 PGA 36.8 43.2 50.6 59.2 75.7 88.7 102 117
224 PGA 34.8 41.5 48.9 55.3 72.4 83.3 97.8 109
250 PGA 33.4 39.7 45.9 53.8 69.5 80 91.1 107
280 PGA 31.9 37.6 44.6 52 66.7 76.5 89.1 103
315 PGA 36 42.7 48.9 64.4 73.6 85.5 95.7
355 PGA 34.5 47.6 70.6 93.6
400 PGA 45.6 68.3 89.7

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4


n1 = 1200 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
80 PGA 52.5 72.3 110 146
90 PGA 50.5 69.5 106 138
100 PGA 49.4 56.7 67.7 76.9 101 116 135 154
112 PGA 47.4 54.5 65.5 74.2 99.1 112 130 146
125 PGA 45.7 53.3 63.7 72.1 95.1 107 127 143
140 PGA 43.9 51.2 60.7 69.6 92.6 105 121 136
160 PGA 42.6 49.4 59 67.7 88.9 101 118 133
180 PGA 41 47.5 55.5 64.6 83.6 98 111 127
200 PGA 39.3 46 54 62.8 80.2 94 108 124
224 PGA 37 44.2 52.1 59 77.1 88.4 104 116
250 PGA 35.6 42.4 48.5 57.4 73.8 84.9 97 114
280 PGA 34.1 39.9 47.2 55.4 70.9 81.4 94.8 109
315 PGA 38.4 45.2 51.6 68.6 77.9 91.1 102
355 PGA 36.7 50.2 74.9 99.6
400 PGA 48.1 72.5 95.5

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/36 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type H4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm, n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4
n1 = 1500 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
80 PGA 55.9 77.1 116 153
90
100
PGA
PGA
53.6
52.6 60.3
74.3
72

82.2
112
108

123
145
143 162

3
112 PGA 50.6 58 69.8 79.1 105 119 138 154
125 PGA 48.9 56.9 68 76.7 101 114 135 151
140 PGA 46.9 54.7 65 74.4 98.6 112 129 145
160 PGA 45.9 52.7 63.3 72.4 94.8 107 126 142
180 PGA 44.1 50.7 59.8 69.2 89.5 105 119 135
200 PGA 42.4 49.6 58.1 67.3 86 100 116 132
224 PGA 40 47.6 56.3 63.6 82.8 94.8 112 125
250 PGA 38.5 45.7 52.5 61.9 79.6 91 104 122
280 PGA 36.8 43.2 51.1 59.8 76.6 87.6 102 117
315 PGA 41.5 48.9 55.9 74.1 84.2 98 110
355 PGA 39.6 54.2 80.9 107
400 PGA 52 78.3 103

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type H4


n1 = 1800 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
80 PGA 58.3 80.8 120 158
90 PGA 56 77.8 116 150
100 PGA 55 63.1 75.7 86.1 112 128 147 167
112 PGA 52.9 60.6 73.5 82.9 110 123 143 159
125 PGA 51.3 59.7 71.4 80.8 106 119 140 156
140 PGA 49.4 57.3 68.3 78.2 104 117 135 151
160 PGA 48.6 55.5 66.5 76 99.7 112 132 148
180 PGA 46.7 53.4 63.4 72.7 94.3 110 125 142
200 PGA 44.9 52.5 61.7 70.9 90.5 106 122 139
224 PGA 42.5 50.4 59.7 67.4 87.6 99.5 118 132
250 PGA 40.8 48.5 55.8 65.6 84.5 95.9 110 129
280 PGA 39.1 45.8 54.3 63.4 81.2 92.6 108 124
315 PGA 44.1 52.1 59.3 78.6 89.4 104 116
355 PGA 42.1 57.8 85.9 114
400 PGA 55.4 83.2 109

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/37


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B2
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
5 1800 360 128 234 369 724 1218
1500 300 107 195 308 603 1015

3
1200 240 85 156 246 483 812
1000 200 71 130 205 402 676
5.6 1800 321 104 208 329 645 1086
1500 268 87 174 275 539 906
1200 214 69 139 220 430 724
1000 179 58 116 184 360 605
6 1800 300 785 1307
1500 250 654 1089
1200 200 524 871
1000 167 437 727
6.3 1800 286 102 186 293 419 575 967
1500 238 85 155 244 349 478 805
1200 190 68 123 195 279 382 643
1000 159 57 103 163 233 320 538
6.7 1800 269 710 1172
1500 224 591 976
1200 179 472 780
1000 149 393 649
7.1 1800 254 85 165 261 372 511 859
1500 211 71 137 217 309 424 714
1200 169 57 110 173 248 340 572
1000 141 47 92 145 207 283 477
7.5 1800 240 628 963
1500 200 524 802
1200 160 419 642
1000 133 348 533
8 1800 225 80 146 231 330 452 761
1500 188 67 122 193 276 378 636
1200 150 53 97 154 220 302 507
1000 125 45 81 128 183 251 423
8.5 1800 212 555 912
1500 176 461 757
1200 141 369 607
1000 118 309 508
9 1800 200 65 130 205 293 402 676
1500 167 54 108 171 245 336 565
1200 133 43 86 136 195 267 450
1000 111 36 72 114 163 223 375
9.5 1800 189 495 748
1500 158 414 625
1200 126 330 499
1000 105 275 416
10 1800 180 64 117 185 251 362 609
1500 150 53 97 154 209 302 507
1200 120 43 78 123 167 241 406
1000 100 36 65 103 139 201 338
10.6 1800 170 445 723
1500 142 372 604
1200 113 296 480
1000 94 246 400
11.2 1800 161 56 105 165 236 324 545
1500 134 46 87 138 196 269 453
1200 107 37 69 110 157 215 362
1000 89 31 58 91 130 179 301
11.8 1800 153 401 567
1500 127 332 471
1200 102 267 378
1000 85 223 315

3/38 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
12.5 1800 144 51 93 148 188 290 487
1500 120 43 78 123 157 241 406

3
1200 96 34 62 99 126 193 325
1000 80 28 52 82 105 161 271
13.2 1800 136 363 592
1500 114 304 497
1200 91 243 396
1000 76 203 331
14 1800 129 46 84 132 189 259 436
1500 107 38 69 110 157 215 362
1200 86 31 56 88 126 173 291
1000 71 25 46 73 104 143 240
15 1800 120 302 513
1500 100 251 427
1200 80 201 342
1000 67 168 286
16 1800 113 40 73 116 166 227 382
1500 94 33 61 96 138 189 318
1200 75 27 49 77 110 151 254
1000 63 22 41 65 92 127 213
17 1800 106 277 453
1500 88 230 376
1200 71 186 303
1000 59 154 252
18 1800 100 147
1500 83 122
1200 67 98
1000 56 82
19 1800 95 239 394
1500 79 199 328
1200 63 158 261
1000 53 133 220
20 1800 90 132
1500 75 110
1200 60 88
1000 50 73

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/39


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B2
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
5 3.4 6.2 9.8 19.2 32.3
5.6 3.1 6.2 9.8 19.2 32.3

3 6
6.3

3.4

6.2

9.8

14

19.2
25


32.3
41.6









6.7 25.2 41.6
7.1 3.2 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
7.5 25 38.3
8 3.4 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
8.5 25 41.1
9 3.1 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
9.5 25 37.8
10 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
10.6 25 40.6
B2
11.2 3.3 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
11.8 25 35.4
12.5 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.5 19.2 32.3
13.2 25.5 41.6
14 3.4 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
15 24 40.8
16 3.4 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
17 25 40.8
18 14
19 24 39.6
20 14

Type B3, see page 3/51


Type B4, see page 3/57

3/40 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
14 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
16 7 11.6 21.5 37 63.5 101.5
18
20


7
7
11.6
11.6

16.2
21.5
21.5
28.3
28.3
37
37
48.5
48.5
63.5
63.5
81
81
101.5
101.5
125
125 3
22.4 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125 B3
35.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
40 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
56 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
90 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
100 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
112 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
125 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
140 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
160 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
180 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
B4
200 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
224 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
250 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
280 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
315 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
355 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125

Type B3, see page 3/51


Type B4, see page 3/57

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/41


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
5 PGA 57.2 87.4 91.8 133 155
PGB 119 184 254 358 493
PGC15 142 277 281 340 568
3 PGD15 198 362 426 547 868
5.6 PGA 56.9 84 92.3 131 150
PGB 118 176 254 350 470
PGC15 141 264 281 332 540
PGD15 196 345 425 533 823
6 PGA 139 159
PGB 366 497
PGC15 345 570
PGD15 553 868
6.3 PGA 51.2 76.8 82.9 99.6 124 150
PGB 103 157 219 268 313 431
PGC15 118 224 249 293 304 507
PGD15 165 296 371 445 477 758
6.7 PGA 136 154
PGB 356 473
PGC15 336 542
PGD15 537 824
7.1 PGA 50.8 73.9 83 99 122 144
PGB 103 151 218 266 305 411
PGC15 117 215 249 290 298 483
PGD15 164 282 370 441 467 721
7.5 PGA 129 154
PGB 319 436
PGC15 309 510
PGD15 483 760
8 PGA 46.7 69.4 73.3 89.2 112 141
PGB 92.5 139 186 230 271 385
PGC15 103 191 218 258 270 462
PGD15 145 254 319 385 416 679
8.5 PGA 127 148
PGB 310 414
PGC15 300 486
PGD15 470 722
9 PGA 46.3 66.9 73.3 88.9 110 135
PGB 91.9 134 186 228 265 368
PGC15 103 183 218 256 264 442
PGD15 144 243 318 381 407 648
9.5 PGA 117 146
PGB 276 389
PGC15 274 465
PGD15 421 681
10 PGA 39.2 58.6 64.2 78.5 98.1 121
PGB 76.1 116 159 196 231 319
PGC15 81.5 153 187 226 235 392
PGD15 116 203 272 331 357 568
10.6 PGA 114 140
PGB 269 371
PGC15 267 443
PGD15 409 649
11.2 PGA 39 56.7 64.1 78.1 96.6 117
PGB 75.7 111 159 194 226 307
PGC15 80.8 147 187 224 231 376
PGD15 115 196 272 328 350 545

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/42 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
11.8 PGA 102 125
PGB 236 323
PGC15 238 391
PGD15 361 567 3
12.5 PGA 33 49.2 54.4 68.6 83.5 130
PGB 62.5 94.7 130 167 191 305
PGC15 64.5 119 147 197 200 378
PGD15 92 161 216 285 298 530
13.2 PGA 99.9 121
PGB 230 310
PGC15 233 373
PGD15 352 541
14 PGA 32.7 47.6 54.4 68.2 82.1 125
PGB 62.2 91.5 130 165 187 291
PGC15 64 115 147 196 196 362
PGD15 91.6 155 216 283 293 506
15 PGA 86.9 134
PGB 195 308
PGC15 203 356
PGD15 302 509
16 PGA 31.1 47.7 56.8 58 86.8 119
PGB 58.3 89.2 128 137 188 272
PGC15 59.8 112 145 167 198 345
PGD15 85.1 150 210 237 291 478
17 PGA 85.2 128
PGB 190 294
PGC15 198 339
PGD15 295 486
18 PGA 57.6
PGB 136
PGC15 166
PGD15 236
19 PGA 89.7 122
PGB 191 276
PGC15 201 313
PGD15 293 449
20 PGA 60
PGB 134
PGC15 165
PGD15 231

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/43


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
5 PGA 57.6 87.1 87.1 119 124
PGB 133 206 282 391 530
PGC15 156 286 287 338 563
3 PGD15 224 391 461 588 922
5.6 PGA 57.3 83.8 87.9 118 122
PGB 132 197 282 383 507
PGC15 155 274 286 330 537
PGD15 222 374 461 574 877
6 PGA 126 128
PGB 399 535
PGC15 342 565
PGD15 595 922
6.3 PGA 52.3 77.5 80.3 95.2 117 130
PGB 116 176 244 298 344 468
PGC15 129 246 255 298 306 508
PGD15 188 334 402 482 516 809
6.7 PGA 124 126
PGB 388 510
PGC15 334 539
PGD15 578 877
7.1 PGA 51.9 74.7 80.6 95.4 115 126
PGB 115 169 244 296 337 447
PGC15 129 236 254 296 300 485
PGD15 186 321 401 478 504 770
7.5 PGA 122 134
PGB 351 473
PGC15 311 511
PGD15 523 811
8 PGA 47.9 70.6 72.1 87.1 108 128
PGB 104 156 208 257 300 421
PGC15 114 210 224 265 274 466
PGD15 165 287 346 418 451 727
8.5 PGA 120 130
PGB 342 451
PGC15 303 487
PGD15 508 772
9 PGA 47.6 68.1 72.2 86.8 106 123
PGB 104 150 208 254 294 403
PGC15 112 202 224 263 268 446
PGD15 164 275 346 414 440 694
9.5 PGA 113 132
PGB 306 425
PGC15 278 469
PGD15 456 730
10 PGA 40.5 59.8 63.7 77.4 95.7 112
PGB 85.9 130 178 219 256 350
PGC15 89.5 168 197 232 240 398
PGD15 131 231 299 360 387 609
10.6 PGA 111 128
PGB 298 406
PGC15 271 448
PGD15 444 695
11.2 PGA 40.2 57.9 63.7 77.3 93.9 109
PGB 85.5 125 178 217 251 337
PGC15 88.6 162 196 231 235 382
PGD15 131 222 299 356 379 584

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/44 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
11.8 PGA 99.9 116
PGB 261 354
PGC15 243 400
PGD15 391 611 3
12.5 PGA 34.2 50.5 54.4 68.3 82.1 129
PGB 70.6 107 146 187 212 339
PGC15 70.8 132 162 203 205 392
PGD15 105 182 245 310 324 576
13.2 PGA 98 113
PGB 256 339
PGC15 238 384
PGD15 382 585
14 PGA 34 49 54.4 68 80.8 124
PGB 70.4 103 146 185 208 324
PGC15 70.4 128 161 202 201 375
PGD15 104 176 244 308 318 549
15 PGA 85.8 133
PGB 216 343
PGC15 208 390
PGD15 327 573
16 PGA 32.5 49.7 58.5 58.2 88.4 118
PGB 66.1 101 145 153 211 304
PGC15 65.8 124 159 173 206 357
PGD15 96.9 170 238 258 318 519
17 PGA 83.9 127
PGB 212 328
PGC15 203 374
PGD15 320 548
18 PGA 57.8
PGB 152
PGC15 172
PGD15 256
19 PGA 91.6 121
PGB 214 307
PGC15 208 344
PGD15 321 507
20 PGA 61.9
PGB 151
PGC15 172
PGD15 252

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/45


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
5 PGA 56.4 82.9 74 89.9 53.2
PGB 152 234 317 430 565
PGC15 174 295 287 325 536
3 PGD15 260 428 505 636 978
5.6 PGA 56.1 80.4 74.6 91.1 57.6
PGB 152 224 317 422 542
PGC15 173 283 288 320 515
PGD15 258 410 505 622 933
6 PGA 96.9 55.3
PGB 437 568
PGC15 331 538
PGD15 644 978
6.3 PGA 52.3 76 72.7 82.2 97.8 86.9
PGB 134 201 275 335 382 505
PGC15 144 260 258 300 301 495
PGD15 219 371 441 528 562 865
6.7 PGA 97.6 60.9
PGB 427 545
PGC15 324 515
PGD15 626 932
7.1 PGA 52 73.6 73.5 82 97.4 86.3
PGB 133 193 275 333 374 485
PGC15 144 250 259 299 296 474
PGD15 217 355 441 524 550 826
7.5 PGA 104 90.9
PGB 389 510
PGC15 306 497
PGD15 569 867
8 PGA 48.6 70.2 67.2 80 96.2 96.5
PGB 121 179 236 290 335 460
PGC15 127 236 229 269 273 461
PGD15 193 332 382 460 493 782
8.5 PGA 103 90.5
PGB 380 488
PGC15 299 476
PGD15 554 826
9 PGA 48.3 67.9 67.5 80.1 95 94.3
PGB 120 172 236 288 329 440
PGC15 126 226 229 267 268 441
PGD15 191 319 381 456 483 748
9.5 PGA 101 101
PGB 342 464
PGC15 278 463
PGD15 499 785
10 PGA 41.3 60.2 60.3 73.1 87.5 90.5
PGB 99.6 149 202 248 288 384
PGC15 99.8 188 201 238 241 396
PGD15 153 268 329 396 425 658
10.6 PGA 100 98.4
PGB 334 444
PGC15 271 444
PGD15 487 748
11.2 PGA 41.1 58.4 60.2 72.8 86.3 88
PGB 98.7 144 202 246 282 370
PGC15 99.5 182 201 236 237 381
PGD15 152 259 329 393 417 631

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/46 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
11.8 PGA 91.9 94.4
PGB 293 388
PGC15 245 398
PGD15 431 659 3
12.5 PGA 35.1 51.2 52.1 65.2 76.4 121
PGB 82 122 167 212 239 382
PGC15 79 148 173 209 207 403
PGD15 122 212 275 341 356 631
13.2 PGA 90.6 92.2
PGB 287 374
PGC15 240 383
PGD15 420 633
14 PGA 35 49.8 52.3 65 75.5 116
PGB 81.4 119 167 211 234 365
PGC15 78.8 143 172 207 204 386
PGD15 122 206 275 339 350 604
15 PGA 80.3 125
PGB 244 386
PGC15 210 407
PGD15 360 634
16 PGA 33.8 51.5 59.5 56.2 88 111
PGB 76.7 117 167 174 240 343
PGC15 73.7 140 175 178 213 368
PGD15 113 199 273 285 353 571
17 PGA 79.1 120
PGB 239 369
PGC15 206 388
PGD15 353 605
18 PGA 55.8
PGB 174
PGC15 177
PGD15 283
19 PGA 91.3 115
PGB 244 347
PGC15 215 371
PGD15 356 573
20 PGA 63.1
PGB 174
PGC15 180
PGD15 280

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/47


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
5 PGA 52.9 75.4 51.8 45 *
PGB 169 257 342 453 574
PGC15 189 300 282 301 488
3 5.6
PGD15
PGA
293
52.9
461
72.7
539
53.8


669
49.5


1008
*


PGB 168 248 344 447 554
PGC15 188 287 283 298 471
PGD15 291 441 540 656 963
6 PGA 51.7 *
PGB 462 577
PGC15 306 488
PGD15 675 1006
6.3 PGA 50.9 71.6 60.6 61 71.8 23.9
PGB 150 223 300 363 408 525
PGC15 158 265 257 296 288 468
PGD15 247 399 473 563 596 901
6.7 PGA 56.4 *
PGB 453 556
PGC15 303 472
PGD15 661 962
7.1 PGA 50.7 69.9 62 62 73 28.6
PGB 149 214 300 361 401 507
PGC15 157 255 257 296 284 451
PGD15 245 383 472 560 584 864
7.5 PGA 78.3 26.9
PGB 415 530
PGC15 293 470
PGD15 604 902
8 PGA 47.9 67.5 59 68.5 77.9 50.4
PGB 135 199 258 316 360 482
PGC15 139 242 230 268 266 443
PGD15 218 358 410 493 526 820
8.5 PGA 79.1 31.7
PGB 407 509
PGC15 288 452
PGD15 589 862
9 PGA 47.6 65.7 59.6 69.2 77.6 51.6
PGB 134 191 258 314 354 464
PGC15 138 233 230 267 261 424
PGD15 216 344 409 489 515 784
9.5 PGA 83.6 54.5
PGB 368 487
PGC15 270 445
PGD15 532 822
10 PGA 41.2 58.8 54.1 65.3 74 57.7
PGB 112 166 222 271 311 404
PGC15 109 206 203 239 237 384
PGD15 174 301 354 425 454 690
10.6 PGA 82.9 55.9
PGB 359 467
PGC15 265 428
PGD15 520 786
11.2 PGA 41 57.1 54.6 65.3 73.5 57.3
PGB 111 160 222 270 306 392
PGC15 109 199 203 237 233 370
PGD15 172 291 354 422 446 665

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/48 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B2 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B2 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
11.8 PGA 79.1 62
PGB 318 410
PGC15 241 386

12.5
PGD15
PGA

35.3

50.4

47.9

59.4

66.8
460
106
693

3
PGB 92.3 137 183 233 259 416
PGC15 86.3 162 175 210 205 407
PGD15 139 239 297 367 382 677
13.2 PGA 78 61.6
PGB 311 393
PGC15 236 372
PGD15 450 665
14 PGA 35.2 49.1 48.1 59.4 66.2 102
PGB 91.6 133 183 231 255 398
PGC15 86 157 174 209 202 390
PGD15 138 232 296 365 374 646
15 PGA 71.2 111
PGB 264 420
PGC15 209 411
PGD15 387 680
16 PGA 34.4 52.4 59.1 52 84.9 98.9
PGB 86.3 132 186 192 265 374
PGC15 80.6 154 181 181 216 373
PGD15 129 225 296 307 382 612
17 PGA 70.2 107
PGB 259 401
PGC15 205 393
PGD15 379 650
18 PGA 52
PGB 191
PGC15 180
PGD15 305
19 PGA 88.7 103
PGB 269 377
PGC15 219 375
PGD15 385 613
20 PGA 62.8
PGB 194
PGC15 186
PGD15 305

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/49


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 1800 129 157 294 491 864 1394
1500 107 131 245 409 720 1162

3
1200 86 104 196 327 576 929
1000 71 87 163 273 480 774
16 1800 113 86 139 254 433 765 1228
1500 94 72 116 212 360 637 1023
1200 75 58 92 170 288 510 819
1000 63 48 77 141 240 425 682
18 1800 100 74 124 227 305 382 510 664 892 1091 1350
1500 83 62 103 189 254 318 425 554 743 909 1125
1200 67 49 83 151 203 254 340 443 595 728 900
1000 56 41 69 126 169 212 284 369 495 606 750
20 1800 90 67 108 158 201 264 343 450 593 790 956 1189
1500 75 55 90 132 168 220 286 375 494 658 796 991
1200 60 44 72 105 134 176 228 300 395 526 637 793
1000 50 37 60 88 112 146 190 250 330 439 531 661
22.4 1800 80 59 97 140 179 236 297 397 516 686 849 1057
1500 67 49 81 117 149 196 247 330 430 572 707 881
1200 54 40 65 93 119 157 198 264 344 457 566 705
1000 45 33 54 78 99 131 165 220 287 381 471 587
25 1800 72 52 85 125 159 209 267 356 461 612 743 926
1500 60 44 71 104 132 174 222 297 384 510 619 771
1200 48 35 57 83 106 139 178 237 307 408 495 617
1000 40 29 47 70 88 116 148 198 256 340 413 514
28 1800 64 47 78 110 143 185 236 308 400 533 679 822
1500 54 39 65 91 119 155 197 257 333 444 566 685
1200 43 31 52 73 95 124 157 206 266 355 453 548
1000 36 26 43 61 80 103 131 171 222 296 377 457
31.5 1800 57 42 68 99 127 165 212 277 357 476 595 720
1500 48 35 57 82 106 137 177 231 297 397 496 600
1200 38 28 46 66 85 110 141 185 238 317 397 480
1000 32 23 38 55 70 91 118 154 198 265 330 400
35.5 1800 51 37 63 86 116 149 192 245 334 413 548 658
1500 42 31 52 72 96 124 160 204 278 344 457 548
1200 34 25 42 57 77 99 128 163 222 275 366 439
1000 28 21 35 48 64 83 107 136 185 229 305 366
40 1800 45 34 55 79 103 132 172 220 298 368 480 576
1500 38 28 46 66 85 110 144 183 248 307 400 480
1200 30 23 37 53 68 88 115 147 199 246 320 384
1000 25 19 31 44 57 73 96 122 166 205 267 320
45 1800 40 30 49 69 90 120 150 199 261 345 428 531
1500 33 25 41 57 75 100 125 166 217 287 357 443
1200 27 20 33 46 60 80 100 133 174 230 285 354
1000 22 17 27 38 50 67 83 111 145 191 238 295
50 1800 36 26 43 64 80 106 135 179 233 308 375 465
1500 30 22 36 53 67 89 112 149 194 256 313 387
1200 24 18 29 42 53 71 90 119 155 205 250 310
1000 20 15 24 35 45 59 75 99 129 171 208 258
56 1800 32 24 39 56 73 94 122 156 211 269 340 415
1500 27 20 33 46 60 78 102 130 176 224 284 346
1200 21 16 26 37 48 62 81 104 141 179 227 277
1000 18 13 22 31 40 52 68 86 117 150 189 230
63 1800 29 21 50 83 140 240 363
1500 24 18 41 69 116 200 303
1200 19 14 33 55 93 160 242
1000 16 12 28 46 78 134 202
71 1800 25 44 75 127 218 329
1500 21 36 63 106 182 275
1200 17 29 50 84 145 220
1000 14 24 42 70 121 183
80 1800 23 39
1500 19 33
1200 15 26
1000 13 22

3/50 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
5 3.4 6.2 9.8 19.2 32.3
5.6 3.1 6.2 9.8 19.2 32.3
6
6.3

3.4

6.2

9.8

14

19.2
25


32.3
41.6








3
6.7 25.2 41.6
7.1 3.2 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
7.5 25 38.3
8 3.4 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
8.5 25 41.1
9 3.1 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
9.5 25 37.8 B2
10 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
10.6 25 40.6
11.2 3.3 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
11.8 25 35.4
12.5 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.5 19.2 32.3
13.2 25.5 41.6
14 3.4 6.2 9.8 11.6 14 19.2 21.5 32.3 37 63.5 101.5
15 24 40.8
16 3.4 6.2 7 9.8 11.6 14 19.2 21.5 32.3 37 63.5 101.5
17 25 40.8
18 7 11.6 14 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
19 24 39.6
20 7 11.6 14 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
22.4 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
35.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
B3
40 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
56 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
90 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
100 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
112 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
125 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
140 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
160 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
180 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
B4
200 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
224 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
250 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
280 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
315 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
355 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125

Type B2, see page 3/40


Type B4, see page 3/57

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/51


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 PGA 56.4 85.6 111 150 194
PGB 105 159 218 325 462
PGC15 165 210 243 414 468

3 16
PGD15
PGA

41.5
208
53.4


275
84.1


341
110


570
147


710
191


PGB 72.8 99.1 155 216 316 447
PGC15 79.7 156 205 240 401 453
PGD15 109 196 268 336 551 684
18 PGA 39.7 51.5 81.1 93.2 104 120 144 164 188 206
PGB 69.6 95.3 150 168 202 230 306 344 435 474
PGC15 76 150 197 219 225 370 389 429 443 483
PGD15 104 188 258 286 315 465 534 591 667 726
20 PGA 38.5 50.6 62 77.9 91.4 103 119 142 161 180 202
PGB 67.4 93.5 112 143 164 200 226 300 333 418 458
PGC15 73.6 147 165 189 214 222 364 380 415 424 467
PGD15 100 184 210 248 279 311 458 522 571 637 700
22.4 PGA 37.1 46.6 58.7 73 88 94.4 112 132 158 175 199
PGB 64.7 84.5 105 131 158 179 212 272 324 387 447
PGC15 70.7 126 156 177 206 203 341 352 403 401 456
PGD15 96.4 160 197 229 269 280 428 477 553 593 681
25 PGA 33.9 45.7 56.6 70.2 84.5 93.5 111 130 155 168 191
PGB 58.4 82.9 101 126 152 177 209 266 317 371 428
PGC15 61.1 123 150 170 198 200 337 344 394 384 436
PGD15 83.8 156 190 220 258 276 423 466 540 568 651
28 PGA 32.7 42.7 55.6 66.6 78.9 84.7 102 120 144 163 184
PGB 56.2 76.7 99.4 118 139 157 188 240 288 351 397
PGC15 58.7 111 147 161 184 182 298 316 364 369 412
PGD15 80.7 141 186 208 238 247 373 424 494 540 606
31.5 PGA 30.9 41.9 51 64.2 76 83.6 101 118 142 157 177
PGB 52.7 75.1 89.8 114 133 155 186 235 282 336 380
PGC15 53.8 109 126 155 177 179 294 309 356 353 395
PGD15 74.1 138 161 199 228 245 369 414 481 517 579
35.5 PGA 29.8 37.1 50.1 58.2 72.1 75.5 90.8 107 130 143 171
PGB 50.7 65.5 88.1 102 125 138 165 211 254 303 359
PGC15 51.9 90.6 124 142 168 162 247 283 327 325 379
PGD15 71.3 116 158 181 215 219 313 376 438 469 550
40 PGA 27.5 36.5 46.8 56.3 69.5 74.7 90 106 128 138 164
PGB 46.3 64.2 81.4 98.3 120 137 163 207 249 290 344
PGC15 46.7 88.9 112 137 162 160 244 277 319 312 363
PGD15 64.4 114 143 174 207 217 308 367 427 450 527
45 PGA 26.5 32 45.9 50.4 63 65.3 81 93.4 116 143 150
PGB 44.7 55.4 79.7 86.6 107 118 145 180 224 282 309
PGC15 45.1 73.3 110 121 143 141 209 248 292 308 333
PGD15 62.1 94.5 140 154 184 189 266 325 388 434 477
50 PGA 22.8 31.4 40.6 48.7 60.8 64.7 80.1 91.8 114 137 145
PGB 37.8 54.6 69.5 83.6 104 116 143 177 219 271 297
PGC15 36.5 72.2 91.2 117 139 140 208 242 286 295 319
PGD15 50.7 92.7 117 148 177 186 263 318 380 417 458
56 PGA 22.1 30.1 39.8 48.1 54.2 65.4 70 93.7 101 130 149
PGB 36.7 51.7 68.2 81.2 91.3 114 123 175 191 254 288
PGC15 35.3 67.6 89.3 113 117 138 170 241 255 281 315
PGD15 49 87.3 115 143 150 182 218 313 335 394 442
63 PGA 22.7 34.9 52.5 69.4 99 143
PGB 37.2 59 88.3 122 187 277
PGC15 35.7 74 113 168 250 302
PGD15 49.4 95.9 145 215 328 424
71 PGA 34.3 51.7 69.8 101 136
PGB 58 85.6 120 185 260
PGC15 72.9 109 163 248 288
PGD15 94.1 140 208 323 401
80 PGA 33
PGB 55.4
PGC15 68.6
PGD15 88.9

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/52 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 PGA 57.8 86.5 109 143 177
PGB 118 177 242 356 500
PGC15 176 218 249 422 468

16
PGD15
PGA

42.9
229
55


298
85.2


370
109


612
142


760
177


3
PGB 81.7 112 173 239 347 486
PGC15 87.4 167 213 246 410 455
PGD15 123 216 292 364 593 735
18 PGA 41.2 53.2 82.4 94.4 103 119 141 159 175 190
PGB 78.2 107 167 187 224 254 338 378 475 513
PGC15 83.4 160 205 227 231 383 399 438 445 484
PGD15 118 207 281 310 342 500 576 634 715 777
20 PGA 39.9 52.3 63.9 79.4 93 102 118 138 157 169 189
PGB 75.7 105 126 160 183 222 250 332 367 456 498
PGC15 80.8 157 183 197 222 228 377 391 425 428 470
PGD15 114 203 236 269 304 337 492 563 615 685 751
22.4 PGA 38.5 48.3 60.7 75.1 89.8 95.3 112 132 155 169 187
PGB 72.9 95.5 119 147 176 200 235 301 358 425 487
PGC15 77.8 140 172 185 214 210 353 363 414 408 460
PGD15 109 181 223 249 292 305 461 515 597 640 731
25 PGA 35.4 47.4 58.6 72.3 86.5 94.6 111 130 152 163 180
PGB 65.8 93.4 114 141 170 197 233 295 351 408 468
PGC15 66.9 137 166 177 205 207 349 355 405 391 442
PGD15 95.1 177 215 240 280 301 455 503 582 613 700
28 PGA 34.1 44.4 57.5 69 81.5 86.3 103 121 144 160 178
PGB 63.3 86.4 112 133 155 176 209 267 319 387 435
PGC15 64.5 124 162 169 192 188 319 327 375 377 420
PGD15 91.6 161 210 226 259 270 411 459 533 584 654
31.5 PGA 32.3 43.7 53.1 66.4 78.4 85.5 102 119 142 154 173
PGB 59.3 84.8 101 128 149 174 207 261 312 370 417
PGC15 58.9 121 140 163 185 186 315 320 368 362 403
PGD15 84.1 157 183 218 249 267 406 448 521 559 625
35.5 PGA 31.2 38.7 52.1 60.6 74.7 77.4 93 109 131 142 168
PGB 57.3 74 99.3 115 140 155 184 235 283 333 395
PGC15 56.8 101 137 149 176 169 273 294 339 332 388
PGD15 81 132 179 197 235 239 353 407 475 507 595
40 PGA 28.7 38.1 48.8 58.4 72 76.6 92.1 107 129 137 162
PGB 52.3 72.5 91.9 110 135 153 182 231 276 320 379
PGC15 51.1 98.7 124 143 169 167 270 287 331 320 372
PGD15 73.1 130 162 190 226 236 350 398 463 487 569
45 PGA 27.7 33.5 47.9 52.5 65.5 67.3 83.2 95.2 118 147 149
PGB 50.4 62.7 90 97.3 121 131 162 201 249 314 341
PGC15 49.4 81.3 121 129 154 147 232 257 303 321 342
PGD15 70.6 108 159 170 204 206 302 352 421 473 516
50 PGA 23.7 33 42.5 50.8 63.2 66.6 82.4 93.4 116 141 143
PGB 42.4 61.6 78.6 94.4 117 131 160 197 244 302 328
PGC15 39.7 80.2 101 125 149 146 229 252 297 308 328
PGD15 57.1 106 134 164 197 203 298 344 411 455 496
56 PGA 23.1 31.6 41.7 50.6 56.7 68.3 72.3 97.2 103 134 153
PGB 41 58.4 77 91.9 103 129 138 197 213 284 321
PGC15 38.5 75.2 99.2 123 129 145 187 252 265 294 329
PGD15 55.5 99.3 131 159 170 200 246 341 364 430 482
63 PGA 23.8 36.7 54.9 71.6 101 148
PGB 41.6 66.7 99.5 137 208 309
PGC15 39 81.8 125 186 260 315
PGD15 55.8 109 165 244 356 462
71 PGA 36 54.5 73.1 105 140
PGB 65.5 96.8 135 208 290
PGC15 80.5 121 181 260 300
PGD15 107 159 236 352 438
80 PGA 34.5
PGB 62.1
PGC15 75.9
PGD15 101

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/53


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 PGA 58.1 84.7 102 124 131
PGB 136 201 270 391 533
PGC15 185 225 252 424 449
3 16
PGD15
PGA

43.9
252
55.7


329
83.8


406
102


662
127


809
139


PGB 94.1 128 197 267 383 523
PGC15 97.5 175 221 249 413 441
PGD15 144 238 322 401 641 787
18 PGA 42.2 54.1 81.4 93.3 97.5 112 127 140 141 146
PGB 90 124 190 212 252 285 374 414 516 549
PGC15 93.4 168 213 235 235 395 405 441 437 466
PGD15 137 229 310 343 376 545 626 687 771 827
20 PGA 41.1 53.4 65 78.6 92.2 97.2 112 126 142 138 152
PGB 87.2 122 144 182 208 249 281 369 406 497 539
PGC15 90.2 165 191 205 230 233 389 398 429 421 459
PGD15 133 225 261 298 335 372 537 613 666 741 806
22.4 PGA 39.7 49.8 62.1 76.1 89.4 93.4 107 125 143 150 155
PGB 84.2 110 137 169 201 226 265 337 397 467 530
PGC15 87 153 181 193 222 216 366 371 420 407 452
PGD15 128 206 246 276 323 337 502 562 649 695 788
25 PGA 36.6 49 60.1 73.5 86.3 92.7 107 124 141 146 151
PGB 76.1 108 132 162 193 224 262 331 390 449 510
PGC15 74.7 150 174 186 214 213 362 364 413 392 436
PGD15 111 202 237 266 310 333 497 550 636 666 756
28 PGA 35.4 46.2 59.1 70.8 83 86.1 102 117 138 147 160
PGB 73.3 100 129 153 178 200 237 300 356 428 477
PGC15 72 140 171 177 201 195 333 337 385 381 420
PGD15 107 188 232 251 287 299 451 502 582 636 708
31.5 PGA 33.7 45.3 55 68.3 80.1 85.3 101 116 137 143 156
PGB 68.8 98.5 117 147 171 197 235 294 350 411 460
PGC15 65.7 138 158 171 193 193 328 331 378 366 405
PGD15 98.2 184 213 242 276 296 445 491 570 610 680
35.5 PGA 32.6 40.4 54 62.5 77 77.6 93.2 107 129 133 156
PGB 66.2 85.7 115 132 161 176 210 266 318 370 437
PGC15 63.5 114 155 156 185 175 299 304 350 338 392
PGD15 94.9 155 208 219 261 266 400 446 520 554 648
40 PGA 30.1 39.7 50.9 60.4 74.3 77.1 92.3 105 127 129 151
PGB 60.5 84.3 106 128 155 175 207 260 312 357 419
PGC15 57 112 140 151 178 173 295 298 343 325 377
PGD15 85.6 152 190 211 251 263 396 437 508 533 622
45 PGA 29.1 35.1 49.9 54.4 67.7 68.3 84.1 94.3 117 148 141
PGB 58.5 73 105 113 139 151 185 227 281 356 378
PGC15 55.1 92.6 138 136 163 153 261 267 314 334 347
PGD15 82.5 126 186 188 227 229 349 386 462 524 564
50 PGA 24.9 34.6 44.3 52.7 65.5 67.7 83.4 92.9 115 143 137
PGB 49.1 71.5 91 109 134 149 183 223 275 343 364
PGC15 44.2 90.7 114 132 157 152 259 262 308 321 334
PGD15 66.9 124 156 182 219 226 345 378 453 504 542
56 PGA 24.2 33.4 43.6 53.4 59 71.4 73.7 100 103 136 156
PGB 47.6 67.9 89.3 107 119 149 158 224 240 322 364
PGC15 42.8 85.5 112 130 142 153 212 264 276 307 343
PGD15 64.7 117 153 178 196 224 286 376 400 477 533
63 PGA 25.4 38.5 57.1 73.1 101 150
PGB 48.4 77.3 115 156 236 350
PGC15 43.7 93.1 137 210 270 329
PGD15 65.6 128 189 283 392 512
71 PGA 38 57.6 76.5 109 143
PGB 76 112 156 237 329
PGC15 91.2 135 205 273 314
PGD15 126 184 275 389 484
80 PGA 36.5
PGB 72
PGC15 85.5
PGD15 118

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/54 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B3 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B3
Gear unit sizes
iN 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 PGA 57.1 80 89.7 91.3 59.8
PGB 151 221 293 411 546
PGC15 190 229 249 413 411

16
PGD15
PGA

43.7
273
54.9


355
79.8


435
91.4


695
99.7


837
80.1


3
PGB 105 143 217 290 405 542
PGC15 106 181 224 248 407 411
PGD15 163 258 348 430 677 819
18 PGA 42.3 53.7 77.9 89.3 88.4 101 104 110 87.2 75.6
PGB 101 139 209 234 275 309 400 437 536 562
PGC15 101 174 217 240 234 400 401 430 411 429
PGD15 155 249 335 370 404 581 662 722 803 855
20 PGA 41.3 52.8 64.3 75.5 88.7 88.6 103 105 117 91.6 93.9
PGB 97.7 136 161 202 230 272 305 394 431 520 555
PGC15 98.5 171 198 209 235 233 396 396 424 399 429
PGD15 150 244 283 322 363 400 573 650 705 776 836
22.4 PGA 39.9 50.1 61.7 74.9 86.4 87.7 98.6 113 122 118 104
PGB 94.2 124 152 187 221 248 288 364 425 495 551
PGC15 95.2 159 187 198 227 217 373 374 418 395 428
PGD15 145 223 268 300 349 364 538 598 688 733 823
25 PGA 37.1 49.4 60 72.4 83.9 87.5 98.8 113 122 117 106
PGB 85.2 121 147 180 213 245 286 358 418 478 534
PGC15 81.4 156 181 191 218 215 369 368 413 383 416
PGD15 126 219 258 288 335 359 532 587 675 706 793
28 PGA 36 46.9 59.4 70.7 82.3 83 96.6 110 127 126 130
PGB 82.4 113 144 170 198 220 260 326 386 455 506
PGC15 78.6 146 177 183 207 198 341 342 388 374 409
PGD15 121 204 253 273 312 324 483 537 622 675 748
31.5 PGA 34.4 46.2 55.7 68.6 79.5 82.4 96.1 109 127 123 128
PGB 77.5 111 132 164 190 218 257 320 379 440 487
PGC15 71.7 144 164 177 200 196 337 336 382 361 395
PGD15 111 200 231 262 300 320 478 525 609 648 719
35.5 PGA 33.3 41.2 54.9 63.1 77.4 75.8 90.6 101 122 118 135
PGB 74.7 96.6 129 148 180 195 231 289 345 398 467
PGC15 69.1 126 161 162 191 179 308 309 355 334 386
PGD15 108 175 227 238 284 288 431 478 556 589 687
40 PGA 30.8 40.6 51.8 61 74.7 75.4 89.9 100 120 115 132
PGB 68.1 94.9 120 142 173 193 228 284 339 384 449
PGC15 62.1 124 152 156 184 177 304 303 348 323 373
PGD15 97 172 211 230 273 285 426 468 544 567 660
45 PGA 29.8 36 50.9 55.3 68.6 67.4 82.5 90.6 112 146 126
PGB 65.9 82.1 117 126 155 166 204 248 306 390 406
PGC15 60.2 102 149 142 168 157 276 273 320 342 345
PGD15 93.8 143 207 205 247 248 383 414 495 566 600
50 PGA 25.6 35.5 45.5 53.6 66.4 66.9 81.8 89.2 111 142 123
PGB 55.3 80.8 102 122 150 165 202 244 300 376 391
PGC15 47.9 101 126 137 163 156 273 268 314 330 333
PGD15 75.7 141 177 199 239 246 379 406 485 544 577
56 PGA 24.9 34.5 44.7 55.2 60.1 73.2 72.9 101 99.8 135 153
PGB 53.7 76.7 101 120 133 166 175 249 262 354 398
PGC15 46.5 94.5 124 136 147 159 232 274 282 315 351
PGD15 73.5 133 174 194 213 245 322 407 429 515 576
63 PGA 26.5 39.7 58.2 72.5 98.3 148
PGB 55 87.1 128 173 258 383
PGC15 47.9 103 143 230 277 338
PGD15 74.5 145 206 319 420 553
71 PGA 39.1 59.7 78.8 110 142
PGB 85.5 126 174 262 360
PGC15 101 141 228 283 323
PGD15 143 201 312 421 524
80 PGA 37.9
PGB 81.2
PGC15 94.7
PGD15 134

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/55


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4
Nominal power ratings, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications
Nominal power ratings P2N (kW) type B4
Gear unit sizes
iN n1 n2 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
63 1800 29 35 63 108 182 298
1500 24 29 52 90 152 248

3
1200 19 23 42 72 122 199
1000 16 19 35 60 101 165
71 1800 25 31 57 97 163 263
1500 21 26 47 81 136 219
1200 17 21 38 64 109 175
1000 14 17 31 54 91 146
80 1800 23 27 50 65 85 113 145 188 236 289
1500 19 23 42 54 71 94 120 157 197 240
1200 15 18 34 43 56 75 96 126 157 192
1000 13 15 28 36 47 63 80 105 131 160
90 1800 20 24 35 44 59 76 100 128 168 204 255
1500 17 20 29 37 49 63 84 107 140 170 212
1200 13 16 23 30 39 51 67 86 112 136 170
1000 11 14 19 25 33 42 56 71 94 114 141
100 1800 18 21 31 40 52 67 88 114 149 183 229
1500 15 18 26 33 44 55 73 95 124 153 191
1200 12 14 21 26 35 44 59 76 100 122 152
1000 10 12 17 22 29 37 49 63 83 102 127
112 1800 16 20 27 36 46 61 79 103 133 162 198
1500 13 16 23 30 38 51 66 86 111 135 165
1200 11 13 18 24 31 41 53 68 88 108 132
1000 8.9 11 15 20 26 34 44 57 74 90 110
125 1800 14 17 25 32 41 53 69 91 118 146 178
1500 12 14 21 26 34 44 58 76 98 122 148
1200 10 11 16 21 27 36 46 61 78 97 118
1000 8.0 9.5 14 18 23 30 38 51 65 81 99
140 1800 13 16 21 29 37 49 63 83 106 132 157
1500 11 13 18 24 31 41 53 69 88 110 131
1200 8.6 11 14 19 25 33 42 55 71 88 105
1000 7.1 8.8 12 16 21 27 35 46 59 73 87
160 1800 11 14 20 26 33 43 55 74 94 119 141
1500 9.4 11 16 21 27 36 46 61 78 99 118
1200 7.5 9.2 13 17 22 29 37 49 63 79 94
1000 6.3 7.6 11 14 18 24 31 41 52 66 79
180 1800 10 12 17 22 30 38 51 65 86 103 128
1500 8.3 10 14 19 25 32 43 54 71 86 107
1200 6.7 8.2 12 15 20 26 34 43 57 69 85
1000 5.6 6.8 9.6 12 17 21 28 36 48 57 71
200 1800 9.0 11 16 20 27 34 45 57 76 93 115
1500 7.5 9.0 13 17 22 28 37 48 63 77 96
1200 6.0 7.2 11 13 18 22 30 38 51 62 77
1000 5.0 6.0 8.8 11 15 19 25 32 42 51 64
224 1800 8.0 9.8 14 18 23 31 40 52 67 84 100
1500 6.7 8.2 12 15 19 25 33 44 56 70 83
1200 5.4 6.5 9.3 12 16 20 27 35 45 56 67
1000 4.5 5.4 7.7 10 13 17 22 29 37 47 55
250 1800 7.2 8.5 12 16 21 27 35 46 59 74 90
1500 6.0 7.1 10 13 17 22 29 38 49 61 75
1200 4.8 5.7 8.3 11 14 18 23 31 40 49 60
1000 4.0 4.7 6.9 8.8 12 15 19 25 33 41 50
280 1800 6.4 7.7 11 14 19 24 32 41 54 66 81
1500 5.4 6.4 9.1 12 16 20 26 34 45 55 68
1200 4.3 5.2 7.3 9.4 13 16 21 27 36 44 54
1000 3.6 4.3 6.1 7.9 10 13 18 23 30 37 45
315 1800 5.7 9.8 17 28 47 71
1500 4.8 8.2 14 23 39 60
1200 3.8 6.5 11 19 32 48
1000 3.2 5.4 9.2 15 26 40
355 1800 5.1 8.7 15 25 42 64
1500 4.2 7.2 12 21 35 54
1200 3.4 5.8 9.7 16 28 43
1000 2.8 4.8 8.1 14 23 36

3/56 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4 Nominal output torques
Gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Nominal output torques T2N (kNm) type B4
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
5 3.4 6.2 9.8 19.2 32.3
5.6 3.1 6.2 9.8 19.2 32.3
6
6.3

3.4

6.2

9.8

14

19.2
25


32.3
41.6








3
6.7 25.2 41.6
7.1 3.2 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
7.5 25 38.3
8 3.4 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
8.5 25 41.1
9 3.1 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
9.5 25 37.8 B2
10 3.4 6.2 9.8 13.3 19.2 32.3
10.6 25 40.6
11.2 3.3 6.2 9.8 14 19.2 32.3
11.8 25 35.4
12.5 3.4 6.2 9.8 12.5 19.2 32.3
13.2 25.5 41.6
14 3.4 6.2 9.8 11.6 14 19.2 21.5 32.3 37 63.5 101.5
15 24 40.8
16 3.4 6.2 7 9.8 11.6 14 19.2 21.5 32.3 37 63.5 101.5
17 25 40.8
18 7 11.6 14 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
19 24 39.6
20 7 11.6 14 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
22.4 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
25 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
28 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
31.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
35.5 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
B3
40 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
45 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
50 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
56 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
63 7 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
71 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
80 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
90 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
100 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
112 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
125 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
140 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
160 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
180 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
B4
200 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
224 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
250 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
280 11.6 16.2 21.5 28.3 37 48.5 63.5 81 101.5 125
315 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125
355 16.2 28.3 48.5 81 125

Type B2, see page 3/40


Type B3, see page 3/51

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/57


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1000 rpm, n1 = 1200 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4
n1 = 1000 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
63 PGA 33.2 50.4 70.2 105 139

3 71
80
PGA
PGA
31.9
31.4


48.9
47.1

54.5
67.6
65.8

74.8
102
97.9

112
132
130

147
90 PGA 29 35.8 43.6 52.8 61.2 72 91.3 108 120 140
100 PGA 28.5 34.4 42.1 51 59.7 70.1 88 104 118 137
112 PGA 26.9 33.9 40 47.1 56.2 65.2 83.8 96.8 108 126
125 PGA 26.4 31.3 38.5 45.4 54.8 63.6 80.8 93.6 106 124
140 PGA 23.8 30.8 35.9 43.1 49.7 59.9 74.6 88.7 97.3 113
160 PGA 23.4 28.9 34.7 41.6 48.4 58.3 72 85.6 95.7 112
180 PGA 21 28.5 31.3 38.8 44.3 52.9 66.2 78.9 86.5 102
200 PGA 20.6 25.7 30.3 37.5 43.3 51.6 64 76.3 85 101
224 PGA 20.3 25.4 30.5 33.8 41.6 47.2 62.9 70.2 84.4 90.9
250 PGA 19.5 22.6 29.7 32.8 40.6 46.2 59.6 67.8 79.1 89.4
280 PGA 18.8 22.3 28.6 32.9 39.1 44.3 57.8 66.6 76.4 88.7
315 PGA 21.9 32 43.3 63.1 83.1
355 PGA 21 30.9 41.7 61.2 80.3

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4


n1 = 1200 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
63 PGA 34.9 52.9 73.6 109 144
71 PGA 33.6 51.3 70.9 106 137
80 PGA 33.1 49.5 57.2 69.1 78.4 102 116 135 152
90 PGA 30.6 37.7 45.9 55.5 64.4 75.7 95.8 113 125 145
100 PGA 30.1 36.4 44.3 53.5 62.7 73.7 92.6 109 122 142
112 PGA 28.4 35.8 42.2 49.7 59.2 68.7 87.9 102 113 131
125 PGA 28 33 40.8 47.9 57.8 66.9 84.8 98.1 111 129
140 PGA 25.1 32.5 38 45.6 52.5 63.2 78.4 93.2 102 119
160 PGA 24.7 30.7 36.7 44 51.3 61.6 75.9 89.9 100 117
180 PGA 21.9 30.2 32.7 41 46.2 55.9 69.1 83.3 90.1 107
200 PGA 21.5 27.1 31.6 39.7 45.1 54.6 66.9 80.4 88.5 105
224 PGA 21.3 26.7 31.9 35.3 43.4 49.3 65.6 73.2 88.2 94.8
250 PGA 20.4 23.6 31.1 34.2 42.5 48.1 62.2 70.9 82.5 93.1
280 PGA 19.7 23.3 30 34.5 40.9 46.4 60.3 69.6 79.8 92.5
315 PGA 23 33.6 45.3 66 86.7
355 PGA 22 32.4 43.7 64 83.7

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

3/58 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Type B4 Thermal capacities
n1 = 1500 rpm, n1 = 1800 rpm

Technical specifications (continued)


Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4
n1 = 1500 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
63 PGA 36.9 55.7 76.9 114 147
71
80
PGA
PGA
35.5
35


54.1
52.2

60.4
74.4
72.6

82.2
110
107

121
141
139

156
3
90 PGA 32.5 39.9 48.6 58.6 68.1 79.5 101 117 129 149
100 PGA 32 38.5 46.9 56.4 66.5 77.5 97.4 114 127 147
112 PGA 30.3 37.9 44.8 52.6 62.9 72.7 92.8 107 118 136
125 PGA 29.8 35.2 43.3 50.8 61.2 70.9 89.8 103 116 134
140 PGA 26.8 34.6 40.5 48.5 55.7 67.1 83.2 98.6 107 124
160 PGA 26.4 32.7 39.2 46.9 54.5 65.5 80.1 95.2 105 122
180 PGA 23 32.2 34.5 43.8 49.1 59.4 73.3 88.1 94.8 113
200 PGA 22.7 29 33.4 42.3 48 58.1 71 85.1 93.4 111
224 PGA 22.6 28.6 33.9 37.2 46.1 52.3 70.2 77.6 93.9 99.9
250 PGA 21.6 24.8 32.9 36 44.7 51.2 65.8 75.3 87.1 97.9
280 PGA 20.8 24.5 31.7 36.5 43.1 49.2 63.8 74.3 84.2 98.5
315 PGA 24.4 35.6 47.8 69.6 91.5
355 PGA 23.3 34.3 46 67.5 88.4

Thermal capacities PG (kW) type B4


n1 = 1800 rpm
Gear unit sizes
iN 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
63 PGA 38.3 57.5 79.1 116 146
71 PGA 37 55.9 76.4 113 141
80 PGA 36.4 54 62.5 74.7 84.7 109 124 139 156
90 PGA 33.8 41.6 50.6 60.7 70.7 81.9 104 120 131 150
100 PGA 33.4 40.2 48.9 58.6 69 80 100 117 129 148
112 PGA 31.7 39.6 46.7 54.9 65.5 75.5 96.1 110 120 139
125 PGA 31.2 36.7 45.2 53.1 64 73.7 92.9 107 118 137
140 PGA 28.1 36.2 42.3 50.6 58.4 69.9 86.4 102 110 127
160 PGA 27.7 34.3 41 48.9 56.9 68.3 83.5 99 108 125
180 PGA 24.2 33.7 36.1 45.8 51.4 62.3 76.5 91.6 97.8 116
200 PGA 23.8 30.4 35 44.3 50.3 60.7 74 88.7 96.3 114
224 PGA 24 30 35.8 39 48.5 54.8 73.6 81.2 98.5 103
250 PGA 22.7 26.1 34.8 37.9 47.2 53.7 69.2 78.4 91.3 101
280 PGA 22 25.7 33.6 38.6 45.4 51.7 67.1 78.1 88.2 103
315 PGA 25.8 37.6 50.2 73.2 95.8
355 PGA 24.5 36.2 48.3 71.1 92.6

For notes and legend for tables, see page 3/5

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/59


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications
Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan. J2 = iN2 x J1
Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft

3 iN
Gear unit sizes
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
1.12 0.03320 0.09331 0.19985 0.55790 1.15512
1.25 0.03012 0.08009 0.17598 0.47525 0.98841
1.32 0.69638 1.41265
1.4 0.02612 0.07247 0.15616 0.28321 0.42781 0.89201
1.5 0.59994 1.21925
1.6 0.02270 0.06249 0.13502 0.25139 0.38416 0.76512
1.7 0.54274 1.10454
1.8 0.02118 0.05538 0.11797 0.22222 0.31917 0.66780
1.9 0.47639 0.95000
2 0.01944 0.05039 0.10730 0.19158 0.29054 0.60305
2.12 0.41019 0.83447
2.24 0.01699 0.04512 0.09435 0.16800 0.26550 0.54335
2.36 0.37242 0.75177
2.5 0.01533 0.04015 0.08484 0.15171 0.23841 0.48790
2.65 0.32983 0.67465
2.8 0.01382 0.03570 0.07523 0.13132 0.21150 0.43124
H1
3 0.29502 0.60234
3.15 0.00978 0.02560 0.05558 0.11689 0.16858 0.32533
3.35 0.26063 0.52956
3.55 0.00833 0.02080 0.04790 0.10267 0.13472 0.28649
3.75 0.21054 0.40835
4 0.00694 0.01794 0.04155 0.07893 0.11805 0.24482
4.25 0.17090 0.35656
4.5 0.00520 0.01525 0.03354 0.06750 0.09900 0.19081
4.75 0.14846 0.30267
5 0.00447 0.01357 0.02829 0.05811 0.08363 0.17361
5.3 0.12489 0.23975
5.6 0.00392 0.01179 0.02455 0.04715 0.07328 0.14460
6 0.10497 0.21761
JL1 0.013 0.013 0.032 0.032 0.070 0.070 0.070 0.070

3/60 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications (continued)


Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan. J2 = iN2 x J1
Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft (continued)

iN
Gear unit sizes
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
3
6.3 0.01360 0.03005 0.10900 0.17891 0.47624 1.02034
7.1 0.01157 0.02672 0.09409 0.15729 0.41868 0.88860
8 0.01026 0.02247 0.07930 0.09825 0.13223 0.21556 0.36929 0.55622 0.77288 1.21839
9 0.00909 0.01983 0.03750 0.06753 0.08532 0.11529 0.18736 0.32175 0.48392 0.67066 1.04902
10 0.00783 0.01749 0.03282 0.05758 0.07245 0.09944 0.15501 0.27770 0.42214 0.57506 0.90183
11.2 0.00686 0.01266 0.02707 0.04200 0.06204 0.07436 0.13360 0.22047 0.36418 0.43687 0.77333
12.5 0.00492 0.01063 0.02361 0.03389 0.05319 0.06252 0.11400 0.17386 0.31141 0.37463 0.65585
14 0.00421 0.00870 0.02057 0.02823 0.03871 0.05334 0.08566 0.14926 0.24690 0.31240 0.49954
H2
16 0.00356 0.00659 0.01508 0.02340 0.03126 0.04309 0.07131 0.12488 0.19378 0.24326 0.42414
18 0.00273 0.00557 0.01256 0.02062 0.02616 0.03586 0.06042 0.10369 0.16515 0.21929 0.35037
20 0.00231 0.01018 0.02177 0.04883 0.13806 0.27273
22.4 0.00776 0.01920 0.04041 0.11390 0.24496
25 0.00650
JL1 0.010 0.013 0.013 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.070 0.070 0.170 0.170
20 0.00593 0.01833 0.03867 0.10587 0.23087
22.4 0.00548 0.01642 0.03504 0.09431 0.21049
25 0.00498 0.01476 0.01734 0.03261 0.04223 0.08707 0.11426 0.19141 0.25062
28 0.00410 0.00665 0.01232 0.01563 0.02545 0.03781 0.06859 0.10064 0.15085 0.22610
31.5 0.00378 0.00605 0.01119 0.01414 0.02395 0.03485 0.06397 0.09212 0.13899 0.20337
35.5 0.00307 0.00542 0.00899 0.01178 0.01912 0.02716 0.05089 0.07262 0.11130 0.16055
40 0.00285 0.00448 0.00826 0.01077 0.01812 0.02533 0.04794 0.06719 0.10372 0.14643
45 0.00193 0.00406 0.00553 0.00864 0.01203 0.02027 0.03092 0.05347 0.06925 0.11750
50 0.00179 0.00332 0.00510 0.00799 0.01140 0.01904 0.02915 0.04999 0.06467 0.10847
H3
56 0.00145 0.00304 0.00421 0.00533 0.00930 0.01275 0.02434 0.03246 0.05479 0.07299
63 0.00100 0.00209 0.00297 0.00494 0.00617 0.01198 0.01847 0.03038 0.03849 0.06754
71 0.00093 0.00191 0.00275 0.00408 0.00587 0.00974 0.01752 0.02531 0.03612 0.05711
80 0.00154 0.00287 0.00652 0.01930 0.04042
90 0.00107 0.00267 0.00615 0.01818 0.03760
100 0.00099
JL1 0.005 0.005 0.010 0.010 0.017 0.017 0.032 0.032 0.070 0.070
80 0.00400 0.00615 0.01707 0.04129
90 0.00370 0.00562 0.01550 0.03735
100 0.00299 0.00394 0.00505 0.00637 0.01413 0.01754 0.03472 0.04245
112 0.00279 0.00365 0.00414 0.00579 0.01176 0.01588 0.02698 0.03826
125 0.00223 0.00295 0.00377 0.00518 0.01083 0.01443 0.02536 0.03545
140 0.00210 0.00276 0.00306 0.00425 0.00858 0.01202 0.02051 0.02754
160 0.00140 0.00221 0.00281 0.00386 0.00798 0.01103 0.01942 0.02581
180 0.00132 0.00208 0.00192 0.00313 0.00524 0.00874 0.01252 0.02088
200 0.00108 0.00138 0.00176 0.00287 0.00488 0.00811 0.01184 0.01972
H4
224 0.00083 0.00130 0.00144 0.00196 0.00410 0.00533 0.00963 0.01275
250 0.00079 0.00107 0.00111 0.00180 0.00282 0.00496 0.00648 0.01203
280 0.00075 0.00082 0.00103 0.00147 0.00265 0.00416 0.00615 0.00977
315 0.00078 0.00098 0.00113 0.00250 0.00287 0.00585 0.00659
355 0.00075 0.00105 0.00268 0.00624
400 0.00099 0.00253 0.00593
JL1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/61


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types B2, B3, B4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications
Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan. J2 = iN2 x J1
Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft

3 iN
Gear unit sizes
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
5 0.01022 0.03029 0.06480 0.16531 0.38092
5.6 0.00965 0.02894 0.06229 0.15761 0.36023
6 0.18416 0.41712
6.3 0.00632 0.01723 0.04143 0.07291 0.10565 0.24918
6.7 0.17345 0.39012
7.1 0.00597 0.01639 0.03991 0.06922 0.10100 0.23667
7.5 0.11705 0.27106
8 0.00501 0.01218 0.02707 0.04633 0.07279 0.18087
8.5 0.11057 0.25474
9 0.00478 0.01164 0.02611 0.04410 0.07000 0.17285
9.5 0.07961 0.19489
10 0.00348 0.00938 0.02167 0.03017 0.05466 0.13448
10.6 0.07574 0.18443 B2
11.2 0.00333 0.00903 0.02104 0.02876 0.05272 0.12926
11.8 0.05942 0.14362
12.5 0.00232 0.00622 0.01496 0.02372 0.04019 0.07643
13.2 0.05671 0.13680
14 0.00224 0.00603 0.01461 0.02278 0.03910 0.07324
15 0.04309 0.08200
16 0.00169 0.00424 0.00974 0.01621 0.02663 0.06338
17 0.04154 0.07785
18 0.01568
19 0.02863 0.06716
20 0.01062
JL1 0.010 0.017 0.060 0.060 0.070 0.070 0.170 0.170

3/62 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types B2, B3, B4
Moments of inertia J1

Technical specifications (continued)


Moments of inertia J1 (kgm2) without fan
The moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 are referred to the input shaft The moment of inertia J2 in kgm2 referred to the output shaft of
of the gear units and apply to gear units without a fan. JL1 must the gear unit is calculated according to the following formula:
be added to J1 for gear units with a fan. J2 = iN2 x J1
Moments of inertia J1 in kgm2 referred to the input shaft (continued)

iN
Gear unit sizes
503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
3
14 0.01329 0.04499 0.08544 0.22304 0.50306
16 0.00566 0.01214 0.04005 0.07831 0.20426 0.45976
18 0.00512 0.01137 0.03687 0.04278 0.07235 0.09296 0.18547 0.24045 0.42637 0.54481
20 0.00478 0.01053 0.01484 0.03411 0.03839 0.06838 0.08415 0.17369 0.21791 0.39508 0.49213
22.4 0.00448 0.00704 0.01336 0.02131 0.03554 0.04599 0.07690 0.11784 0.19577 0.27665 0.45195
25 0.00284 0.00651 0.01234 0.01960 0.03307 0.04359 0.07204 0.11072 0.18190 0.25774 0.41470
28 0.00265 0.00547 0.01127 0.01479 0.02049 0.02996 0.04874 0.08009 0.12406 0.19848 0.29212
31.5 0.00204 0.00513 0.00764 0.01369 0.01896 0.02844 0.04581 0.07582 0.11568 0.18636 0.26960
35.5 0.00192 0.00378 0.00698 0.01109 0.01426 0.02358 0.03170 0.05975 0.08381 0.14595 0.20839 B3
40 0.00170 0.00356 0.00585 0.01037 0.01328 0.02257 0.02984 0.05677 0.07880 0.13805 0.19396
45 0.00162 0.00250 0.00543 0.00728 0.01074 0.01616 0.02472 0.04339 0.06235 0.08343 0.15241
50 0.00109 0.00238 0.00403 0.00685 0.01010 0.01555 0.02350 0.04158 0.05885 0.07861 0.14300
56 0.00104 0.00180 0.00375 0.00491 0.00707 0.01051 0.01686 0.02866 0.04498 0.06779 0.08737
63 0.00083 0.00265 0.00668 0.01611 0.04284 0.08163
71 0.00249 0.00478 0.01098 0.02970 0.07028
80 0.00190
JL1 0.005 0.010 0.010 0.017 0.017 0.032 0.032 0.070 0.070 0.170 0.170
63 0.00193 0.00571 0.01276 0.03724 0.08055
71 0.00178 0.00525 0.01186 0.03463 0.07410
80 0.00163 0.00486 0.00560 0.01091 0.01313 0.03235 0.03802 0.06979 0.08246
90 0.00122 0.00201 0.00313 0.00517 0.00734 0.01216 0.01992 0.03525 0.04705 0.07558
100 0.00113 0.00184 0.00289 0.00479 0.00675 0.01113 0.01851 0.03284 0.04444 0.07098
112 0.00098 0.00168 0.00223 0.00308 0.00566 0.00753 0.01390 0.02031 0.03063 0.04795
125 0.00092 0.00126 0.00207 0.00285 0.00528 0.00689 0.01299 0.01881 0.02898 0.04517
140 0.00071 0.00116 0.00182 0.00220 0.00390 0.00578 0.01051 0.01415 0.02402 0.03119
160 0.00067 0.00100 0.00172 0.00205 0.00366 0.00537 0.00992 0.01319 0.02293 0.02943 B4
180 0.00047 0.00094 0.00117 0.00180 0.00258 0.00398 0.00691 0.01067 0.01639 0.02439
200 0.00045 0.00073 0.00110 0.00170 0.00244 0.00371 0.00657 0.01004 0.01576 0.02323
224 0.00028 0.00068 0.00088 0.00115 0.00185 0.00263 0.00468 0.00700 0.01069 0.01662
250 0.00026 0.00048 0.00067 0.00109 0.00157 0.00247 0.00368 0.00664 0.00833 0.01595
280 0.00025 0.00045 0.00063 0.00087 0.00149 0.00188 0.00348 0.00475 0.00794 0.01084
315 0.00029 0.00066 0.00159 0.00373 0.00844
355 0.00026 0.00063 0.00151 0.00352 0.00803
JL1

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/63


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Actual ratio, gear unit sizes 503 to 514

Technical specifications
Actual ratio for types H1, H2, H3, H4
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
1.12 1.119 1.098 1.095 1.079 1.100
1.25 1.225 1.263 1.225 1.257 1.270

3 1.32
1.4

1.405

1.389

1.378

1.452

1.394
1.342


1.400
1.350









1.5 1.543 1.541
1.6 1.618 1.606 1.588 1.600 1.559 1.625
1.7 1.697 1.686
1.8 1.781 1.774 1.781 1.784 1.806 1.800
1.9 1.912 1.938
2 1.967 1.966 1.967 2.029 2.000 2.000
2.12 2.161 2.133
2.24 2.267 2.222 2.259 2.250 2.222 2.231
2.36 2.379 2.357
2.5 2.500 2.483 2.520 2.467 2.480 2.500
2.65 2.667 2.615 H1
2.8 2.769 2.778 2.826 2.815 2.783 2.818
3 2.960 2.917
3.15 3.125 3.208 3.208 3.120 3.143 3.200
3.35 3.304 3.273
3.55 3.500 3.591 3.636 3.478 3.619 3.600
3.75 3.714 3.700
4 4.000 4.050 4.050 3.917 4.053 4.111
4.25 4.238 4.150
4.5 4.500 4.550 4.500 4.409 4.450 4.667
4.75 4.737 4.722
5 5.056 4.895 5.056 4.900 5.056 5.000
5.3 5.200 5.333
5.6 5.526 5.529 5.611 5.450 5.556 5.706
6 5.889 5.706

3/64 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types H1, H2, H3, H4
Actual ratio, gear unit sizes 503 to 514

Technical specifications (continued)


Actual ratio for types H1, H2, H3, H4 (continued)
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
6.3 6.36 6.38 6.26 6.43 6.47 6.30
7.1 7.18 7.04 6.93 7.10 7.16 7.00
8
9


7.89
8.71
8.11
8.95

8.81
7.84
8.75
7.94
8.79
8.16
9.10
8.11
8.96
7.95
8.88
7.99
8.84
7.81
8.75
8.01
8.90
3
10 9.80 9.91 9.73 9.80 9.94 10.21 10.29 9.96 9.82 9.86 9.93
11.2 10.86 11.18 11.21 11.31 11.11 11.59 11.48 11.25 10.96 11.20 11.13
12.5 12.63 12.53 12.37 12.66 12.43 13.13 12.87 12.95 12.30 12.60 12.54
H2
14 14.07 14.32 13.70 14.28 14.35 14.63 14.62 14.50 13.89 14.39 14.24
16 15.79 16.11 15.46 16.04 16.06 16.25 16.57 15.93 16.00 16.33 16.02
18 17.87 18.09 17.32 17.26 18.12 18.26 18.45 18.09 17.92 17.50 18.29
20 19.93 20.50 19.79 20.57 20.36 20.64 20.50 19.96 19.67 19.95 20.77
22.4 22.96 22.26 23.02 21.90 23.39 23.03 22.98 22.35 22.44 22.25
25 26.25 25.01 25.97 26.10 26.05 26.03 25.73 24.65 25.63 25.37
28 28.39 28.34 27.95 29.21 29.76 29.51 28.78 28.39 28.47 28.54
31.5 32.45 31.75 31.52 32.94 33.15 32.86 32.23 31.79 32.51 32.59
35.5 34.69 36.28 34.82 35.45 36.36 37.55 35.98 35.56 35.61 36.19
40 39.64 39.25 39.27 39.99 40.50 41.82 40.29 39.82 40.66 41.33
45 43.84 44.86 45.15 44.18 45.96 45.87 46.51 44.44 45.82 45.27
50 50.11 47.95 50.92 49.83 51.19 51.09 52.08 49.77 52.32 51.70
H3
56 57.26 54.80 57.13 57.27 58.50 57.98 58.74 57.45 58.28 58.25
63 63.29 60.61 63.95 64.60 66.39 64.58 63.40 64.34 63.70 66.53
71 72.33 69.26 72.12 72.47 73.94 73.80 70.99 72.56 72.74 74.09
80 79.16 81.47 81.13 83.79 83.75 84.61 78.32 82.23 80.99
90 87.49 91.40 91.50 93.84 93.28 94.70 87.70 93.20 92.49
100 99.99 101.83 103.35 107.25 105.70 106.80 104.52 103.8 104.55
112 114.25 115.96 116.03 118.39 114.94 116.98 118.6 118.50
125 125.33 129.19 132.60 135.30 129.64 131.93 132.09 131.98
140 140.62 144.95 141.75 146.37 143.23 141.99 144.90 150.79
160 157.38 159.01 162.00 167.28 161.54 160.14 161.38 167.94
180 176.57 178.40 179.16 178.82 185.69 176.93 183.13 184.22
200 203.67 199.66 204.75 204.37 209.43 199.55 203.96 205.18 H4
224 230.47 224.01 234.00 226.01 234.97 229.38 233.10 232.84
250 258.57 258.38 258.63 258.30 263.02 258.70 264.52 259.32
280 292.59 292.38 295.58 295.20 296.65 290.25 294.61 296.37
315 328.04 332.53 326.27 333.27 324.91 327.35 336.32
355 371.20 372.88 366.45 374.58
400 419.49 411.69 416.20

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 3/65


Siemens AG 2014

Design of the gear units


Overview tables
Types B2, B3, B4
Actual ratio, gear unit sizes 503 to 514

Technical specifications
Actual ratio for types B2, B3, B4
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 Type
5 4.93 5.06 5.06 5.04 5.01
5.6 5.64 5.71 5.63 5.64 5.72

3
6 5.90 5.77
6.3 6.26 6.43 6.51 6.13 6.48 6.44
6.7 6.59 6.57
7.1 7.16 7.25 7.25 6.82 7.25 7.36
7.5 7.58 7.43
8 7.82 8.03 8.18 7.89 8.37 8.05
8.5 8.48 8.45
9 8.94 9.05 9.11 8.77 9.37 9.19
9.5 9.80 9.28 B2
10 9.69 9.94 10.07 9.92 10.02 9.97
10.6 10.95 10.56
11.2 11.08 11.22 11.22 11.03 11.22 11.38
11.8 11.74 11.49
12.5 12.41 12.73 12.89 12.21 12.83 12.76
13.2 13.12 13.08
14 14.18 14.36 14.36 13.97 13.57 14.37 13.80 14.58 14.20 13.86 13.72
15 15.03 14.71
16 15.64 15.83 15.30 15.83 15.76 15.63 15.84 15.94 16.07 16.12 15.65 15.58
17 16.79 16.74
18 17.80 17.65 17.37 17.84 17.51 18.27 17.91 18.02 17.12 17.53 17.45
19 18.52 18.46
20 19.83 20.17 19.15 19.31 20.12 20.22 20.35 20.33 20.18 19.33 20.02 19.81
22.4 22.25 22.42 21.79 22.66 22.64 23.50 23.05 23.18 22.26 22.55 22.29
25 25.18 25.62 24.40 25.56 25.53 26.17 25.67 25.95 24.93 25.75 25.45
28 28.25 28.00 27.89 28.30 28.75 29.55 29.64 29.95 28.63 28.16 28.67
31.5 31.46 32.00 30.99 31.92 32.42 32.91 33.02 33.54 32.06 32.16 32.74
35.5 35.29 34.69 35.41 35.07 35.91 36.36 37.27 35.87 37.00 34.89 35.81
B3
40 38.97 39.64 38.71 39.55 40.50 40.50 41.51 40.17 41.43 39.85 40.89
45 43.72 44.41 44.24 44.89 44.49 46.56 45.87 45.92 44.31 44.67 44.36
50 49.90 50.76 47.95 50.63 50.17 51.85 51.09 51.42 49.62 51.02 50.66
56 55.98 55.96 54.80 55.83 56.96 57.17 58.73 56.70 56.73 56.25 56.80
63 61.72 63.04 61.39 64.40 64.24 64.40 65.41 65.57 63.52 64.23 64.86
71 70.60 70.16 71.75 70.83 72.13 72.12 73.39 70.04 72.80 71.51
80 80.69 77.36 80.50 81.70 82.43 81.24 82.77 81.00 81.08 81.66
90 89.66 87.14 91.11 91.02 91.60 90.99 93.20 90.66 93.63 92.56
100 102.47 97.60 102.23 102.12 104.68 103.99 105.12 102.25 104.28 103.09
112 112.00 111.54 113.81 115.59 114.42 115.56 116.42 115.13 117.73 119.05
125 128.00 123.94 127.69 129.69 130.76 132.06 131.31 129.85 131.12 132.59
140 138.75 141.65 141.00 144.39 141.75 144.34 144.23 143.81 144.90 149.68
160 158.57 154.82 158.20 162.00 162.00 164.96 162.67 162.20 161.38 166.71
180 177.65 176.94 180.52 178.88 181.48 178.82 184.66 178.17 185.51 184.22
B4
200 203.02 191.81 202.54 200.70 207.41 204.37 208.27 200.94 206.61 205.18
224 223.85 219.21 223.31 229.02 228.68 228.95 229.63 228.11 227.80 235.86
250 255.08 245.57 254.47 256.95 260.59 261.65 261.67 257.27 259.59 262.69
280 285.45 280.65 287.95 283.31 293.16 288.49 293.97 283.66 288.43 289.63
315 309.44 322.84 328.75 323.24 330.05
355 352.61 365.32 369.84 363.14 366.72

3/66 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


4
Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units


horizontal mounting position

4/2 Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
4/2 Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
4/4 Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

4/6 Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
4/6 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
4/8 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
4/10 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

4/12 Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
4/12 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
4/14 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
4/16 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

4/18 Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
4/18 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508
4/20 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

4/22 Types H1, H2, H3 and H4


4/22 Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A4 A3
n3
B2 B1
G1 l1 A5

h5
g c1 D 5

G_MD30_EN_00136a
4

A2
n4
H
d 6
d1

n4
A1
h
Fan
0
c a.3
s
c

Air inlet n2 E
G3 l3
m3 m1 n1
b n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
503 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 205 225 185 250 200 185 100 250 185 175
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 5.6
504 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 220 250 215 275 230 220 135 275 215 175
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
505 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 255 285 230 305 260 245 160 315 235 190
iN = 1.4 3.55 45 5.6
506 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 255 285 235 305 260 245 160 315 235 190
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
507 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 290 325 305 370 315 300 165 360 285 225
iN = 1.32 3.35 3.75 4.75 5.3 6
508 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 290 325 305 370 315 300 165 360 285 225

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E g H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
503 448 260 25 25 19 128 105 460 200 90 290 220 78 110 230 175 165 15
504 544 325 30 30 24 159 132.5 510 225 220 360 280 96.5 137.5 290 195 195 19
505 605 360 30 30 24 185 150 560 250 155 435 320 85 145 345 220 200 19
506 656 360 30 30 24 216 150 560 250 155 486 320 85 165 376 220 220 19
507 713 465 35 40 28 228 192.5 700 315 155 480 410 118 145 415 280 225 24
508 773 465 35 40 28 258 192.5 700 315 155 540 410 118 175 445 280 255 24

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- K..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H1SH 503 65 m6 140 185 10.5 150 2A
504 80 m6 170 220 17 300 3A

d2
505 90 m6 210 240 23 350 4A
506 100 m6 210 240 25 395 5A
507 105 n6 235 295 44 686 6A 4
508 120 n6 250 295 48 710 7A
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H1HH 3) 503
504 80 H7 220 17 300 3D

D2H7
505 95 H7 240 23 350 4D
506 105 H7 240 25 395 5D
507 115 H7 295 44 686 6D
508 125 H7 295 48 710 7D
G4 G4
G_MD30_XX_00139

1) Approximate values for radial shaft seals; exact data acc. to order-related
documentation.
2) Without oil filling.
3) Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/3


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

A4 A3
n3
B2 B1
G1 l1 A5

h5
g c1 D 5

G_MD30_EN_00136a
4

A2
n4
H
d 6
d1

n4
A1
h
Fan
0
c a.3
s
c

Air inlet n2 E
G3 l3
m3 m1 n1
b n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
509 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 340 375 345 410 355 340 215 405 330 260
iN = 1.32 3.35 3.75 4.75 5.3 6
510 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 340 375 345 410 355 340 215 405 330 260

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E g H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
509 860 550 40 55 35 265 220 780 355 160 575 480 145 190 480 307.5 282.5 28
510 916 550 40 55 35 296 220 780 355 160 631 480 145 215 511 307.5 307.5 28

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- K..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H1SH 509 135 n6 260 335 70 970 8A
510 150 n6 280 335 74 1150 0B

d2
4
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H1HH 3) 509 135 H7 335 70 970 8D
510 145 H7 335 74 1150 0E

D2H7
G4 G4
G_MD30_XX_00139

1) Approximate values for radial shaft seals; exact data acc. to order-related
documentation.
2) Without oil filling.
3) Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/5


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A4 A3
A5
G1 l1

h5
4

A2
d1

H
d 6

G_MD30_EN_00005b

A1
h
Fan
c

0
c a.3
n2 E
s Air inlet m1 n1
G3 l3
a
m3
b
B2 B1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Drive Fan 1)
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 6.3 11.2 12.5 16 18 20
504 45 m6 100 80 35 m6 80 60 28 m6 70 50 170 190 200 245 185 145 70 240 175 150
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
505 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 195 215 230 280 195 180 85 255 180 160
iN = 9 14 16 20 22.4 25
506 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 195 215 230 280 195 180 85 255 180 160
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 18
507 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 215 245 280 335 235 215 100 290 205 190
iN = 8 12.5 14 22.4
508 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 215 245 280 335 235 215 100 290 205 190

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c E H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 s
504 604 210 28 269.5 465 200 220 415 170 95 130 19
505 684 250 30 310 530 230 355 490 200 95 145 19
506 807 250 30 363 530 230 355 613 200 95 215 19
507 855 295 35 384 635 280 300 595 230 129 180 24
508 962 295 35 431 635 280 300 702 230 129 240 24

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- L..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SH 504 80 m6 170 140 12 190 3A
505 100 m6 210 165 18 295 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 19 360 5A

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
507 120 n6 210 195 30 515 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 35 620 7A 4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HH 504 80 H7 140 12 190 3D
505 95 H7 165 18 295 4D
506 105 H7 165 19 360 5D

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
507 115 H7 195 30 515 6D
508 125 H7 195 35 620 7D
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DH 504 85 H6 85 140 215 12 190 3G
505 100 H6 100 165 255 18 295 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 19 360 5G
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014
507 120 H6 120 195 290 30 515 6G
508 130 H6 130 195 305 35 620 7G
G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KH 504 N80 3 25 9H 74 80 140 12 190 3N
505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 18 295 4N
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 19 360 5N
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 30 515 6N


508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 35 620 7N
N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CH 504 85 g6 100 140 12 190 3U
505 110 g6 115 165 18 295 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 19 360 5U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

507 130 g6 115 195 30 515 6U


508 130 g6 115 195 35 620 7U
G2 l2

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/7


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

A4 A3
A5
G1 l1

h5
4

A2
d1

H
d 6

G_MD30_EN_00005b

A1
h
Fan
c

0
c a.3
n2 E
s Air inlet m1 n1
G3 l3
a
m3
b
B2 B1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Drive Fan 1)
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
509 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 240 270 320 375 265 245 100 320 245 175
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
510 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 240 270 320 375 265 245 100 320 245 175
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
511 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 275 310 380 440 320 295 155 360 285 240
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
512 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 275 310 380 440 320 295 155 360 285 240

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c E H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 s
509 988 370 40 447 715 320 360 680 290 162 205 28
510 1106 370 40 500 715 320 360 798 290 162 270 28
511 1204 430 50 547 830 380 430 825 340 202 255 35
512 1332 430 50 605 830 380 430 953 340 202 325 35

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- L..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SH 509 145 n6 250 240 52 830 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 55 945 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 84 1250 1B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
512 185 n6 350 270 89 1570 2B
4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HH 509 135 H7 235 52 830 8D
510 150 H7 235 55 945 0E
511 165 H7 270 84 1250 1E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
512 180 H7 270 89 1570 2E

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DH 509 140 H6 145 235 350 52 830 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 55 945 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 84 1250 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014
512 180 H6 185 270 425 89 1570 2H

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KH 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 52 830 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 55 945 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 84 1250 1P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 89 1570 2P

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CH 509 150 g6 140 240 52 830 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 55 945 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 84 1250 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 89 1570 2V

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/9


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

A4 A3
A5
c1 g G1 l1

h5
4

A2
n4
d1

H
d6

n4

A1
h
Fan
c

ca .30

G_MD30_EN_00304
Air inlet
s G3 l3 n2 E D5
m3 n6 n3
b m1 n1
B2 B1 a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Drive Fan 1)
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
513 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 330 365 440 505 380 350 200 430 335 225
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
514 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 330 365 440 505 380 350 200 430 335 225

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E g H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
513 1345 535 60 65 48 640 202.5 950 440 195 920 445 245 260 842 380 380 42
514 1463 535 60 65 48 718 202.5 950 440 195 1038 445 245 300 920 380 420 42

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
Remove air guide cover before fitting the foundation bolts. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Note:
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- L..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SH 513 200 n6 350 330 150 2600 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 155 2965 4B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HH 513 190 H7 330 150 2600 3E
514 210 H7 330 155 2965 4E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DH 513 190 H6 195 330 495 150 2600 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 155 2965 4H

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KH 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 150 2600 3P
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 155 2965 4P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CH 513 220 g6 165 330 150 2600 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 155 2965 4V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/11


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A3 A2

G1 l1 A4

h5
4
d1

A1
H
d6

A1
h
Fan
c

0
ca. 3

ntkZWluWWWWX
s Air inlet
G3 l3 n2 E
m3 m1 n1

b a
B2 B1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 d6
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
505 40 m6 90 70 30 m6 70 50 24 k6 60 40 180 200 145 150 140 85 215 175 135
iN = 28 56 63 80 90 100
506 40 m6 90 70 30 m6 70 50 24 k6 60 40 180 200 145 150 140 85 215 175 135
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
507 45 m6 100 80 35 m6 80 60 28 m6 70 50 210 230 175 185 190 115 245 205 150
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
508 45 m6 100 80 35 m6 80 60 28 m6 70 50 210 230 175 185 190 115 245 205 150

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c E H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 s
505 727 250 30 400 530 230 350 530 200 97.5 145 19
506 850 250 30 453 530 230 350 653 200 97.5 215 19
507 912 295 35 493.5 635 280 295 680 230 101 180 24
508 1019 295 35 540.5 635 280 295 787 230 101 240 24

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

4/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- M..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SH 505 100 m6 210 165 20 310 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 21 380 5A
507 120 n6 210 195 35 550 6A

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
508 130 n6 250 195 37 650 7A
4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HH 505 95 H7 165 20 310 4D
506 105 H7 165 21 380 5D
507 115 H7 195 35 550 6D

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
508 125 H7 195 37 650 7D

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DH 505 100 H6 100 165 255 20 310 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 21 380 5G
507 120 H6 120 195 290 35 550 6G
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014
508 130 H6 130 195 305 37 650 7G

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KH 505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 20 310 4N
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 21 380 5N
507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 35 550 6N
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 37 650 7N

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CH 505 110 g6 115 165 20 310 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 21 380 5U
507 130 g6 115 195 35 550 6U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

508 130 g6 115 195 37 650 7U

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/13


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

A3 A2

G1 l1 A4

h5
4
d1

A1
H
d6

A1
h
Fan
c

0
ca. 3

ntkZWluWWWWX
s Air inlet
G3 l3 n2 E
m3 m1 n1

b a
B2 B1

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 d6
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
509 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 255 275 195 205 190 135 285 235 160
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
510 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 255 275 195 205 190 135 285 235 160
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
511 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 48 m6 110 80 275 305 225 245 240 165 325 270 190
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
512 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 48 m6 110 80 275 305 225 245 240 165 325 270 190

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c E H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 s
509 1054 370 40 575 715 320 350 785 290 122.5 205 28
510 1172 370 40 628 715 320 350 903 290 122.5 270 28
511 1296 430 50 706 830 380 420 960 340 158.5 255 35
512 1424 430 50 764 830 380 420 1088 340 158.5 325 35

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

4/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- M..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SH 509 145 n6 250 240 56 885 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 60 1035 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 91 1470 1B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
512 185 n6 350 270 105 1695 2B
4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HH 509 135 H7 235 56 885 8D
510 150 H7 235 60 1035 0E
511 165 H7 270 91 1470 1E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
512 180 H7 270 105 1695 2E

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DH 509 140 H6 145 235 350 56 885 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 60 1035 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 91 1470 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014
512 180 H6 185 270 425 105 1695 2H

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KH 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 56 885 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 60 1035 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 91 1470 1P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 105 1695 2P

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CH 509 150 g6 140 240 56 885 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 60 1035 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 91 1470 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 105 1695 2V

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/15


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

A3 A2
c1 g G1 l1
A4

h5
4

n4
d1

A1
d6

A1
n4
h

Fan
c


ca.30
Air inlet

s G3 l3 n2 E D5

G_MD30_EN_00305
m3 n6 n3
b m1 n1
B2 B1 a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 d6
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
513 85 m6 160 130 65 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 320 350 275 295 270 190 380 325 175
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
514 85 m6 160 130 65 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 320 350 275 295 270 190 380 325 175

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E g H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
513 1452 535 60 65 48 825 202.5 950 440 180 1092 445 180 260 952 380 380 42
514 1570 535 60 65 48 903 202.5 950 440 180 1210 445 180 300 1030 380 420 42

1)
Note: Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. See order-related documentation for exact data.
2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

4/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- M..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SH 513 200 n6 350 330 150 2420 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 155 2720 4B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HH 513 190 H7 330 150 2420 3E
514 210 H7 330 155 2720 4E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DH 513 190 H6 195 330 495 150 2420 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 155 2720 4H

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KH 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 150 2420 3P
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 155 2720 4P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CH 513 220 g6 165 330 150 2420 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 155 2720 4V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/17


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data

n3

c1 g G1 l1 D5

h5
4

n4
H
d1

n4
h

h4
c

G_MD30_XX_00002a
s n2 E
m3 m1 n1

b n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 80 140 160 280 224 280
507 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 215
iN = 100 180 200 355 280 355
508 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 215

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E g H h 1) h4 h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
507 899 295 35 35 28 493.5 112.5 635 280 198 115 680 230 104 180 567.5 242.5 257.5 24
508 1006 295 35 35 28 540.5 112.5 635 280 198 115 787 230 104 240 614.5 242.5 317.5 24

1)
Note: Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- N..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H4SH 507 120 n6 210 195 30 520 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 36 640 7A

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
4
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H4HH 507 115 H7 195 30 520 6D
508 125 H7 195 36 640 7D

D2H7
ntkZWWWWXW
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H4DH 507 120 H6 120 195 290 30 520 6G
508 130 H6 130 195 305 36 640 7G

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H4KH 507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 30 520 6N
508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 36 640 7N
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H4CH 507 130 g6 115 195 30 520 6U
508 130 g6 115 195 36 640 7U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/19


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data

n3

c1 g G1 l1 D5

h5
4

n4
H
d1

n4
h

h4
c

G_MD30_XX_00002a
s n2 E
m3 m1 n1

b n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 80 160 180 315 250 315
509 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 225
iN = 100 200 224 400 315 400
510 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 225
iN = 80 160 180 224 250 315 250 315
511 45 m6 100 35 m6 80 28 m6 70 255
iN = 100 200 224 280 315 400 315 400
512 45 m6 100 35 m6 80 28 m6 70 255
iN = 80 160 180 224 250 315 250 315
513 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 305
iN = 100 200 224 280 315 400 315 400
514 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 305

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E g H h 1) h4 h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
509 1040 370 40 45 35 575 140 715 320 230 135 785 290 125 205 458 275 290 28
510 1158 370 40 45 35 628 140 715 320 230 135 903 290 125 270 713 275 355 28
511 1281 430 50 60 40 706 155 830 380 270.5 145 960 340 161 255 812.5 330 362.5 35
512 1409 430 50 60 40 764 155 830 380 270.5 145 1088 340 161 325 870.5 330 432.5 35
513 1455 535 60 65 48 825 202.5 950 440 312 165 1092 445 183 260 952 380 380 42
514 1573 535 60 65 48 903 202.5 950 440 312 165 1210 445 183 300 1030 380 420 42

1)
Note: Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

4/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 4/22 to 4/26
Article No.: 2LP202.- N..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H4SH 509 145 n6 250 240 58 790 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 60 985 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 90 1450 1B

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
512 185 n6 350 270 100 1600 2B
513 200 n6 350 330 145 2375 3B 4
514 210 n6 350 330 150 2690 4B G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H4HH 509 135 H7 235 58 790 8D
510 150 H7 235 60 985 0E
511 165 H7 270 90 1450 1E

D2H7
ntkZWWWWXW
512 180 H7 270 100 1600 2E
513 190 H7 330 145 2375 3E
514 210 H7 330 150 2690 4E G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H4DH 509 140 H6 145 235 350 58 790 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 60 985 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 90 1450 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011
512 180 H6 185 270 425 100 1600 2H
513 190 H6 195 330 495 145 2375 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 150 2690 4H G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H4KH 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 58 790 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 60 985 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 90 1450 1P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 100 1600 2P


513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 145 2375 3P
N
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 150 2690 4P G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H4CH 509 150 g6 140 240 58 790 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 60 985 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 90 1450 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 100 1600 2V


513 220 g6 165 330 145 2375 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 150 2690 4V G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/21


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)
Type
H1.. H2.. H3.. H4..

4
A
0
A A A A 2
D 8

D 8
D 8

1 4
G8 G8 1 G8
1

G_MD30_XX_00146 G_MD30_XX_00020 G_MD30_XX_00024 G_MD30_XX_00028

6
B
B
1
B B B

3
D 8

D 8
D 8

1
G8 1 G8 G8 1

G_MD30_XX_00147
1
G_MD30_XX_00021 G_MD30_XX_00025 G_MD30_XX_00029

C -- 5
2 33
02
C C C _0
_ XX
30
MD
G_
D 8

D 8
D 8

1
1 G8 G8 1 G8

G_MD30_XX_00022 G_MD30_XX_00026 G_MD30_XX_00030

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the


D -- face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the
3
D D D horizontal mounting position with the view directed at
face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
D 8

D 8

Assembly cover at top (2),


D 8

1
1
view directed at drive end face (1):
G8 1 G8 G8
Face 3 = right
G_MD30_XX_00023 G_MD30_XX_00027 G_MD30_XX_00031 Face 6 = left

E -- E E 4
E
D 8

D 8
D 8

1
1 G8 G8 1 G8

G_MD30_XX_00148 G_MD30_XX_00153 G_MD30_XX_00158

$ Backstop

4/22 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


7th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)
Type
H1.. H2.. 1) H3.. H4..

4
F -- F F 5
F D 8

D 8
D 8

1
G8 1 G8 G8 1

G_MD30_XX_00159
G_MD30_XX_00149 G_MD30_XX_00154

G --
6
G G
G

G_MD30_XX_00160
G_MD30_XX_00150 G_MD30_XX_00155

H --
7
H H
H

G_MD30_XX_00161
G_MD30_XX_00151 G_MD30_XX_00156

I --
I I 8
I

G_MD30_XX_00162
G_MD30_XX_00152 G_MD30_XX_00157

1)
$ Backstop Designs G, H, I on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/23


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Solid shaft (S)
503 2 A

4 504
505
3 A
4 A
506 5 A
507 6 A
508 7 A
509 8 A
510 0 B
511 1 B
512 2 B
513 3 B
514 4 B
Hollow shaft with keyway (H)
504 3 D
505 4 D
506 5 D
507 6 D
508 7 D
509 8 D
510 0 E
511 1 E
512 2 E
513 3 E
514 4 E
Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)
504 3 G
505 4 G
506 5 G
507 6 G
508 7 G
509 8 G
510 0 H
511 1 H
512 2 H
513 3 H
514 4 H

4/24 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Hollow shaft with spline in accor-
dance with DIN 5480 (K)

4
504 3 N
505 4 N
506 5 N
507 6 N
508 7 N
509 8 N
510 0 P
511 1 P
512 2 P
513 3 P
514 4 P
Solid shaft without keyway (C)
504 3 U
505 4 U
506 5 U
507 6 U
508 7 U
509 8 U
510 0 V
511 1 V
512 2 V
513 3 V
514 4 V
Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position
H1.H K
H2.H L
H3.H M
H4.H N

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 4/25


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . - -Z
Seal for shaft 1 1)
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d1 with labyrinth seal 2

4 Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E


Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends
4
5
Seal for shaft 2 1)
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 with labyrinth seal 2
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 with taconite F-F 6
Shaft d2 with taconite F-H 7
Shaft d2 with taconite F-K 8
Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2 0
Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
H1.H H2.H H3.H H4.H
503, 504, 506 508, 510 504 ... 514 504 ... 514 507 ... 514
505, 507, 509
iN 1.12 6.3 20 80 A
iN 1.25 7.1 22.4 90 B
iN 1.4 1.4 1.32 8 25 100 C
iN 1.6 1.6 1.5 9 28 112 D
iN 1.8 1.8 1.7 10 31.5 125 E
iN 2 2 1.9 11.2 35.5 140 F
iN 2.24 2.24 2.12 12.5 40 160 G
iN 2.5 2.5 2.36 14 45 180 H
iN 2.8 2.8 2.65 16 50 200 J
iN 3.15 3.15 3 18 56 224 K
iN 3.55 3.55 3.35 20 63 250 L
iN 4 4 3.75 22.4 71 280 M
iN 4.5 4.5 4.25 25 80 315 N
iN 5 5 4.75 90 355 P
iN 5.6 5.6 5.3 100 400 Q
iN 6 R
Oil supply
Dip lubrication A
Other oil supply Z Q 0 Y
Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling 0
Auxiliary cooling with fan 1
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 2
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 3
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 4
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 5

1)
Additional details see page 11/2.

4/26 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


5
Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units


vertical mounting position

5/2 Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
5/2 Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
5/4 Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

5/6 Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
5/6 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

5/8 Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
5/8 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

5/10 Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
5/10 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508
5/12 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

5/14 Types H1, H2, H3 and H4


5/14 Dimensions of oil expansion unit
5/15 Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

E h6
H
d1 h

1) 1) 1)
l1
G1

G_MD30_EN_00234
5
g
1)

D5
c1

f2
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
503 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 205
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 5.6
504 70 m6 135 50 m6 110 220
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
505 80 m6 160 60 m6 140 50 m6 110 255
iN = 1.4 3.55 45 5.6
506 80 m6 160 60 m6 140 50 m6 110 255
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
507 100 m6 180 80 m6 165 70 m6 140 290
iN = 1.32 3.35 3.75 4.75 5.3 6
508 100 m6 180 80 m6 165 70 m6 140 290

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E f2 2) g H h 3) h6 3) n3 n4 n6
503 455 260 93 202 74 25 19 128 55 105 440 200 190 230 175 165
504 555 325 105 256 97 30 24 159 58 132.5 490 225 225 290 195 195
505 620 360 121 298 113 30 24 185 60 150 540 250 230 345 220 200
506 670 360 126 340 124 30 24 216 60 150 540 250 250 376 220 220
507 730 465 149 367 139 40 28 228 63 192.5 670 315 260 415 280 225
508 790 465 154 397 139 40 28 258 63 192.5 670 315 290 445 280 255

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
standard oil supply. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- W..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H1SV 503 65 m6 140 185 21 150 2A
504 80 m6 170 220 34 300 3A
505 90 m6 210 240 46 350 4A

G2
506 100 m6 210 240 50 395 5A
507 105 n6 235 295 88 686 6A

I2
508 120 n6 250 295 96 710 7A
d2

5
G_MD30_XX_00235

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H1HV 503
504 80 H7 220 34 300 3D

G4
505 95 H7 240 46 350 4D
506 105 H7 240 50 395 5D

G4
507 115 H7 295 88 686 6D
508 125 H7 295 96 710 7D
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/3


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

E h6
H
d1 h

1) 1) 1)
l1
G1

G_MD30_EN_00234
5
g
1)

D5
c1

f2
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
509 110 n6 200 90 m6 165 75 m6 140 340
iN = 1.32 3.35 3.75 4.75 5.3 6
510 110 n6 200 90 m6 165 75 m6 140 340

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E g f2 2) H h 3) h6 3) n3 n4 n6
509 875 550 160 425 160 55 35 265 220 60 755 355 330 480 307.5 282.5
510 935 550 170 466 170 55 35 296 220 60 755 355 355 511 307.5 307.5

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2) Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
standard oil supply. 3) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- W..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H1SV 509 135 n6 260 335 140 970 8A
510 150 n6 280 335 148 1150 0B

G2
I2
d2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


G_MD30_XX_00235
5
H1HV 509 135 H7 335 140 970 8D
510 145 H7 335 148 1150 0E

G4
G4
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/5


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

E h6
H
d1 h
1) 1) 1)
l1
G1

G_MD30_EN_00236
b
5

g
D5 1)

c1

f2
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Drive
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
513 110 n6 200 90 m6 165 75 m6 140 330
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
514 110 n6 200 90 m6 165 75 m6 140 330

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E g f2 2) H h 3) h6 3) n3 n4 n6
513 1360 535 205 800 205 65 48 640 202.5 63 935 440 440 842 380 380
514 1475 535 220 878 220 65 48 718 202.5 63 935 440 480 920 380 420

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
standard oil supply. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- S..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SV 513 200 n6 350 330 300 2600 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 310 2965 4B

G2
I2
d2

5
G_MD30_XX_00237

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HV 513 190 H7 330 300 2600 3E
514 210 H7 330 310 2965 4E

G4
G4
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00241

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DV 3) 513 190 H6 195 330 495 300 2600 3H
D2H6
514 210 H6 215 330 495 310 2965 4H
G5
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00242

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KV 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 300 2600 3P
N D2H11
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 310 2965 4P
G4
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CV 3) 513 220 g6 165 330 300 2600 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 310 2965 4V
G2
l2

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/7


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

E h6
H
d1 h
1) 1) 1)
l1

G_MD30_EN_00245
G1

b
g
5
1)

c1
D5

f2
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
513 85 m6 160 65 m6 140 50 m6 110 320
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
514 85 m6 160 65 m6 140 50 m6 110 320

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E g f2 2) H h 3) h6 3) n3 n4 n6
513 1460 535 205 925 205 65 48 825 202.5 63 935 440 440 952 380 380
514 1580 535 220 1003 220 65 48 903 202.5 63 935 440 480 1030 380 420

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
standard oil supply. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- T..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SV 513 200 n6 350 330 300 2420 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 310 2720 4B

G2
I2
d2

5
G_MD30_XX_00237

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HV 513 190 H7 330 300 2420 3E
514 210 H7 330 310 2720 4E

G4
G4
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00241

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DV 3) 513 190 H6 195 330 495 300 2420 3H
D2H6
514 210 H6 215 330 495 310 2720 4H
G5
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00242

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KV 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 300 2420 3P
N D2H11
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 310 2720 4P
G4
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CV 3) 513 220 g6 165 330 300 2420 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 310 2720 4V
G2
l2

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. 3) Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2) Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/9


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data


H
E h6 h
d1 h4
1) 1) 1)
l1
G1

b
5

g
G_MD30_XX_00250 1)

c1

f2
D5

b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Designs G, H, I on request for
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 80 140 160 280 224 280
507 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 215
iN = 100 180 200 355 280 355
508 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 215

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E g f2 2) H h 3) h4 h6 3) n3 n4 n6
507 915 295 140 556 125 35 28 493.5 112.5 48 605 280 198 295 567.5 242.5 257.5
508 1020 295 140 603 142 35 28 540.5 112.5 48 605 280 198 355 614.5 242.5 317.5

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
standard oil supply. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- U..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H4SV 507 120 n6 210 195 60 520 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 72 640 7A

G2
I2
d2

5
ntkZWWWY\X

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H4HV 507 115 H7 195 60 520 6D
508 125 H7 195 72 640 7D

G4
G4
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H4DV 3) 507 120 H6 120 195 290 60 520 6G
D2H6
508 130 H6 130 195 305 72 640 7G
G5
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H4KV 507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 60 520 6N
N D2H11
508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 72 640 7N
G4
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H4CV3) 507 130 g6 115 195 60 520 6U
508 130 g6 115 195 72 640 7U
G2
l2

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/11


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data


H
E h6 h
d1 h4
1) 1) 1)
l1
G1

b
5

g
G_MD30_XX_00250 1)

c1

f2
D5

b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Dimensions G, H, I on request for
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 80 160 180 315 250 315
509 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 225
iN = 100 200 224 400 315 400
510 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 225
iN = 80 160 180 224 250 315 250 315
511 45 m6 100 35 m6 80 28 m6 70 255
iN = 100 200 224 280 315 400 315 400
512 45 m6 100 35 m6 80 28 m6 70 255
iN = 80 160 180 224 250 315 250 315
513 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 305
iN = 100 200 224 280 315 400 315 400
514 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 305

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E g f2 2) H h 3) h4 h6 3) n3 n4 n6
509 1055 370 147 653 145 45 35 575 140 55 685 320 230 335 660 275 290
510 1170 370 165 706 165 45 35 628 140 55 685 320 230 400 713 275 355
511 1295 430 177 786 176 60 40 706 155 55 810 380 270.5 415 812.5 330 362.5
512 1425 430 186 844 186 60 40 764 155 55 810 380 270.5 485 870.5 330 432.5
513 1470 535 211 930 205 65 48 825 202.5 63 935 440 312 440 952 380 380
514 1585 535 220 1008 220 65 48 903 202.5 63 935 440 312 480 1030 380 420
1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
standard oil supply. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 5/14.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

5/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 5/15 to 5/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- U..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H4SV 509 145 n6 250 240 116 790 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 120 985 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 180 1450 1B

G2
512 185 n6 350 270 200 1600 2B
513 200 n6 350 330 290 2375 3B

I2
514 210 n6 350 330 300 2690 4B
d2

5
ntkZWWWY\X

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H4HV 509 135 H7 235 116 790 8D
510 150 H7 235 120 985 0E

G4
511 165 H7 270 180 1450 1E
512 180 H7 270 200 1600 2E

G4
513 190 H7 330 290 2375 3E
514 210 H7 330 300 2690 4E D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H4DV 3) 509 140 H6 145 235 350 116 790 8G
D2H6
510 150 H6 155 235 370 120 985 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 180 1450 1H G5
512 180 H6 185 270 425 200 1600 2H
513 190 H6 195 330 495 290 2375 3H
G4

514 210 H6 215 330 495 300 2690 4H


D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H4KV 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 116 790 8N
N D2H11
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 120 985 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 180 1450 1P
G4

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 200 1600 2P


N190 5 36 9H
G4

513 180 195 330 290 2375 3P


514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 300 2690 4P
D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H4CV3) 509 150 g6 140 240 116 790 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 120 985 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 180 1450 1V
G2

512 190 g6 145 270 200 1600 2V


513 220 g6 165 330 290 2375 3V
l2

514 220 g6 165 330 300 2690 4V


d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/13


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit

Dimensional drawings

h5
h4
h3
5
G_MD30_XX_00254

l1 b2 b3
l2

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 5/19)
Gear H1.V H2.V H3.V H4.V
unit
sizes
b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5
503 175 270 260 320 205 205 125
504 235 295 305 400 270 245 180
505 235 320 305 405 305 250 180
506 235 320 325 425 305 280 180
507 320 395 345 510 390 330 250 235 365 375 470 235 250 175
508 320 395 375 540 390 330 250 235 365 435 530 235 250 175
509 320 435 435 580 455 350 250 340 405 415 585 295 330 250
510 320 435 460 605 455 350 250 340 405 480 650 295 330 250
511 320 465 520 665 350 335 250
512 320 465 590 735 350 335 250
513 360 535 545 770 440 440 330 360 535 545 770 440 440 330 360 535 545 770 440 440 330
514 360 535 585 810 440 440 330 360 535 585 810 440 440 330 360 535 585 810 440 440 330

5/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 on left)
Type
H1.. H2.. H3.. H4..

A
0
2

G_MD30_XX_00255
A
G_MD30_XX_00256
A
G_MD30_XX_00257
A
G_MD30_XX_00258
A 4
5
6
B
B B B 1
B

G_MD30_XX_00259 G_MD30_XX_00260 G_MD30_XX_00261 G_MD30_XX_00262 1

C -- 5
C C C
2 33
02
_0
_ XX
30
MD
G_

G_MD30_XX_00263 G_MD30_XX_00264 G_MD30_XX_00265

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the


D -- face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the
3
horizontal mounting position with the view directed at
face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
D D view directed at drive end face (1):
D
G_MD30_XX_00266
G_MD30_XX_00267 G_MD30_XX_00268 Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left

E --
4
E E E

G_MD30_XX_00269 G_MD30_XX_00270 G_MD30_XX_00271

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/15


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


7th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 on left)
Type
H1.. H2.. 1) H3.. H4..

F --
5
F F F 2

5 G_MD30_XX_00272 G_MD30_XX_00273 G_MD30_XX_00274


4

6
G --
6

3
G G G

G_MD30_XX_00275 G_MD30_XX_00276 G_MD30_XX_00277


1

H -- 5
H H H
7 33
02
_0
_ XX
30
MD
G_

G_MD30_XX_00301 G_MD30_XX_00302 G_MD30_XX_00303

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the


I -- face designations "right" and "left" always refer to the
8
horizontal mounting position with the view directed at
I I I face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
Face 3 = right
G_MD30_XX_00278 G_MD30_XX_00279 G_MD30_XX_00280
Face 6 = left

1)
Designs G, H, I on request.

5/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Solid shaft (S)
503 2 A
504 3 A
505 4 A
506 5 A

5
507 6 A
508 7 A
509 8 A
510 0 B
511 1 B
512 2 B
513 3 B
514 4 B
Hollow shaft with keyway (H)
504 3 D
505 4 D
506 5 D
507 6 D
508 7 D
509 8 D
510 0 E
511 1 E
512 2 E
513 3 E
514 4 E
Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)
507 6 G
508 7 G
509 8 G
510 0 H
511 1 H
512 2 H
513 3 H
514 4 H

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/17


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Hollow shaft with spline in
accordance with DIN 5480 (K)
507 6 N
508 7 N
509 8 N
510 0 P
5 511 1 P
512 2 P
513 3 P
514 4 P
Solid shaft without keyway (C)
507 6 U
508 7 U
509 8 U
510 0 V
511 1 V
512 2 V
513 3 V
514 4 V
Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position
H1.V W
H2.V S
H3.V T
H4.V U

5/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . - -Z
Seal for shaft 1 1)
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E 4
Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends 5
Seal for shaft 2 1)
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0

5
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 with taconite F-F 6
Shaft d2 with taconite F-H 7
Shaft d2 with taconite F-K 8
Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2 0
Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
H1.. H2.. H3.. H4..
503, 504, 506 508, 510 504 ... 514 504 ... 514 507 ... 514
505, 507,
509
iN 1.12 6.3 20 80 A
iN 1.25 7.1 22.4 90 B
iN 1.4 1.4 1.32 8 25 100 C
iN 1.6 1.6 1.5 9 28 112 D
iN 1.8 1.8 1.7 10 31.5 125 E
iN 2 2 1.9 11.2 35.5 140 F
iN 2.24 2.24 2.12 12.5 40 160 G
iN 2.5 2.5 2.36 14 45 180 H
iN 2.8 2.8 2.65 16 50 200 J
iN 3.15 3.15 3 18 56 224 K
iN 3.55 3.55 3.35 20 63 250 L
iN 4 4 3.75 22.4 71 280 M
iN 4.5 4.5 4.25 25 80 315 N
iN 5 5 4.75 90 355 P
iN 5.6 5.6 5.3 100 400 Q
iN 6 R
Oil supply
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit B
Other oil supply Z Q 0 Y
Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling 0
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, 2
connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, 4
connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)
Additional details see page 11/3.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 5/19


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Notes

5/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


6
Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units


upright mounting position,
output at bottom

6/2 Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
6/2 Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
6/4 Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

6/6 Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
6/6 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
6/8 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
6/10 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

6/12 Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
6/12 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
6/14 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
6/16 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

6/18 Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
6/18 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508
6/20 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

6/22 Types H1, H2, H3 and H4


6/22 Dimensions of oil expansion unit
6/23 Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

1) 1) 1)
B1 B2
m3 A2 A1 l1 G1 g

D5
c1
n1

A3

A5

d1
d6
n3
E
m1

A4

a
s
ca. 30
n2

n6
Air inlet

h6
Fan
c2

G_MD30_EN_00217
m6 m5 c l3 G3
b D7 n5

6
n4 n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
503 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 205 225 185 250 200 185 100 250 185 175
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 5.6
504 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 220 250 215 275 230 220 135 275 215 175
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
505 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 255 285 230 305 260 245 160 315 235 190
iN = 1.4 3.55 45 5.6
506 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 255 285 235 305 260 245 160 315 235 190
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
507 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 290 325 305 370 315 300 165 360 285 225
iN = 1.32 3.35 3.75 4.75 5.3 6
508 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 290 325 305 370 315 300 165 360 285 225

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E g H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
503 448 260 25 25 30 19 19 128 105 440 200 190 290 220 240 220 78 110 230 175 120 165 15
504 544 325 30 30 30 24 24 159 132.5 490 225 225 360 280 265 280 96.5 137.5 290 195 132.5 195 19
505 605 360 30 30 35 24 24 185 150 540 250 230 435 320 320 315 85 145 345 220 160 200 19
506 656 360 30 30 35 24 24 216 150 540 250 250 486 320 320 315 85 165 376 220 160 220 19
507 713 465 35 40 40 28 28 228 192.5 670 315 260 480 410 390 410 118 145 415 280 195 225 24
508 773 465 35 40 40 28 28 258 192.5 670 315 290 540 410 390 410 118 175 445 280 195 255 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
standard oil supply. Exact data according to order-related documentation.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 .- V. . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H1SL 503 65 m6 140 185 21 150 2A
504 80 m6 170 220 34 300 3A

d2
505 90 m6 210 240 46 350 4A
506 100 m6 210 240 50 395 5A
507 105 n6 235 295 88 686 6A
508 120 n6 250 295 96 710 7A
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H1HL 3) 503
504 80 H7 220 34 300 3D

D2H7
505 95 H7 240 46 350 4D 6
506 105 H7 240 50 395 5D
507 115 H7 295 88 686 6D
508 125 H7 295 96 710 7D
G4 G4
G_MD30_XX_00139

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.
3)
Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/3


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

1) 1) 1)
B1 B2
m3 A2 A1 l1 G1 g

D5
c1
n1

A3

A5

d1
d6
n3
E
m1

A4

a
s
ca. 30
n2

n6
Air inlet

h6
Fan
c2

G_MD30_EN_00217
m6 m5 c l3 G3
b D7 n5

6
n4 n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 1.12 2.8 3.15 4 4.5 5.6
509 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 340 375 345 410 355 340 215 405 330 260
iN = 1.32 3.35 3.75 4.75 5.3 6
510 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 340 375 345 410 355 340 215 405 330 260

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E g H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
509 860 550 40 55 50 35 35 265 220 755 355 330 575 480 415 475 145 190 480 307.5 207.5 282.5 28
510 916 550 40 55 50 35 35 296 220 755 355 355 631 480 415 475 145 215 511 307.5 207.5 307.5 28

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
standard oil supply. Exact data according to order-related documentation.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H1
Gear unit dimensions
Single-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - V. . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H1SL 509 135 n6 260 335 140 970 8A
510 150 n6 280 335 148 1150 0B

d2
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H1HL 3) 509 135 H7 335 140 970 8D
510 145 H7 335 148 1150 0E

D2H7
6

G4 G4
G_MD30_XX_00139

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Without oil filling.
3) Not possible in conjunction with fan.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/5


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

1) 1) m3 1)
B1 B2
A2 A1 I1 G1

A3
n1

A5

d1
d6
A4

E
ca.
30
m1

a
Fan Air inlet
n2

h6
c2

6 m6
b D7
m5
n5
c I3 G3 G_MD30_EN_00220

h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios.
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 6.3 11.2 12.5 16 18 20
504 45 m6 100 80 35 m6 80 60 28 m6 70 50 170 190 200 245 185 145 70 240 175 150
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
505 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 195 215 230 280 195 180 85 255 180 160
iN = 9 14 16 20 22.4 25
506 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 195 215 230 280 195 180 85 255 180 160
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 18
507 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 215 245 280 335 235 215 100 290 205 190
iN = 8 12.5 14 22.4
508 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 215 245 280 335 235 215 100 290 205 190

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c2 D7 E H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n5 s
504 590 210 28 28 19 269.5 430 200 210 415 170 280 170 95 130 140 19
505 670 250 30 35 24 310 500 230 230 490 200 280 205 95 145 140 19
506 793 250 30 35 24 363 500 230 300 613 200 280 205 95 215 140 19
507 839 295 35 40 28 384 605 280 295 595 230 320 240 129 180 160 24
508 946 295 35 40 28 431 605 280 355 702 230 320 240 129 240 160 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication" is provided as the standard oil supply. 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required when heating Exact data according to order-related documentation.
elements or a cooling coil are installed. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - P. . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SL 504 80 m6 170 140 24 190 3A
505 100 m6 210 165 36 295 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 38 360 5A

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
507 120 n6 210 195 60 515 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 70 620 7A

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HL 504 80 H7 140 24 190 3D
505 95 H7 165 36 295 4D
506 105 H7 165 38 360 5D

D2H7
6

G_MD30_XX_00013
507 115 H7 195 60 515 6D
508 125 H7 195 70 620 7D

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DL 504 85 H6 85 140 215 24 190 3G
505 100 H6 100 165 255 36 295 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 38 360 5G
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

507 120 H6 120 195 290 60 515 6G


508 130 H6 130 195 305 70 620 7G

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KL 504 N803259H 74 80 140 24 190 3N
505 N953309H 89 100 165 36 295 4N
506 N953309H 89 110 165 38 360 5N
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

507 N1203389H 114 120 195 60 515 6N


508 N1203389H 114 130 195 70 620 7N
N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CL 504 85 g6 100 140 24 190 3U
505 110 g6 115 165 36 295 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 38 360 5U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

507 130 g6 115 195 60 515 6U


508 130 g6 115 195 70 620 7U

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/7


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

1) 1) m3 1)
B1 B2
A2 A1 I1 G1

A3
n1

A5

d1
d6
A4

E
ca.
30
m1

a
Fan Air inlet
n2

h6
c2

6 m6
b D7
m5
n5
c I3 G3 G_MD30_EN_00220

h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios.
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
509 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 240 270 320 375 265 245 100 320 245 175
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
510 80 m6 160 130 60 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 240 270 320 375 265 245 100 320 245 175
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
511 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 275 310 380 440 320 295 155 360 285 240
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
512 100 m6 180 145 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 275 310 380 440 320 295 155 360 285 240

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c2 D7 E H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n5 s
509 972 370 40 50 35 447 685 320 335 680 290 370 305 162 205 185 28
510 1090 370 40 50 35 500 685 320 400 798 290 370 305 162 270 185 28
511 1187 430 50 60 40 547 810 380 415 825 340 430 350 202 255 215 35
512 1315 430 50 60 40 605 810 380 485 953 340 430 350 202 325 215 35

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication" is provided as the standard oil supply. 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required when heating Exact data according to order-related documentation.
elements or a cooling coil are installed. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - P. . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SL 509 145 n6 250 240 104 830 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 110 945 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 168 1250 1B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
512 185 n6 350 270 178 1570 2B

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HL 509 135 H7 235 104 830 8D
510 150 H7 235 110 945 0E
511 165 H7 270 168 1250 1E

D2H7
6

G_MD30_XX_00013
512 180 H7 270 178 1570 2E

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DL 509 140 H6 145 235 350 104 830 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 110 945 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 168 1250 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

512 180 H6 185 270 425 178 1570 2H

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KL 509 N1403459H 134 145 235 104 830 8N
510 N1403459H 134 155 235 110 945 0P
511 N1705329H 160 170 270 168 1250 1P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

512 N1705329H 160 185 270 178 1570 2P

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CL 509 150 g6 140 240 104 830 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 110 945 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 168 1250 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 178 1570 2V

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/9


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

B1 B2
1) 1) m3 1)
A2 A1 l1 G1 g c1

D5
A3

A5
n1

d1
d6
A4

n3
E
ca.

a
30
m1

Fan
Air inlet
c
n2

s
n6

h6
c2

6
m6 G_MD30_EN_00221
m5 l3 G3
b D7 n5
n4 n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes Designs G, H, I on request for all ratios.
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B1 B2 d6
iN = 6.3 10 11.2 14 16 18
513 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 330 365 440 505 380 350 200 430 335 225
iN = 8 12.5 14 18 20 22.4
514 110 n6 200 165 90 m6 165 130 75 m6 140 105 330 365 440 505 380 350 200 430 335 225

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E g H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
513 1345 535 60 65 65 48 48 640 202.5 935 440 440 920 445 510 445 245 260 842 380 255 380 42
514 1463 535 60 65 65 48 48 718 202.5 935 440 480 1038 445 510 445 245 300 920 380 255 420 42

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication" is provided as the standard oil supply. 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required when heating Exact data according to order-related documentation.
elements or a cooling coil are installed. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - P. . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H2SL 513 200 n6 350 330 300 2600 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 310 2965 4B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H2HL 513 190 H7 330 300 2600 3E
514 210 H7 330 310 2965 4E

D2H7
6

G_MD30_XX_00013
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H2DL 513 190 H6 195 330 495 300 2600 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 310 2965 4H

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H2KL 513 N1905369H 180 195 330 300 2600 3P
514 N1905369H 180 215 330 310 2965 4P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H2CL 513 220 g6 165 330 300 2600 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 310 2965 4V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/11


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

B1 B2
1) 1) 1) l1
m3 G1
A1 A1

A2

A4
n1

d1
d6
A3
ca.
Fan 30

E
Air inlet
m1

a
n2

h6
6
c2

m6 G_MD30_EN_00222
m5 c I3 G3
b D7 n5
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 d6
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
505 40 m6 90 70 30 m6 70 50 24 k6 60 40 180 200 145 150 140 85 215 175 135
iN = 28 56 63 80 90 100
506 40 m6 90 70 30 m6 70 50 24 k6 60 40 180 200 145 150 140 85 215 175 135
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
507 45 m6 100 80 35 m6 80 60 28 m6 70 50 210 230 175 185 190 115 245 205 150
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
508 45 m6 100 80 35 m6 80 60 28 m6 70 50 210 230 175 185 190 115 245 205 150

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c2 D7 E H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n5 s
505 713 250 30 35 24 400 500 230 230 530 200 280 205 97.5 145 140 19
506 836 250 30 35 24 453 500 230 300 653 200 280 205 97.5 215 140 19
507 897 295 35 40 28 493.5 605 280 295 680 230 320 240 101 180 160 24
508 1004 295 35 40 28 540.5 605 280 355 787 230 320 240 101 240 160 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
standard oil supply. Exact data according to order-related documentation.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - Q . . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SL 505 100 m6 210 165 40 310 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 42 380 5A
507 120 n6 210 195 70 550 6A

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
508 130 n6 250 195 74 650 7A

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HL 505 95 H7 165 40 310 4D
506 105 H7 165 42 380 5D
507 115 H7 195 70 550 6D

D2H7
6

G_MD30_XX_00013
508 125 H7 195 74 650 7D

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DL 505 100 H6 100 165 255 40 310 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 42 380 5G
507 120 H6 120 195 290 70 550 6G
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

508 130 H6 130 195 305 74 650 7G

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KL 505 N953309H 89 100 165 40 310 4N
506 N953309H 89 110 165 42 380 5N
507 N1203389H 114 120 195 70 550 6N
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

508 N1203389H 114 130 195 74 650 7N

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CL 505 110 g6 115 165 40 310 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 42 380 5U
507 130 g6 115 195 70 550 6U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

508 130 g6 115 195 74 650 7U

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/13


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

B1 B2
1) 1) 1) l1
m3 G1
A1 A1

A2

A4
n1

d1
d6
A3
ca.
Fan 30

E
Air inlet
m1

a
n2

h6
6
c2

m6 G_MD30_EN_00222
m5 c I3 G3
b D7 n5
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 d6
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
509 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 255 275 195 205 190 135 285 235 160
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
510 60 m6 125 105 45 m6 100 80 32 m6 80 60 255 275 195 205 190 135 285 235 160
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
511 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 48 m6 110 80 275 305 225 245 240 165 325 270 190
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
512 70 m6 135 105 50 m6 110 80 48 m6 110 80 275 305 225 245 240 165 325 270 190

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c2 D7 E H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n5 s
509 1038 370 40 50 35 575 685 320 335 785 290 370 305 122.5 205 185 28
510 1156 370 40 50 35 628 685 320 400 903 290 370 305 122.5 270 185 28
511 1279 430 50 60 40 706 810 380 415 960 340 430 350 158.5 255 215 35
512 1407 430 50 60 40 764 810 380 485 1088 340 430 350 158.5 325 215 35

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
standard oil supply. Exact data according to order-related documentation.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - Q . . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SL 509 145 n6 250 240 112 885 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 120 1035 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 182 1470 1B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
512 185 n6 350 270 210 1695 2B

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HL 509 135 H7 235 112 885 8D
510 150 H7 235 120 1035 0E
511 165 H7 270 182 1470 1E

D2H7
6

G_MD30_XX_00013
512 180 H7 270 210 1695 2E

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DL 509 140 H6 145 235 350 112 885 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 120 1035 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 182 1470 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

512 180 H6 185 270 425 210 1695 2H

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KL 509 N1403459H 134 145 235 112 885 8N
510 N1403459H 134 155 235 120 1035 0P
511 N1705329H 160 170 270 182 1470 1P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

512 N1705329H 160 185 270 210 1695 2P

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CL 509 150 g6 140 240 112 885 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 120 1035 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 182 1470 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 210 1695 2V

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/15


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data


B1 B2
m3 l1 G1 g c1
1) 1) 1)
A1 A1

D5
A2

A4
n1

d6
d1
A3 ca.
30

n3
Fan
Air inlet

E
m1

a
n2

s
n6

h6
6
c2

G_MD30_EN_00223
m6 m5 c l3 G3
b D7 n5
n4 n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 d6
iN = 20 40 45 56 63 71
513 85 m6 160 130 65 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 320 350 275 295 270 190 380 325 175
iN = 25 50 56 71 80 90
514 85 m6 160 130 65 m6 140 110 50 m6 110 80 320 350 275 295 270 190 380 325 175

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E g H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
513 1452 535 60 65 65 48 48 825 202.5 935 440 440 1092 445 510 445 180 260 952 380 255 380 42
514 1570 535 60 65 65 48 48 903 202.5 935 440 480 1210 445 510 445 180 300 1030 380 255 420 42

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Maximum dimensions incl. bolted connection and coupling devices.
standard oil supply. Exact data according to order-related documentation.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - Q . . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H3SL 513 200 n6 350 330 300 2420 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 310 2720 4B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H3HL 513 190 H7 330 300 2420 3E
514 210 H7 330 310 2720 4E

D2H7
6

G_MD30_XX_00013
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H3DL 513 190 H6 195 330 495 300 2420 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 310 2720 4H

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H3KL 513 N1905369H 180 195 330 300 2420 3P
514 N1905369H 180 215 330 310 2720 4P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H3CL 513 220 g6 165 330 300 2420 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 310 2720 4V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/17


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data


1) 1) m3 1) h4 I1 G1 g c1

D5
n1

d1
n3
E
m1

a
c
n2

s
n6

h6
6
c2

G_MD30_XX_00224
m6 m5
b D7 n5
n4 n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 80 140 160 280 224 280
507 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 215
iN = 100 180 200 355 280 355
508 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 215

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E g H h 2) h4 h6 2) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
507 899 295 35 35 40 28 28 493.5 112.5 605 280 198 295 680 230 320 240 104 180 567.5 242.5 160 257.5 24
508 1006 295 35 35 40 28 28 540.5 112.5 605 280 198 355 787 230 320 240 104 240 614.5 242.5 160 317.5 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 507 and 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - R . . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H4SL 507 120 n6 210 195 60 520 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 72 640 7A

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H4HL 507 115 H7 195 60 520 6D
508 125 H7 195 72 640 7D

D2H7
6

ntkZWWWWXW
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H4DL 507 120 H6 120 195 290 60 520 6G
508 130 H6 130 195 305 72 640 7G

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H4KL 507 N1203389H 114 120 195 60 520 6N
508 N1203389H 114 130 195 72 640 7N
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H4CL 507 130 g6 115 195 60 520 6U
508 130 g6 115 195 72 640 7U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/19


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data


1) 1) m3 1) h4 I1 G1 g c1

D5
n1

d1
n3
E
m1

a
c
n2

s
n6

h6
6
c2

G_MD30_XX_00224
m6 m5
b D7 n5
n4 n4
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
Designs G, H, I on request for
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 80 160 180 315 250 315
509 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 225
iN = 100 200 224 400 315 400
510 35 m6 60 28 m6 50 225
iN = 80 160 180 224 250 315 250 315
511 45 m6 100 35 m6 80 28 m6 70 255
iN = 100 200 224 280 315 400 315 400
512 45 m6 100 35 m6 80 28 m6 70 255
iN = 80 160 180 224 250 315 250 315
513 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 305
iN = 100 200 224 280 315 400 315 400
514 60 m6 125 45 m6 100 32 m6 80 305

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E g H h 2) h4 h6 2) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
509 1040 370 40 45 50 35 35 575 140 685 320 230 335 785 290 370 305 125 205 660 275 185 290 28
510 1158 370 40 45 50 35 35 628 140 685 320 230 400 903 290 370 305 125 270 713 275 185 355 28
511 1281 430 50 60 60 40 40 706 155 810 380 270.5 415 960 340 430 350 161 255 812.5 330 215 362.5 35
512 1409 430 50 60 60 40 40 764 155 810 380 270.5 485 1088 340 430 350 161 325 870.5 330 215 432.5 35
513 1455 535 60 65 65 48 48 825 202.5 935 440 312 440 1092 445 510 445 183 260 952 380 255 380 42
514 1573 535 60 65 65 48 48 903 202.5 935 440 312 480 1210 445 510 445 183 300 1030 380 255 420 42

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
standard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 6/22.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

6/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type H4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 6/23 to 6/27
Article No. 2LP202 . - R . . - . . . .
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
H4SL 509 145 n6 250 240 116 790 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 120 985 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 180 1450 1B

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
512 185 n6 350 270 200 1600 2B
513 200 n6 350 330 290 2375 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 300 2690 4B G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


H4HL 509 135 H7 235 116 790 8D
510 150 H7 235 120 985 0E
511 165 H7 270 180 1450 1E

D2H7
6

ntkZWWWWXW
512 180 H7 270 200 1600 2E
513 190 H7 330 290 2375 3E
514 210 H7 330 300 2690 4E G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


H4DL 509 140 H6 145 235 350 116 790 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 120 985 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 180 1450 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

512 180 H6 185 270 425 200 1600 2H


513 190 H6 195 330 495 290 2375 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 300 2690 4H G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
H4KL 509 N1403459H 134 145 235 116 790 8N
510 N1403459H 134 155 235 120 985 0P
511 N1705329H 160 170 270 180 1450 1P
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

512 N1705329H 160 185 270 200 1600 2P


513 N1905369H 180 195 330 290 2375 3P
N
514 N1905369H 180 215 330 300 2690 4P G4 G4

Type Size d2 I2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


H4CL 509 150 g6 140 240 116 790 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 120 985 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 180 1450 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 200 1600 2V


513 220 g6 165 330 290 2375 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 300 2690 4V G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/21


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit

Overview

h5
D3

h4
h3

6
G_MD30_XX_00225

b3 h

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 6/27)
Gear unit H1.L H2.L H3.L H4.L
sizes
h 1) b3 d3 h3 h4 h5 h 1) b3 D3 h3 h4 h5 h 1) b3 D3 h3 h4 h5 h 1) b3 D3 h3 h4 h5
503 200 240 168 448 220 395
504 225 265 188 544 265 485 200 230 148 590 195 340
505 250 290 208 605 335 590 230 270 168 670 220 395 230 270 168 713 215 325
506 250 290 208 656 335 590 230 270 168 793 220 395 230 270 168 836 215 325
507 315 355 248 713 385 700 280 325 188 839 265 485 280 325 188 897 260 400 280 325 148 899 195 330
508 315 355 248 773 385 700 280 325 188 946 265 485 280 325 188 1004 260 400 280 325 148 1006 195 330
509 355 400 298 860 455 815 320 365 208 972 335 590 320 365 208 1038 330 500 320 365 168 1040 220 380
510 355 400 298 916 455 815 320 365 208 1090 335 590 320 365 208 1156 330 500 320 365 168 1158 220 380
511 380 430 248 1187 385 700 380 430 248 1279 380 590 380 430 188 1281 265 465
512 380 430 248 1315 385 700 380 430 248 1407 380 590 380 430 188 1409 265 465
513 440 495 298 1345 455 815 440 495 298 1452 450 700 440 495 208 1455 335 565
514 440 495 298 1463 455 815 440 495 298 1570 450 700 440 495 208 1573 335 565

1)
Note: Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the
standard oil supply for helical gear units H1.L, H3.L, H4.L.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is required
for H2.L gear units only when heating elements or a cooling coil
are installed.

6/22 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 4 at bottom)
Type
H1. . H2. . H3. . H4. .
G8 G8 G8
A 1 0
1
1
D 8

D 8
D 8

A A
4
A A
G_MD30_XX_00311 G_MD30_XX_00310 G_MD30_XX_00309 G_MD30_XX_00308

6
G8 G8 G8

6
B 1
1
1 1
D 8

D 8
D 8

B B B B
G_MD30_XX_00315 G_MD30_XX_00314 G_MD30_XX_00313 G_MD30_XX_00312
1

G8 G8 G8
C 1
1
1 2 5 33
D 8

02
D 8

_0
D 8

_ XX
30
MD
G_

C C C
G_MD30_XX_00318 G_MD30_XX_00317 G_MD30_XX_00316

G8 G8 G8 Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


D 1 3 designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
1
1
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
D 8

D 8
D 8

Face 2 is at the top.


Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
D D D Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left
G_MD30_XX_00321 G_MD30_XX_00320 G_MD30_XX_00319

G8 G8 G8
E 1
1
1 4
D 8

D 8
D 8

E E E
G_MD30_XX_00324 G_MD30_XX_00323 G_MD30_XX_00322

$ Backstop

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/23


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


7th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 4 at bottom)
Type
1)
H1. . H2. . H3. . H4. .

G8 G8 G8
F 1
1
1 5
D 8

D 8
D 8

F
4
F F
G_MD30_XX_00327 G_MD30_XX_00326 G_MD30_XX_00325

6
G 6

G G G
G_MD30_XX_00330 G_MD30_XX_00329 G_MD30_XX_00328
1

H 7 5 33
02
_0
_ XX
30
MD
G_

H H H
G_MD30_XX_00333 G_MD30_XX_00332 G_MD30_XX_00331

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


I 8 designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
I I I Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left
G_MD30_XX_00336 G_MD30_XX_00335 G_MD30_XX_00334

$ Backstop
1)
Designs G, H, I on request.

6/24 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Solid shaft (S)
503 2 A
504 3 A
505 4 A
506 5 A
507 6 A
508 7 A
509 8 A
510 0 B
511 1 B 6
512 2 B
513 3 B
514 4 B
Hollow shaft with keyway (H)
504 3 D
505 4 D
506 5 D
507 6 D
508 7 D
509 8 D
510 0 E
511 1 E
512 2 E
513 3 E
514 4 E
Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)
504 3 G
505 4 G
506 5 G
507 6 G
508 7 G
509 8 G
510 0 H
511 1 H
512 2 H
513 3 H
514 4 H

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/25


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Hollow shaft with spline in
accordance with DIN 5480 (K)
504 3 N
505 4 N
506 5 N
507 6 N
508 7 N
509 8 N
510 0 P

6 511
512
1 P
2 P
513 3 P
514 4 P
Solid shaft without keyway (C)
504 3 U
505 4 U
506 5 U
507 6 U
508 7 U
509 8 U
510 0 V
511 1 V
512 2 V
513 3 V
514 4 V
Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position
H1.L V
H2.L P
H3.L Q
H4.L R

6/26 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . - -Z
Seal for shaft 1 1)
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E 4
Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends 5
Seal for shaft 2 1)
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 with taconite F-F 6
Shaft d2 with taconite F-H
Shaft d2 with taconite F-K
7
8
6
Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2 0
Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
H1. . H2. . H3. . H4. .
503, 504, 506 508, 510 504 ... 514 504 ... 514 507 ... 514
505, 507,
509
iN 1.12 6.3 20 80 A
iN 1.25 7.1 22.4 90 B
iN 1.4 1.4 1.32 8 25 100 C
iN 1.6 1.6 1.5 9 28 112 D
iN 1.8 1.8 1.7 10 31.5 125 E
iN 2 2 1.9 11.2 35.5 140 F
iN 2.24 2.24 2.12 12.5 40 160 G
iN 2.5 2.5 2.36 14 45 180 H
iN 2.8 2.8 2.65 16 50 200 J
iN 3.15 3.15 3 18 56 224 K
iN 3.55 3.55 3.35 20 63 250 L
iN 4 4 3.75 22.4 71 280 M
iN 4.5 4.5 4.25 25 80 315 N
iN 5 5 4.75 90 355 P
iN 5.6 5.6 5.3 100 400 Q
iN 6 R
Oil supply
Dip lubrication 2) A
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit B
Other oil supply Z Q 0 Y
Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling 0
Auxiliary cooling with fan 1
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 2
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 3
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 4
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil; connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 5

1) 2)
Additional details see page 11/2. Only for H2.L without heating elements or cooling coil.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 6/27


Siemens AG 2014

Helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types H1, H2, H3 and H4
Notes

6/28 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


7
Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units


horizontal mounting position

7/2 Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
7/2 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
7/4 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

7/6 Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
7/6 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
7/8 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
7/10 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

7/12 Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
7/12 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
7/14 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

7/16 Types B2, B3 and B4


7/16 Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

G1 l1
n3
D 5
B1

h5
c1 A3

G_MD30_EN_00137
A2

n4
d1
d 6
H

n4
A1

h
Fan

E e3 ca.3 0
s
c

m3 G3 l3 Air inlet
b n2 G6
m1 n1
n6
7 a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 5 14 16
503 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 393 413 190 255 130 195 135 433
iN = 5 14 16
504 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 465 485 215 280 160 230 150 504
iN = 5 14 16
505 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 550 580 240 305 190 260 175 600
iN = 6.3 18 20
506 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 581 611 240 305 190 260 175 631
iN = 5 14 16
507 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 656 691 300 370 225 320 210 718
iN = 6 17 19
508 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 686 721 300 370 225 320 210 748

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E e3 H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
503 448 260 25 25 19 128 130 460 200 85 290 220 78 110 230 175 165 15
504 544 325 30 30 24 159 160 510 225 205 360 280 96.5 137.5 290 195 195 19
505 605 360 30 30 24 185 190 560 250 145 435 320 85 145 345 220 200 19
506 656 360 30 30 24 216 190 560 250 145 486 320 85 165 376 220 220 19
507 713 465 35 40 28 228 225 700 315 145 480 410 118 145 415 280 225 24
508 773 465 35 40 28 258 225 700 315 145 540 410 118 175 445 280 255 24

1)
Note: Maximum dimension including bolted connection.
See order-related documentation for exact data.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- A..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B2SH 503 65 m6 140 185 10 175 2A
504 80 m6 170 220 16 280 3A

d2
505 90 m6 210 240 22 428 4A
506 100 m6 210 240 24 450 5A
507 105 n6 235 295 42 725 6A
508 120 n6 250 295 45 790 7A G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B2HH 503

D2H7
504 80 H7 220 16 280 3D
505 95 H7 240 22 428 4D
506 105 H7 240 24 450 5D
507 115 H7 295 42 725 6D
508 125 H7 295 45 790 7D G4 G4

7
G_MD30_XX_00139

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B2DH 503

D2H6
504 85 H6 85 220 295 16 280 3G

D3
505 100 H6 100 240 325 22 428 4G
506 110 H6 110 240 330 24 450 5G
507 120 H6 120 295 390 42 725 6G
508 130 H6 130 295 400 45 790 7G G5 G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/3


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

G1 l1
n3
D 5
B1

h5
c1 A3

G_MD30_EN_00137
A2

n4
d1
d 6
H

n4
A1

h
Fan

E e3 ca.3 0
s
c

m3 G3 l3 Air inlet
b n2 G6
m1 n1
n6

7
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 5 11.2 12.5 16
509 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 792 827 340 410 265 360 240 850
iN = 6 13.2 15 19
510 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 823 858 340 410 265 360 240 881

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E e3 H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
509 860 550 40 55 35 265 265 780 355 150 575 480 145 190 480 307.5 282.5 28
510 916 550 40 55 35 296 265 780 355 150 631 480 145 215 511 307.5 307.5 28

1)
Note: Maximum dimension including bolted connection.
See order-related documentation for exact data.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- A..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B2SH 509 135 n6 260 335 66 1140 8A
510 150 n6 280 335 71 1254 0B

d2
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B2HH 509 135 H7 335 66 1140 8D

D2H7
510 145 H7 335 71 1254 0E

G4 G4

7
G_MD30_XX_00139

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B2DH 509 140 H6 145 335 450 66 1140 8G

D2H6
510 145 H6 150 335 470 71 1254 0H

D3
G5 G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/5


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

G1 l1

B1

h5
A2

d1
A3

d 6
H
A1

Fan
c

E e3
s 0
Fan c a.3
ntkZWluWWWW]

G6
m3
n2 G3 l3

7
b
m1 n1
Air inlet
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 16 56 63
504 35 m6 80 60 32 m6 70 50 500 520 195 245 50 175 115 535
iN = 14 50 56
505 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 575 595 225 280 50 195 135 610
iN = 20 71 80
506 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 628 648 225 280 50 195 135 663
iN = 14 50 56
507 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 690 710 275 335 65 220 160 725
iN = 18 63 71
508 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 737 757 275 335 65 220 160 772

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c E e3 H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 s
504 604 210 28 269.5 110.5 465 200 215 415 170 95 130 19
505 684 250 30 310 130 530 230 350 490 200 95 145 19
506 807 250 30 363 130 530 230 350 613 200 95 215 19
507 855 295 35 384 160 635 280 305 595 230 129 180 24
508 962 295 35 431 160 635 280 305 702 230 129 240 24

1)
Note: Maximum dimension including bolted connection.
See order-related documentation for exact data.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- B..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SH 504 80 m6 170 140 10 195 3A
505 100 m6 210 165 18 340 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 20 395 5A

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
507 120 n6 210 195 32 580 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 35 630 7A
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HH 504 80 H7 140 10 195 3D
505 95 H7 165 18 340 4D
506 105 H7 165 20 395 5D

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
507 115 H7 195 32 580 6D
508 125 H7 195 35 630 7D
G4 G4

Type
B3DH
Size
504
D2
85 H6
D3
85
G4
140
G5
215
l
10
kg
195 3G
Hollow shaft for shrink disk
7
505 100 H6 100 165 255 18 340 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 20 395 5G
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

507 120 H6 120 195 290 32 580 6G


508 130 H6 130 195 305 35 630 7G
G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B3KH 504 N80 3 25 9H 74 80 140 10 195 3N
505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 18 340 4N
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 20 395 5N
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 32 580 6N


508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 35 630 7N
N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CH 504 85 g6 100 140 10 195 3U
505 110 g6 115 165 18 340 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 20 395 5U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

507 130 g6 115 195 32 580 6U


508 130 g6 115 195 35 630 7U
G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/7


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

G1 l1

B1

h5
A2

d1
A3

d 6
H
A1

Fan
c

E e3
s 0
Fan c a.3
ntkZWluWWWW]

G6
m3
n2 G3 l3

7
b
m1 n1
Air inlet
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 14 50 56
509 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 812 842 315 375 95 270 175 862
iN = 18 63 71
510 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 865 895 315 375 95 270 175 915
iN = 14 50 56
511 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 975 1010 370 440 125 315 175 1030
iN = 18 63 71
512 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 1033 1068 370 440 125 315 175 1088

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c E e3 H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 s
509 988 370 40 447 190 715 320 350 680 290 162 205 28
510 1106 370 40 500 190 715 320 350 798 290 162 270 28
511 1204 430 50 547 225 830 380 425 825 340 202 255 35
512 1332 430 50 605 225 830 380 425 953 340 202 325 35

1)
Note: Maximum dimension including bolted connection.
See order-related documentation for exact data.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- B..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SH 509 145 n6 250 240 53 905 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 51 960 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 84 1455 1B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
512 185 n6 350 270 100 1570 2B

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HH 509 135 H7 235 53 905 8D
510 150 H7 235 51 960 0E
511 165 H7 270 84 1455 1E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
512 180 H7 270 100 1570 2E

G4 G4

Type
B3DH
Size
509
D2
140 H6
D3
145
G4
235
G5
350
l
53
kg
905 8G
Hollow shaft for shrink disk
7
510 150 H6 155 235 370 51 960 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 84 1455 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

512 180 H6 185 270 425 100 1570 2H

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B3KH 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 53 905 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 51 960 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 84 1455 1P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 100 1570 2P

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CH 509 150 g6 140 240 53 905 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 51 960 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 84 1455 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 100 1570 2V

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/9


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data


G1 l1
n3
B1
g c1 D5

h5
A2

n4

d1
A3
H

d6
n4
A1

h
c

s E e3 Fan
0
m3 G6 c a.3
Air inlet

7
b n2 G3 l3
m1 n1
n6
a G_MD30_EN_00306

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 1)
sizes
d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 14 40 45 56
513 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1167 1202 435 495 160 375 210 1220
iN = 18 50 56 71
514 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1245 1280 435 495 160 375 210 1298

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E e3 g H h 2) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
513 1345 535 60 65 48 640 265 202.5 950 440 185 920 445 245 260 842 380 380 42
514 1463 535 60 65 48 718 265 202.5 950 440 185 1038 445 245 300 920 380 420 42

1)
Note: Maximum dimension including bolted connection.
See order-related documentation for exact data.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

7/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- B..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SH 513 200 n6 350 330 145 2500 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 155 2850 4B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HH 513 190 H7 330 145 2500 3E
514 210 H7 330 155 2850 4E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
G4 G4

Type
B3DH
Size
513
D2
190 H6
D3
195
G4
330
G5
495
l
145
kg
2500 3H
Hollow shaft for shrink disk
7
514 210 H6 215 330 495 155 2850 4H

D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B3KH 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 145 2500 3P
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 155 2850 4P
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CH 513 220 g6 165 330 145 2500 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 155 2850 4V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/11


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

G1 l1
n3

c1 g

h5
D5

n4

d1
H

n4
h
c

G_MD30_XX_00003a
n2 E e3
m3
m1 n1
7 b
n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 63 200 224 280
505 28 m6 55 20 k6 50 610
iN = 90 280 315 355
506 28 m6 55 20 k6 50 663
iN = 63 200 224 250 280
507 35 m6 80 32 m6 70 25 k6 60 724
iN = 80 250 280 315 355
508 35 m6 80 32 m6 70 25 k6 60 771

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E e3 g H h 1) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
505 720 250 30 30 24 400 90 95 530 230 105 530 200 105 145 457.5 202.5 202.5 19
506 843 250 30 30 24 453 90 95 530 230 105 653 200 105 215 510.5 202.5 272.5 19
507 899 295 35 35 28 493.5 110.5 112.5 635 280 115 680 230 104 180 567.5 242.5 257.5 24
508 1006 295 35 35 28 540.5 110.5 112.5 635 280 115 787 230 104 240 614.5 242.5 317.5 24

1)
Note: Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

7/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- C..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B4SH 505 100 m6 210 165 19 330 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 21 375 5A
507 120 n6 210 195 35 530 6A

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
508 130 n6 250 195 38 625 7A

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B4HH 505 95 H7 165 19 330 4D
506 105 H7 165 21 375 5D
507 115 H7 195 35 530 6D

D2H7
ntkZWWWWXW
508 125 H7 195 38 625 7D

G4 G4

Type
B4DH
Size
505
D2
100 H6
D3
100
G4
165
G5
255
l
19
kg
330 4G
Hollow shaft for shrink disk
7
506 110 H6 110 165 260 21 375 5G
507 120 H6 120 195 290 35 530 6G
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

508 130 H6 130 195 305 38 625 7G

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B4KH 505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 19 330 4N
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 21 375 5N
507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 35 530 6N
H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187
D2

508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 38 625 7N

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B4CH 505 110 g6 115 165 19 330 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 21 375 5U
507 130 g6 115 195 35 530 6U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

508 130 g6 115 195 38 625 7U

G2 l2

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/13


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data

G1 l1
n3

c1 g

h5
D5

n4

d1
H

n4
h
c

G_MD30_XX_00003a
n2 E e3
m3
m1 n1
7 b
n6
a

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 63 200 224 280
509 40 m6 90 35 m6 80 840
iN = 80 250 280 355
510 40 m6 90 35 m6 80 893
iN = 63 200 224 280
511 50 m6 110 40 m6 90 1012
iN = 80 250 280 355
512 50 m6 110 40 m6 90 1070
iN = 63 200 224 280
513 60 m6 120 50 m6 110 1190
iN = 80 250 280 355
514 60 m6 120 50 m6 110 1268

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 D5 E e3 g H h 1) h5 m1 m3 n1 n2 n3 n4 n6 s
509 1040 370 40 45 35 575 130 140 715 320 135 785 290 125 205 660 275 290 28
510 1158 370 40 45 35 628 130 140 715 320 135 903 290 125 270 713 275 355 28
511 1281 430 50 60 40 706 160 155 830 380 150 960 340 161 255 812.5 330 362.5 35
512 1409 430 50 60 40 764 160 155 830 380 150 1088 340 161 325 870.5 330 432.5 35
513 1455 535 60 65 48 825 190 202.5 950 440 170 1092 445 183 260 952 380 380 42
514 1573 535 60 65 48 903 190 202.5 950 440 170 1210 445 183 300 1030 380 420 42

1)
Note: Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

7/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 7/16 to 7/19
Article No.: 2LP202.- C..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B4SH 509 145 n6 250 240 60 800 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 60 995 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 93 1495 1B

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
512 185 n6 350 270 97 1565 2B
513 200 n6 350 330 160 2400 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 165 2700 4B
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B4HH 509 135 H7 235 60 800 8D
510 150 H7 235 60 995 0E
511 165 H7 270 93 1495 1E

D2H7
ntkZWWWWXW
512 180 H7 270 97 1565 2E
513 190 H7 330 160 2400 3E
514 210 H7 330 165 2700 4E
G4 G4
7
Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk
B4DH 509 140 H6 145 235 350 60 800 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 60 995 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 93 1495 1H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

512 180 H6 185 270 425 97 1565 2H


513 190 H6 195 330 495 160 2400 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 165 2700 4H
G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B4KH 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 140 235 60 800 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 60 995 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 93 1495 1P
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 97 1565 2P


513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 160 2400 3P
N
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 165 2700 4P G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B4CH 509 150 g6 140 240 60 800 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 60 995 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 93 1495 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 97 1565 2V


513 220 g6 165 330 160 2400 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 165 2700 4V G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/15


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)
Type
B2 to B3 to B4 to

A
A A A 0

2
D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8

1 1 2
3
G8 G8
G8 G8
4
G_MD30_XX_00163 G_MD30_XX_00032 G_MD30_XX_00036

B
B B B 1 6
D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8

7 G8
1 1

G8
2

G8 G8
3 3
G_MD30_XX_00164 G_MD30_XX_00033 G_MD30_XX_00037

C 1
C C C 2

5
D 8
D 8

D 8

3
19
D 8

00
2 X_
1 0 _X
1 D3
3 M
G_
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00165 G_MD30_XX_00034 G_MD30_XX_00038

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


D designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
D D D 3
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
D 8
D 8

D 8

view directed at drive end face (1):


D 8

1 2
1 Face 3 = right
3 Face 6 = left
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00166 G_MD30_XX_00035 G_MD30_DE_00039

E E E E
4
D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8

1 1 2
3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00167 G_MD30_XX_00169 G_MD30_XX_00171

F F F F
5
D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

1 1 2
3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00168 G_MD30_XX_00170 G_MD30_XX_00172

$ Backstop for types B2 and B3. % Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 505 and 506
Backstop not possible for: & Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 507 to 514
Type B2SH, designs B, D, E, F and
Type B2DH, designs A and C.

7/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Solid shaft (S)
503 2 A
504 3 A
505 4 A
506 5 A
507 6 A
508 7 A
509 8 A
510 0 B
511 1 B
512 2 B
513 3 B

Hollow shaft with keyway (H)


514 4 B
7
504 3 D
505 4 D
506 5 D
507 6 D
508 7 D
509 8 D
510 0 E
511 1 E
512 2 E
513 3 E
514 4 E
Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)
504 3 G
505 4 G
506 5 G
507 6 G
508 7 G
509 8 G
510 0 H
511 1 H
512 2 H
513 3 H
514 4 H

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/17


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Hollow shaft with spline in accordance
with DIN 5480 (K)
504 3 N
505 4 N
506 5 N
507 6 N
508 7 N
509 8 N
510 0 P
511 1 P
512 2 P
513 3 P
514 4 P
7 Solid shaft without keyway (C)
504 3 U
505 4 U
506 5 U
507 6 U
508 7 U
509 8 U
510 0 V
511 1 V
512 2 V
513 3 V
514 4 V
Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position
B2.H A
B3.H B
B4.H C

7/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . - -Z
Seal for shaft 1 1)
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E 4
Seal for shaft 2 1)
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 taconite F-F 6
Shaft d2 taconite F-H 7
Shaft d2 taconite F-K 8
Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2 0
Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
B2.H B3.H B4.H
7
503, 504, 506 508, 510 504 ... 514 505 ... 514
505, 507,
509
iN 5 14 63 A
iN 5.6 6 16 71 B
iN 6.3 6.3 6.7 18 80 C
iN 7.1 7.1 7.5 20 90 D
iN 8 8 8.5 22.4 100 E
iN 9 9 9.5 25 112 F
iN 10 10 10.6 28 125 G
iN 11.2 11.2 11.8 31.5 140 H
iN 12.5 12.5 13.2 35.5 160 J
iN 14 14 15 40 180 K
iN 16 16 17 45 200 L
iN 18 19 50 224 M
iN 20 56 250 N
iN 63 280 P
iN 71 315 Q
iN 80 355 R
Oil supply
Dip lubrication A
Other oil supply Z Q 0 Y
Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling 0
Auxiliary cooling with fan 1
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, 2
connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, 3
connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, 4
connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)
Additional details see page 11/2.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 7/19


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units horizontal mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Notes

7/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


8
Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units


vertical mounting position

8/2 Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
8/2 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
8/4 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

8/6 Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
8/6 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

8/8 Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
8/8 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
8/10 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

8/12 Types B2, B3 and B4


8/12 Dimensions of oil expansion unit
8/13 Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

G6 h6 H
l1 G1 h
A3 E 1) 1) 1)

B1
d1

b
d6

f2
c1
ca. Fan
30
Air inlet e3 D5 1)

G_MD30_EN_00246
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a A1 A2
l3 G3

Dimensions in mm

8 Gear unit
sizes
Input Fan 2)

d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 5 14 16
503 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 393 413 190 255 130 195 135 433
iN = 5 14 16
504 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 465 485 215 280 160 230 150 504
iN = 5 14 16
505 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 550 580 240 305 190 260 175 600
iN = 6.3 18 20
506 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 581 611 240 305 190 260 175 631
iN = 5 14 16
507 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 656 691 300 370 225 320 210 718
iN = 6 17 19
508 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 686 721 300 370 225 320 210 748

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 3) b3 3) b4 3) c1 D5 E e3 f2 3) g H h 4) h6 4) n3 n4 n6
503 455 260 93 202 74 25 19 128 130 55 105 440 200 190 230 175 165
504 555 325 105 256 97 30 24 159 160 58 132.5 490 225 225 290 195 195
505 620 360 121 298 113 30 24 185 190 60 150 540 250 230 345 220 200
506 670 360 126 340 124 30 24 216 190 60 150 540 250 250 376 220 220
507 730 465 149 367 139 40 28 228 225 63 192.5 670 315 260 415 280 225
508 790 465 154 397 139 40 28 258 225 63 192.5 670 315 290 445 280 255

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2)
Maximum dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12. 3)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 4)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

8/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16
Article No. 2LP202.- G..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B2SV 503 65 m6 140 185 20 175 2A
504 80 m6 170 220 32 280 3A
505 90 m6 210 240 44 428 4A

G2
506 100 m6 210 240 48 450 5A
507 105 n6 235 295 84 725 6A

I2
508 120 n6 250 295 90 790 7A
d2
G_MD30_XX_00235

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B2HV 503
504 80 H7 220 32 280 3D

G4
505 95 H7 240 44 428 4D
506 105 H7 240 48 450 5D

G4
507 115 H7 295 84 725 6D
508 125 H7 295 90 790 7D D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B2DV 3) 503
504

85 H6

85

220

295

32

280 3G
D2H6 8
505 100 H6 100 240 325 44 428 4G
G5

506 110 H6 110 240 330 48 450 5G


507 120 H6 120 295 390 84 725 6G
508 130 H6 130 295 400 90 790 7G
G4

D3

G_MD30_XX_00282

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/3


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

G6 h6 H
l1 G1 h
A3 E 1) 1) 1)

B1
d1

b
d6

f2
c1
ca. Fan
30
Air inlet e3 D5 1)

G_MD30_EN_00246
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a A1 A2
l3 G3

Dimensions in mm

8 Gear unit
sizes
Input Fan 2)

d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 5 11.2 12.5 16
509 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 792 827 340 410 265 360 240 850
iN = 6 13.2 15 19
510 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 823 858 340 410 265 360 240 881

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 3) b3 3) b4 3) c1 D5 E e3 f2 3) g H h 4) h6 4) n3 n4 n6
509 875 550 160 425 160 55 35 265 265 60 220 755 355 330 480 307.5 282.5
510 935 550 170 466 170 55 35 296 265 60 220 755 355 355 511 307.5 307.5

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2) Maximum dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12. 3) Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 4) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

8/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16
Article No. 2LP202.- G..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B2SV 509 135 n6 260 335 132 1140 8A
510 150 n6 280 335 142 1254 0B

G2
I2
d2
G_MD30_XX_00235

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B2HV 509 135 H7 335 132 1140 8D
510 145 H7 335 142 1254 0E

G4
G4
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00281

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B2DV 3) 509
510
140 H6
145 H6
145
150
335
335
450
470
132
142
1140
1254
8G
0H
G5
G4 D2H6 8

D3

G_MD30_XX_00282

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/5


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

G6 h6 H
l1 G1 h
e3 E 1) 1) 1)
A3

B1
d1
d6

b
g

f2
c1
ca. D5
30
1)
Air inlet Fan

G_MD30_EN_00247
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a A1 A2
l3 G3

Dimensions in mm

8 Gear unit
sizes
Input Fan 2)

d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 14 40 45 56
513 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1167 1202 435 495 160 375 210 1220
iN = 18 50 56 71
514 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1245 1280 435 495 160 375 210 1298

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 3) b3 3) b4 3) c1 D5 E e3 f2 3) g H h 4) h6 4) n3 n4 n6
513 1360 535 205 800 205 65 48 640 265 202.5 63 935 440 440 842 380 380
514 1475 535 220 878 220 65 48 718 265 202.5 63 935 440 480 920 380 420

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2)
Maximum dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12. 3)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7. 4)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.

8/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16
Article No. 2LP202.- H..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SV 513 200 n6 350 330 290 2500 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 310 2850 4B

G2
I2
d2
G_MD30_XX_00237

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HV 513 190 H7 330 290 2500 3E

G4
514 210 H7 330 310 2850 4E

G4
D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00241

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B3DV 3) 513 190 H6 195 330 495 290 2500 3H D2H6
514 210 H6 215 330 495 310 2850 4H
8
G5
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00242

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B3KV 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 290 2500 3P
N D2H11
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 310 2850 4P
G4
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CV 3) 513 220 g6 165 330 290 2500 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 310 2850 4V
G2
l2

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. 3) Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2) Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/7


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

l1 G1 h6 H
e3 E h
1) 1) 1)
d1

b
g

f2
c1
D5

1)

G_MD30_XX_00248
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm

8 Gear unit
sizes
Input

d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 63 200 224 280
505 28 m6 55 20 k6 50 610
iN = 90 280 315 355
506 28 m6 55 20 k6 50 663
iN = 63 200 224 250 280
507 35 m6 80 32 m6 70 25 k6 60 724
iN = 80 250 280 315 355
508 35 m6 80 32 m6 70 25 k6 60 771

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E e3 f2 2) g H h 3) h6 3) n3 n4 n6
505 735 250 106 491 106 30 24 400 90 40 95 500 230 230 457.5 202.5 202.5
506 855 250 115 513 115 30 24 453 90 40 95 500 230 300 510.5 202.5 272.5
507 915 295 140 556 125 35 28 493.5 110.5 48 112.5 605 280 295 567.5 242.5 257.5
508 1020 295 140 603 142 35 28 540.5 110.5 48 112.5 605 280 355 614.5 242.5 317.5

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2) Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
dard oil supply. 3) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16
Article No. 2LP202.- J..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B4SV 505 100 m6 210 165 38 330 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 42 375 5A
507 120 n6 210 195 70 530 6A

G2
508 130 n6 250 195 76 625 7A

I2
d2
ntkZWWWY\X

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B4HV 505 95 H7 165 38 330 4D

G4
506 105 H7 165 42 375 5D
507 115 H7 195 70 530 6D

G4
508 125 H7 195 76 625 7D

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00252

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B4DV 3) 505 100 H6 100 165 255 38 330 4G
D2H6

8
506 110 H6 110 165 260 42 375 5G
507 120 H6 120 195 290 70 530 6G

G5
508 130 H6 130 195 305 76 625 7G
G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B4KV 505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 38 330 4N
N D2H11
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 42 375 5N
507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 70 530 6N
G4

508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 76 625 7N


G4

D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B4CV 3) 505 110 g6 115 165 38 330 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 42 375 5U
507 130 g6 115 195 70 530 6U
G2

508 130 g6 115 195 76 625 7U


l2

d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/9


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data

l1 G1 h6 H
e3 E h
1) 1) 1)
d1

b
g

f2
c1
D5

1)

G_MD30_XX_00248
b3 b4 b2 b2
n3 n6 n4 n4
a

Dimensions in mm

8 Gear unit
sizes
Input

d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 63 200 224 280
509 40 m6 90 35 m6 80 840
iN = 80 250 280 355
510 40 m6 90 35 m6 80 893
iN = 63 200 224 280
511 50 m6 110 40 m6 90 1012
iN = 80 250 280 355
512 50 m6 110 40 m6 90 1070
iN = 63 200 224 280
513 60 m6 120 50 m6 110 1190
iN = 80 250 280 355
514 60 m6 120 50 m6 110 1268

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b b2 2) b3 2) b4 2) c1 D5 E e3 f2 2) g H h 3) h6 3) n3 n4 n6
509 1055 370 147 653 145 45 35 575 130 55 140 685 320 335 660 275 290
510 1170 370 165 706 165 45 35 628 130 55 140 685 320 400 713 275 355
511 1295 430 177 786 176 60 40 706 160 55 155 810 380 415 812.5 330 362.5
512 1425 430 186 844 186 60 40 764 160 55 155 810 380 485 870.5 330 432.5
513 1470 535 211 930 205 65 48 825 190 63 202.5 935 440 440 952 380 380
514 1585 535 220 1008 220 65 48 903 190 63 202.5 935 440 480 1030 380 420

1)
Note: Position dependent on other options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2)
Minimum dimensions, space requirements dependent on other options.
dard oil supply. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 8/12.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

8/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 8/13 to 8/16
Article No. 2LP202.- J..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B4SV 509 145 n6 250 240 120 800 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 120 995 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 186 1495 1B

G2
512 185 n6 350 270 194 1565 2B

I2
513 200 n6 350 330 320 2400 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 330 2700 4B
d2
ntkZWWWY\X

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B4HV 509 135 H7 235 120 800 8D

G4
510 150 H7 235 120 995 0E
511 165 H7 270 186 1495 1E

G4
512 180 H7 270 194 1565 2E
513 190 H7 330 320 2400 3E D2H7
514 210 H7 330 330 2700 4E G_MD30_XX_00252

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B4DV 3) 509 140 H6 145 235 350 120 800 8G
D2H6

8
510 150 H6 155 235 370 120 995 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 186 1495 1H

G5
512 180 H6 185 270 425 194 1565 2H
513 190 H6 195 330 495 320 2400 3H G4
514 210 H6 215 330 495 330 2700 4H
D3
G_MD30_XX_00253

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
B4KV 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 120 800 8N
N D2H11
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 120 995 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 186 1495 1P
G4

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 194 1565 2P


G4

513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 320 2400 3P


514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 330 2700 4P
D3
G_MD30_XX_00243

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B4CV 3) 509 150 g6 140 240 120 800 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 120 995 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 186 1495 1V
G2

512 190 g6 145 270 194 1565 2V


l2

513 220 g6 165 330 320 2400 3V


514 220 g6 165 330 330 2700 4V d2
G_MD30_XX_00244

1) 3)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation. Shaft variant designed to withstand axial forces (including those caused by
2)
Without oil filling. weight of gear unit) on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/11


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit

Selection and ordering data

h5
h4
h3

G_MD30_XX_00249
l1 b2 b3
l2

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 8/16)

8 Gear unit
sizes
B2.V B3.V B4.V

b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 b2 b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5
503 175 270 260 320 205 205 125
504 235 295 305 400 270 245 180
505 235 320 305 405 305 250 180 235 310 305 405 200 240 175
506 235 320 325 425 305 280 180 235 310 375 475 200 240 175
507 320 395 345 510 390 330 250 235 365 375 470 235 250 175
508 320 395 375 540 390 330 250 235 365 435 530 235 250 175
509 320 435 435 580 455 350 250 340 405 415 585 295 330 250
510 320 435 460 605 455 350 250 340 405 480 650 295 330 250
511 320 465 520 665 350 335 250
512 320 465 590 735 350 335 250
513 360 535 545 770 440 440 330 360 535 545 770 440 440 330
514 360 535 585 810 440 440 330 360 535 585 810 440 440 330

8/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 on left)
Type
B2 to B3 to B4 to

A
0

A A A
G_MD30_XX_00283 G_MD30_XX_00284 G_MD30_XX_00285 4

B
1 6
B B B

3
G_MD30_XX_00286 G_MD30_XX_00287 G_MD30_XX_00288

1
8
C
C C
2
C

5 3
19
00
X_
0 _X
M D3
G_
G_MD30_XX_00289 G_MD30_XX_00290 G_MD30_XX_00291

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


D designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
3
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
view directed at drive end face (1):
D D D Face 3 = right
Face 6 = left
G_MD30_XX_00292 G_MD30_XX_00293 G_MD30_XX_00294

E
4

E E E

G_MD30_XX_00295 G_MD30_XX_00296 G_MD30_XX_00297

F
5

F F F

G_MD30_XX_00298 G_MD30_XX_00299 G_MD30_XX_00300

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/13


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Solid shaft (S)
503 2 A
504 3 A
505 4 A
506 5 A
507 6 A
508 7 A
509 8 A
510 0 B
511 1 B
512 2 B
513 3 B
514 4 B
Hollow shaft with keyway (H)
504 3 D
505 4 D
8 506 5 D
507 6 D
508 7 D
509 8 D
510 0 E
511 1 E
512 2 E
513 3 E
514 4 E
Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)
504 3 G
505 4 G
506 5 G
507 6 G
508 7 G
509 8 G
510 0 H
511 1 H
512 2 H
513 3 H
514 4 H

8/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with
DIN 5480 (K)
505 4 N
506 5 N
507 6 N
508 7 N
509 8 N
510 0 P
511 1 P
512 2 P
513 3 P
514 4 P
Solid shaft without keyway (C)
505 4 U
506 5 U
507 6 U
508
509
7 U
8 U
8
510 0 V
511 1 V
512 2 V
513 3 V
514 4 V
Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position
B2.V G
B3.V H
B4.V J

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 8/15


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units vertical mounting position


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . - -Z
Seal for shaft 1 1)
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E 4
Seal for shaft 2 1)
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 taconite F-F 6
Shaft d2 taconite F-H 7
Shaft d2 taconite F-K 8
Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2 0
Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
B2 to B3 to B4 to
503, 504, 506 508, 510 504 ... 514 505 ... 514
505, 507, 509

8 iN
iN
5
5.6



6
14
16
63
71
A
B
iN 6.3 6.3 6.7 18 80 C
iN 7.1 7.1 7.5 20 90 D
iN 8 8 8.5 22.4 100 E
iN 9 9 9.5 25 112 F
iN 10 10 10.6 28 125 G
iN 11.2 11.2 11.8 31.5 140 H
iN 12.5 12.5 13.2 35.5 160 J
iN 14 14 15 40 180 K
iN 16 16 17 45 200 L
iN 18 19 50 224 M
iN 20 56 250 N
iN 63 280 P
iN 71 315 Q
iN 80 355 R
Oil supply
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit B
Other oil supply Z Q 0 Y
Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling 0
Auxiliary cooling with fan 1
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil 2
connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil 3
connections to gear unit face 4 (end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil 4
connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil 5
connections to gear unit face 1 (end face d1)

1)
Additional details see page 11/2.

8/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


9
Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units


upright mounting position,
output at bottom

9/2 Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
9/2 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508
9/4 Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

9/6 Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
9/6 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
9/8 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512
9/10 Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

9/12 Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
9/12 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
9/14 Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

9/16 Types B2, B3 and B4


9/16 Dimensions of oil expansion unit
with standard motor bell housing
9/17 Article No. overview

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A2 A1
n4 n4
d6 B1
Air inlet

ca. 3
1) 1) 1) d1
Fan

l3
l1


n1

G6
G3
A3
G1

e3
D5
n3

E
m1
a

s
n2

n6

h6
G_MD30_EN_00185
c2

g D7 n5 c m6
c1
m3 m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
9 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 5 14 16
503 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 393 413 190 255 130 195 135 433
iN = 5 14 16
504 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 465 485 215 280 160 230 150 504
iN = 5 14 16
505 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 550 580 240 305 190 260 175 600
iN = 6.3 18 20
506 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 581 611 240 305 190 260 175 631
iN = 5 14 16
507 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 656 691 300 370 225 320 210 718
iN = 6 17 19
508 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 686 721 300 370 225 320 210 748

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E e3 g H h 3) h63) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
503 448 260 25 25 30 19 19 128 130 105 440 200 190 290 220 240 220 78 110 230 175 120 165 15
504 544 325 30 30 30 24 24 159 160 132.5 490 225 225 360 280 265 280 96.5 137.5 290 195 132.5 195 19
505 605 360 30 30 35 24 24 185 190 150 540 250 230 435 320 320 315 85 145 345 220 160 200 19
506 656 360 30 30 35 24 24 216 190 150 540 250 250 486 320 320 315 85 165 376 220 160 220 19
507 713 465 35 40 40 28 28 228 225 192.5 670 315 260 480 410 390 410 118 145 415 280 195 225 24
508 773 465 35 40 40 28 28 258 225 192.5 670 315 290 540 410 390 410 118 175 445 280 195 255 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2)
Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 503 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- D..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B2SL 503 65 m6 140 185 20 175 2A
504 80 m6 170 220 32 280 3A

d2
505 90 m6 210 240 44 428 4A
506 100 m6 210 240 48 450 5A
507 105 n6 235 295 84 725 6A
508 120 n6 250 295 90 790 7A
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B2HL 503
504 80 H7 220 32 280 3D

D2H7
505 95 H7 240 44 428 4D
506 105 H7 240 48 450 5D
507 115 H7 295 84 725 6D
508 125 H7 295 90 790 7D
G4 G4
G_MD30_XX_00139

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B2DL 503
D2H6

504 85 H6 85 220 295 32 280 3G

D3
505 100 H6 100 240 325 44 428 4G
506 110 H6 110 240 330 48 450 5G
507 120 H6 120 295 390 84 725 6G 9
508 130 H6 130 295 400 90 790 7G
G5 G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/3


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data

A2 A1
n4 n4
d6 B1
Air inlet

ca. 3
1) 1) 1) d1
Fan

l3
l1


n1

G6
G3
A3
G1

e3
D5
n3

E
m1
a

s
n2

n6

h6
G_MD30_EN_00185
c2

g D7 n5 c m6
c1
m3 m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
9 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 5 11.2 12.5 16
509 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 792 827 340 410 265 360 240 850
iN = 6 13.2 15 19
510 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 823 858 340 410 265 360 240 881

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E e3 g H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
509 860 550 40 55 50 35 35 265 265 220 755 355 330 575 480 415 475 145 190 480 307.5 207.5 282.5 28
510 916 550 40 55 50 35 35 296 265 220 755 355 355 631 480 415 475 145 215 511 307.5 207.5 307.5 28

1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2) Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16. 3) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B2
Gear unit dimensions
Two-stage, gear unit sizes 509 and 510

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- D..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B2SL 509 135 n6 260 335 132 1140 8A
510 150 n6 280 335 142 1254 0B

d2
G2 I2
G_MD30_XX_00138

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B2HL 509 135 H7 335 132 1140 8D
510 145 H7 335 142 1254 0E

D2H7
G4 G4
G_MD30_XX_00139

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B2DL 509 140 H6 145 335 450 132 1140 8G
D2H6

510 145 H6 150 335 470 142 1254 0H

D3
9
G5 G4

G_MD30_XX_00140

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/5


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data

A2 A1
1) 1) 1) d6
Air inlet B1 Fan

ca. 3
d1

l3
l1


n1

e3
A3
G1

G6
G3
E
m1
a

s
n2

h6
G_MD30_EN_00189
c2

m3 n5 c m6
D7
m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
9 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 16 56 63
504 35 m6 80 60 32 m6 70 50 500 520 195 245 50 175 115 535
iN = 14 50 56
505 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 575 595 225 280 50 195 135 610
iN = 20 71 80
506 40 m6 90 70 35 m6 80 60 628 648 225 280 50 195 135 663
iN = 14 50 56
507 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 690 710 275 335 65 220 160 725
iN = 18 63 71
508 50 m6 110 90 40 m6 90 70 737 757 275 335 65 220 160 772

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c2 D7 E e3 H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n5 s
504 590 210 28 28 19 269.5 110.5 430 200 210 415 170 280 170 95 130 140 19
505 670 250 30 35 24 310 130 500 230 230 490 200 280 205 95 145 140 19
506 793 250 30 35 24 363 130 500 230 300 613 200 280 205 95 215 140 19
507 839 295 35 40 28 384 160 605 280 295 595 230 320 240 129 180 160 24
508 946 295 35 40 28 431 160 605 280 355 702 230 320 240 129 240 160 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2)
Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 504 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- E..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SL 504 80 m6 170 140 20 195 3A
505 100 m6 210 165 36 340 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 40 395 5A

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
507 120 n6 210 195 64 580 6A
508 130 n6 250 195 70 630 7A
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HL 504 80 H7 140 20 195 3D
505 95 H7 165 36 340 4D
506 105 H7 165 40 395 5D

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
507 115 H7 195 64 580 6D
508 125 H7 195 70 630 7D
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B3DL 504 85 H6 85 140 215 20 195 3G
505 100 H6 100 165 255 36 340 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 40 395 5G D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

507 120 H6 120 195 290 64 580 6G


508 130 H6 130 195 305 70 630 7G
G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
9
B3KL 504 N80 3 25 9H 74 80 140 20 195 3N
505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 36 340 4N
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 40 395 5N
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 64 580 6N


508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 70 630 7N
N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CL 504 85 g6 100 140 20 195 3U
505 110 g6 115 165 36 340 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 40 395 5U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

507 130 g6 115 195 64 580 6U


508 130 g6 115 195 70 630 7U
G2 l2

1) Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/7


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data

A2 A1
1) 1) 1) d6
Air inlet B1 Fan

ca. 3
d1

l3
l1


n1

e3
A3
G1

G6
G3
E
m1
a

s
n2

h6
G_MD30_EN_00189
c2

m3 n5 c m6
D7
m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
9 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 14 50 56
509 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 812 842 315 375 95 270 175 862
iN = 18 63 71
510 60 m6 120 90 50 m6 110 80 865 895 315 375 95 270 175 915
iN = 14 50 56
511 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 975 1010 370 440 125 315 175 1030
iN = 18 63 71
512 75 m6 135 100 60 m6 135 100 1033 1068 370 440 125 315 175 1088

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c2 D7 E e3 H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n5 s
509 972 370 40 50 35 447 190 685 320 335 680 290 370 305 162 205 185 28
510 1090 370 40 50 35 500 190 685 320 400 798 290 370 305 162 270 185 28
511 1187 430 50 60 40 547 225 810 380 415 825 340 430 350 202 255 215 35
512 1315 430 50 60 40 605 225 810 380 485 953 340 430 350 202 325 215 35

1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2) Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16. 3) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 512

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- E..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SL 509 145 n6 250 240 106 905 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 102 960 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 168 1455 1B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
512 185 n6 350 270 200 1570 2B

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HL 509 135 H7 235 106 905 8D
510 150 H7 235 102 960 0E
511 165 H7 270 168 1455 1E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
512 180 H7 270 200 1570 2E

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B3DL 509 140 H6 145 235 350 106 905 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 102 960 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 168 1455 1H D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

512 180 H6 185 270 425 200 1570 2H

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
9
B3KL 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 106 905 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 102 960 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 168 1455 1P
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 200 1570 2P

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CL 509 150 g6 140 240 106 905 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 102 960 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 168 1455 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 200 1570 2V

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/9


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data

A2 A1
n4 n4
1) 1) 1)
d6
Air inlet B1

ca. 3
d1
Fan

l3
0
l1


D5
n1

e3
A3

G6
G3
G1
n3

E
m1
a

s
n2

n6

h6
c2

g n5 m6 G_MD30_EN_00190
c1 D7 c
m3 m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input Fan 2)
sizes
9 d1 l1 l3 d1 l1 l3 G1 G3 A1 A2 A3 B1 d6 G6
iN = 14 40 45 56
513 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1167 1202 435 495 160 375 210 1220
iN = 18 50 56 71
514 80 m6 165 130 70 m6 140 105 1245 1280 435 495 160 375 210 1298

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E e3 g H h 3) h6 3) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
513 1345 535 60 65 65 48 48 640 265 202.5 935 440 440 920 445 510 445 245 260 842 380 255 380 42
514 1463 535 60 65 65 48 48 718 265 202.5 935 440 480 1038 445 510 445 245 300 920 380 255 420 42

1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2)
Max. dimensions including bolted connection.
dard oil supply. See order-related documentation for exact data.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16. 3)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B3
Gear unit dimensions
Three-stage, gear unit sizes 513 and 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- E..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B3SL 513 200 n6 350 330 290 2500 3B
514 160 n6 350 330 310 2850 4B

d2
G_MD30_XX_00012
G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B3HL 513 190 H7 330 290 2500 3E
514 210 H7 330 310 2850 4E

D2H7
G_MD30_XX_00013
G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B3DL 513 190 H6 195 330 495 290 2500 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 310 2850 4H
D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00014

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
9
B3KL 513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 290 2500 3P
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 310 2850 4P
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B3CL 513 220 g6 165 330 290 2500 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 310 2850 4V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/11


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data

1) 1) 1) n4 n4
d1

l1

D5
n1

e3
G1
n3

E
m1
a

s
n2

n6

h6
c2

g n5 c m6 G_MD30_EN_00191
c1 D7
m3 m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
9 d1 l1 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 63 200 224 280
505 28 m6 55 20 k6 50 610
iN = 90 280 315 355
506 28 m6 55 20 k6 50 663
iN = 63 200 224 250 280
507 35 m6 80 32 m6 70 25 k6 60 724
iN = 80 250 280 315 355
508 35 m6 80 32 m6 70 25 k6 60 771

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E e3 g H h 2) h6 2) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
505 720 250 30 30 35 24 24 400 90 95 500 230 230 530 200 280 205 105 145 457.5 202.5 140 202.5 19
506 843 250 30 30 35 24 24 453 90 95 500 230 300 653 200 280 205 105 215 510.5 202.5 140 272.5 19
507 899 295 35 35 40 28 28 493.5 110.5 112.5 605 280 295 680 230 320 240 104 180 567.5 242.5 160 257.5 24
508 1006 295 35 35 40 28 28 540.5 110.5 112.5 605 280 355 787 230 320 240 104 240 614.5 242.5 160 317.5 24

1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
dard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 505 to 508

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- F..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B4SL 505 100 m6 210 165 38 330 4A
506 110 n6 210 165 42 375 5A
507 120 n6 210 195 70 530 6A

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
508 130 n6 250 195 76 625 7A

G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B4HL 505 95 H7 165 38 330 4D
506 105 H7 165 42 375 5D
507 115 H7 195 70 530 6D

D2H7
ntkZWWWWXW
508 125 H7 195 76 625 7D

G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B4DL 505 100 H6 100 165 255 38 330 4G
506 110 H6 110 165 260 42 375 5G
507 120 H6 120 195 290 70 530 6G D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

508 130 H6 130 195 305 76 625 7G

G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
9
B4KL 505 N95 3 30 9H 89 100 165 38 330 4N
506 N95 3 30 9H 89 110 165 42 375 5N
507 N120 3 38 9H 114 120 195 70 530 6N
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

508 N120 3 38 9H 114 130 195 76 625 7N

N
G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B4CL 505 110 g6 115 165 38 330 4U
506 120 g6 115 165 42 375 5U
507 130 g6 115 195 70 530 6U
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

508 130 g6 115 195 76 625 7U

G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/13


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data

1) 1) 1) n4 n4
d1

l1

D5
n1

e3
G1
n3

E
m1
a

s
n2

n6

h6
c2

g n5 c m6 G_MD30_EN_00191
c1 D7
m3 m5 b
h
H

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Input
sizes
9 d1 l1 d1 l1 G1
iN = 63 200 224 280
509 40 m6 90 35 m6 80 840
iN = 80 250 280 355
510 40 m6 90 35 m6 80 893
iN = 63 200 224 280
511 50 m6 110 40 m6 90 1012
iN = 80 250 280 355
512 50 m6 110 40 m6 90 1070
iN = 63 200 224 280
513 60 m6 120 50 m6 110 1190
iN = 80 250 280 355
514 60 m6 120 50 m6 110 1268

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
a b c c1 c2 D5 D7 E e3 g H h 2) h6 2) m1 m3 m5 m6 n1 n2 n3 n4 n5 n6 s
509 1040 370 40 45 50 35 35 575 130 140 685 320 335 785 290 370 305 125 205 660 275 185 290 28
510 1158 370 40 45 50 35 35 628 130 140 685 320 400 903 290 370 305 125 270 713 275 185 355 28
511 1281 430 50 60 60 40 40 706 160 155 810 380 415 960 340 430 350 161 255 812.5 330 215 362.5 35
512 1409 430 50 60 60 40 40 764 160 155 810 380 485 1088 340 430 350 161 325 870.5 330 215 432.5 35
513 1455 535 60 65 65 48 48 825 190 202.5 935 440 440 1092 445 510 445 183 260 952 380 255 380 42
514 1573 535 60 65 65 48 48 903 190 202.5 935 440 480 1210 445 510 445 183 300 1030 380 255 420 42
1)
Note: Position dependent on combination of selected options.
"Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit" is provided as the stan- 2) Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
dard oil supply.
Dimensions of oil expansion unit see page 9/16.
For shaft details, see pages 10/2 to 10/7.

9/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Type B4
Gear unit dimensions
Four-stage, gear unit sizes 509 to 514

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Output
Oil Weight 1) 2) 7th position of Article No. and Article No. supplement
quantity 1) for 11th to 16th position see pages 9/17 to 9/20
Article No. 2LP202.- F..-....
Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft
B4SL 509 145 n6 250 240 120 800 8A
510 160 n6 300 240 120 995 0B
511 175 n6 300 270 186 1495 1B

d2
ntkZWWWWW`
512 185 n6 350 270 194 1565 2B
513 200 n6 350 330 320 2400 3B
514 210 n6 350 330 330 2700 4B G2 I2

Type Size D2 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with keyway


B4HL 509 135 H7 235 120 800 8D
510 150 H7 235 120 995 0E
511 165 H7 270 186 1495 1E

D2H7
ntkZWWWWXW
512 180 H7 270 194 1565 2E
513 190 H7 330 320 2400 3E
514 210 H7 330 330 2700 4E G4 G4

Type Size D2 D3 G4 G5 l kg Hollow shaft for shrink disk


B4DL 509 140 H6 145 235 350 120 800 8G
510 150 H6 155 235 370 120 995 0H
511 165 H6 170 270 420 186 1495 1H D2H6

D3
G_MD30_XX_00011

512 180 H6 185 270 425 194 1565 2H


513 190 H6 195 330 495 320 2400 3H
514 210 H6 215 330 495 330 2700 4H G5 G4

Type Size N/DIN 5480 D2 D3 G4 l kg Hollow shaft with spline in accordance with DIN 5480
9
B4KL 509 N140 3 45 9H 134 145 235 120 800 8N
510 N140 3 45 9H 134 155 235 120 995 0P
511 N170 5 32 9H 160 170 270 186 1495 1P
D2H11

D3
G_MD30_XX_00187

512 N170 5 32 9H 160 185 270 194 1565 2P


513 N190 5 36 9H 180 195 330 320 2400 3P
N
514 N190 5 36 9H 180 215 330 330 2700 4P G4 G4

Type Size d2 l2 G2 l kg Solid shaft without keyway


B4CL 509 150 g6 140 240 120 800 8U
510 170 g6 140 240 120 995 0V
511 180 g6 145 270 186 1495 1V
d2
G_MD30_XX_00186

512 190 g6 145 270 194 1565 2V


513 220 g6 165 330 320 2400 3V
514 220 g6 165 330 330 2700 4V G2 l2

1)
Approximate values; exact data acc. to order-related documentation.
2)
Without oil filling.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/15


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Dimensions of oil expansion unit with
standard motor bell housing

Selection and ordering data

h5
h4
h3
1)
G_MD30_XX_00188

b3 h l1
l2

Dimensions in mm (Article No. supplement for 15th position see page 9/20)
Gear unit B2.L B3.L B4.L

9 sizes
h 2) b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 h 2) b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5 h 2) b3 l1 l2 h3 h4 h5
503 200 240 190 315 470 230 150
504 225 265 235 400 580 270 200 200 290 165 315 600 230 150
505 250 290 255 445 665 270 200 230 330 190 390 700 270 200 230 270 200 360 720 270 200
506 250 290 255 445 715 270 200 230 330 190 390 820 270 200 230 270 200 360 845 270 200
507 315 355 290 540 800 335 265 280 385 220 405 875 270 200 280 325 215 365 905 270 200
508 315 355 290 540 860 335 265 280 385 220 405 985 270 200 280 325 215 365 1015 270 200
509 355 400 325 550 1005 335 265 320 425 255 540 1030 335 265 320 365 250 475 1065 335 265
510 355 400 325 550 1060 335 265 320 425 255 540 1150 335 265 320 365 250 475 1185 335 265
511 380 490 280 545 1270 335 265 380 430 280 490 1320 335 265
512 380 490 280 545 1400 335 265 380 430 280 490 1450 335 265
513 440 495 325 650 1450 420 315 440 495 325 640 1465 420 315
514 440 495 325 650 1570 420 315 440 495 325 640 1580 420 315

1)
Note: Mounting end for expansion unit as depicted in diagram can be selected.
Oil expansion unit without standard motor bell housing on 2)
Permissible tolerance: -1 mm.
request.

9/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data


7th position of the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
order
code
Article No. 2LP202 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Design variant (view directed at face 2, face 1 at bottom)
Type
B2 to B3 to B4 to

A
A A A 0

2
D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8

1 1 2
3
G8 G8
G8 G8
4
G_MD30_XX_00163 G_MD30_XX_00032 G_MD30_XX_00036

B
B B B 1 6
D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8

1 1 2
3 3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00164 G_MD30_XX_00033 G_MD30_XX_00037

C 1
C C C 2

5
D 8
D 8

D 8

3
19
D 8

00

9
2 X_
1 0 _X
1 D3
3 M
G_
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00165 G_MD30_XX_00034 G_MD30_XX_00038

Irrespective of the spatial position of the gear unit, the face


D designations "right" and "left" always refer to the horizontal
D D D 3
mounting position with the view directed at face 1.
Face 2 is at the top.
Assembly cover at top (2),
D 8
D 8

D 8

view directed at drive end face (1):


D 8

1 2
1 Face 3 = right
3 Face 6 = left
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00166 G_MD30_XX_00035 G_MD30_DE_00039

E E E E
4
D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8

1 1 2
3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00167 G_MD30_XX_00169 G_MD30_XX_00171

F F F F
5
D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

1 1 2
3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00168 G_MD30_XX_00170 G_MD30_XX_00172

$ Backstop for types B2 and B3. % Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 506
Backstop not possible for: & Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 507 to 514
Type B2SL, designs B, D, E, F and
type B2DL, designs A and C.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/17


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No.
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Solid shaft (S)
503 2 A
504 3 A
505 4 A
506 5 A
507 6 A
508 7 A
509 8 A
510 0 B
511 1 B
512 2 B
513 3 B
514 4 B
Hollow shaft with keyway (H)
504 3 D
505 4 D
506 5 D
507 6 D
508 7 D

9 509
510
8 D
0 E
511 1 E
512 2 E
513 3 E
514 4 E
Hollow shaft for shrink disk (D)
504 3 G
505 4 G
506 5 G
507 6 G
508 7 G
509 8 G
510 0 H
511 1 H
512 2 H
513 3 H
514 4 H

9/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


8th to 10th position of the Article No. (continued)
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . - . . . . -Z . . .
Output shaft, gear unit size
Output shaft Gear unit size
Hollow shaft with spline in accordance
with DIN 5480 (K)
504 3 N
505 4 N
506 5 N
507 6 N
508 7 N
509 8 N
510 0 P
511 1 P
512 2 P
513 3 P
514 4 P
Solid shaft without keyway (C)
504 3 U
505 4 U
506 5 U
507 6 U
508 7 U
509 8 U
510 0 V 9
511 1 V
512 2 V
513 3 V
514 4 V
Gear unit type, number of stages, mounting position
B2.L D
B3.L E
B4.L F

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 9/19


Siemens AG 2014

Bevel-helical gear units upright mounting position, output at bottom


Types B2, B3 and B4
Article No. overview

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Article No. supplement, 11th to 16th position
Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "-Z" and
Article No. order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . - -Z
Seal for shaft 1
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E 4
Seal for shaft 2
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 taconite F-F 6
Shaft d2 taconite F-H 7
Shaft d2 taconite F-K 8
Shaft variants
Standard shaft d1 and standard shaft d2 0
Gear ratio
Type/gear unit size
B2 to B3 to B4 to
503, 504, 506 508, 510 504 ... 514 505 ... 514
505, 507,
509
iN 5 14 63 A
iN 5.6 6 16 71 B
iN 6.3 6.3 6.7 18 80 C

9 iN
iN
7.1
8
7.1
8
7.5
8.5
20
22.4
90
100
D
E
iN 9 9 9.5 25 112 F
iN 10 10 10.6 28 125 G
iN 11.2 11.2 11.8 31.5 140 H
iN 12.5 12.5 13.2 35.5 160 J
iN 14 14 15 40 180 K
iN 16 16 17 45 200 L
iN 18 19 50 224 M
iN 20 56 250 N
iN 63 280 P
iN 71 315 Q
iN 80 355 R
Oil supply
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit Mounted on gear unit face 6 B
(left)
Dip lubrication with oil expansion unit Mounted on gear unit face 3 C
(right)
Other oil supply Z Q 0 Y
Auxiliary cooling
Without auxiliary cooling 0
Auxiliary cooling with fan 1
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4 2
(end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by fan and cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 4 3
(end face d2)
Auxiliary cooling by cooling coil, connections to gear unit face 1 4
(end face d1)

9/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


10
Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions

10/2 Cylindrical shaft ends


10/2 Central holes, DS form
in shaft ends DIN 332/1
10/3 Selection of fit

10/4 Cover cap second shaft end for


solid shafts at both ends

10/5 Parallel keys, parallel keyways and


hollow shafts with keyway

10/6 Hollow shafts for shrink disk

10/7 Hollow shafts with keyway according


to DIN 6885/1

10/8 Hollow shafts with spline


according to DIN 5480

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Cylindrical shaft ends
Central holes, DS form
in shaft ends DIN 332/1

Dimensional drawings
DS form with thread, straight running surface and
protective counterbore

t2
t1
t3
t4

t5

120
d6
d2

d4

d5

60
d3
d1
G_MD30_EN_00047a

Ra
6.3

Recommended DS form
diameter
ranges d6 1) DS d1 d2 2) d3 d4 d5 t1 t2 t3 t4 t5
centering
above to +2 min. max.
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
16 21 DS 6 M6 5.0 6.4 9.6 10.5 16.0 21 23 5.0 2.8 0.4
21 24 DS 8 M8 6.8 8.4 12.2 13.2 19.0 25 28 6.0 3.3 0.4
24 30 DS 10 M10 8.5 10.5 14.9 16.3 22.0 30 34 7.5 3.8 0.6
30 38 DS 12 M 12 10.2 13.0 18.1 19.8 28.0 37 42 9.5 4.4 0.7
38 50 DS 16 M 16 14.0 17.0 23.0 25.3 36.0 45 50 12.0 5.2 1.0
50 85 DS 20 M 20 17.5 21.0 28.4 31.3 42.0 53 59 15.0 6.4 1.3
85 130 DS 24 M 24 21.0 25.0 34.2 38.0 50.0 63 68 18.0 8.0 1.6
130 225 DS 30 3) M 30 26.5 31.0 40.2 44.6 60.0 77 83 17.0 8.0 1.9

10 225
320
320
500
DS 36 3)
DS 42 3)
M 36
M 42
32.0
37.5
37.0
43.0
49.7
60.3
55.0
66.6
74.0
84.0
93
105
99
111
22.0
26.0
11.0
15.0
2.3
2.7

1)
Diameter refers to the finished workpiece
2)
Tap hole drill diameter acc. to DIN 336 Part 1
3)
Dimensions not acc. to DIN 332

10/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Cylindrical shaft ends
Selection of fit

Overview
Selection of fit for solid shaft studs with keyway
Selection of fit Shaft d Shaft Bore
tolerance tolerance
above to
mm mm
Shaft tolerance 25 k6
acc. to
FLENDER 25 100 m6 H7
standard 100 n6

For heavy duty operating conditions, e.g. reversing under load,


it is recommended that a tighter fit and for the hub keyway width
the ISO tolerance P9 is selected (special design).
In this case, the customer should give the relevant information.
Solid shaft studs without keyway are manufactured with shaft
tolerance g6 irrespective of the shaft diameter and are designed
for the use of flange couplings with zero-backlash conical
clamping connection (on request).

10

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 10/3


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Cover cap second shaft end for solid shafts at both ends

Dimensional drawings
H2S., H3S., H4S., B2S., B3S., B4S., H2C., H3C., H4C., B3C., B4C.
DH2

DH2
g2 g2

DH1

G_MD30_XX_00339
g1

Gear unit Dimensions in mm


sizes
Input shaft Output shaft
H2.. H3.. H4.. H2S., H3S., H4S., H2C. B3S., B4S., B3C., B4C. B2S.

10
DH1 g1 DH1 g1 DH1 g1 DH2 g2 DH2 g2 DH2 g2
503 190 155
504 120 110 245 180 245 180 225 185
505 135 135 110 100 250 225 250 225 255 225
506 135 135 110 100 260 225 260 225 270 225
507 145 145 120 110 105 70 335 225 335 225 305 250
508 145 145 120 110 105 70 310 265 310 265 325 265
509 165 170 135 135 105 70 315 265 315 265 340 275
510 165 170 135 135 105 70 350 315 350 315 350 295
511 205 190 145 145 120 110 385 315 385 315
512 205 190 145 145 120 110 400 365 400 365
513 215 210 165 170 145 135 445 365 445 365
514 215 210 165 170 145 135 475 365 475 365

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information
When ordering a cover cap at the second shaft end, the letter -Z and the following order codes must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Cover cap at second shaft end for solid shafts at both ends
Cover cap at shaft d1, mounted on gear unit face 6 (left) G 1 0
Cover cap at shaft d1, mounted on gear unit face 3 (right) G 1 1
Cover cap at shaft d2, mounted on gear unit face 6 (left) G 2 0
Cover cap at shaft d2, mounted on gear unit face 3 (right) G 2 1

10/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Parallel keys, parallel keyways and hollow shafts with keyway

Dimensional drawings
Parallel keys and parallel keyways

Drive type fastening without taper action


Parallel key and keyway to DIN 6885/1
Parallel key form B

h
t1
d+t2

d
G_MD30_XX_00046

Diameter Width Height Shaft keyway Hub keyway


depth depth
d b 1) h t1 d + t2
above to DIN 6885/1
mm mm mm mm mm mm
17 22 6 6 3.5 d + 2.8
22 30 8 7 4 d + 3.3
30 38 10 8 5 d + 3.3
38 44 12 8 5 d + 3.3
44 50 14 9 5.5 d + 3.8
50 58 16 10 6 d + 4.3
58 65 18 11 7 d + 4.4
65 75 20 12 7.5 d + 4.9
75 85 22 14 9 d + 5.4
85 95 25 14 9 d + 5.4 10
95 110 28 16 10 d + 6.4
110 130 32 18 11 d + 7.4
130 150 36 20 12 d + 8.4
150 170 40 22 13 d + 9.4
170 200 45 25 15 d + 10.4
200 230 50 28 17 d + 11.4
230 260 56 32 20 d + 12.4
260 290 63 32 20 d + 12.4
290 330 70 36 22 d + 14.4
330 390 80 40 25 d + 15.4
390 440 90 45 28 d + 17.4

For heavy-duty operating conditions, e.g. reversing under load,


it is recommended that a tighter fit and for the hub keyway width
the ISO tolerance P9 is selected (special design).
In this case, the customer should give the relevant information.

1)
The tolerance zone for the hub keyway width b is ISO JS9, or ISO P9 for
heavy-duty operating conditions (P9 special design).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 10/5


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Hollow shafts for shrink disk

Dimensional drawings
Types H2D., H3D., H4D., B2D., B3D., B4D.

X = Space required for torque wrench Driven machine shaft for shrink disk connection. Driven machine
shaft must be free of oil or grease.
g2
G5 G4
H
X
Bush Input shaft with center holes End plate
S1 W
r
m
ax
1.6 1.6

15

d3 min

d7 d 9
D2 H 6

D9
d1

d8
d
DH2

d2

d4

d3

s
D3

m
30
I1 I1
C2 -0.2
f1
ntkZWluWWW[[

End plate c1
Output I
Guard

Circlip

Types H2D., H3D., H4D., B3D., B4D.


Gear Dimensions in mm
unit 2)
sizes Driven machine shaft End plate Circlip Hollow shaft Shrink Screw Cover
disk 3) cap

d2 d3 d4 d5 f1 l l1 r c1 c2 d7 d8 D9 m s Qty. DIN D2 D3 G4 G5 d d1 H W s1 g2
472 DH2
504 85 g6 85 h6 84.5 95 4 336 53 2 17 7 90 70 22 50 M8 2 90x3 85 85 140 215 110 185 54 22 M12 245 235
505 100 g6 100 h6 99.5 114 5 398 59 2 20 8 105 80 26 55 M10 2 105x4 100 100 165 255 125 215 60 26 M12 285 275
506 110 g6 110 h6 109.5 124 5 403 64 3 20 8 115 85 26 60 M10 2 115x4 110 110 165 260 140 240 67 26 M14 300 280
507 120 g6 120 h6 119.5 134 5 463 68 3 20 8 125 90 26 65 M12 2 125x4 120 120 195 290 150 263 71 26 M14 335 310
508 130 g6 130 h6 129.5 145 6 478 81 3 20 8 135 100 26 70 M12 2 135x4 130 130 195 305 165 290 81 27 M16 360 320
509 140 g6 145 m6 139.5 160 6 559 85 4 23 10 150 110 33 80 M12 2 150x4 140 145 235 350 175 300 86 31 M16 365 375
10 510 150 g6 155 m6 149.5 170 6 579 101 4 23 10 160 120 33 90 M12 2 160x4 150 155 235 370 185 320 101 31 M16 400 395
511 165 f6 170 m6 164.5 185 7 664 119 4 23 10 175 130 33 90 M12 2 175x4 165 170 270 420 200 340 118 32 M16 445 445
512 180 f6 185 m6 179.5 200 7 669 125 4 23 10 190 140 33 100 M16 2 190x4 180 185 270 425 220 370 125 32 M20 460 450
513 190 f6 195 m6 189.5 213 7 799 130 5 23 10 200 150 33 110 M16 2 200x4 190 195 330 495 240 405 131 32 M20 515 520
514 210 f6 215 m6 209.5 233 8 794 124 5 28 14 220 170 33 130 M16 2 220x5 210 215 330 495 260 430 126 38 M20 540 520

Type B2D.
Gear Dimensions in mm
unit 2)
sizes Driven machine shaft End plate Circlip Hollow shaft Shrink Screw Cover
disk 3) cap

d2 d3 d4 d5 f1 l l1 r c1 c2 d7 d8 D9 m s Qty. DIN D2 D3 G4 G5 d d1 H W s1 @ g2
472 DH2
504 85 g6 85 h6 84.5 95 4 496 53 2 17 7 90 70 22 50 M8 2 90x3 85 85 220 295 110 185 54 22 M12 250 315
505 100 g6 100 h6 99.5 114 5 543 59 2 20 8 105 80 26 55 M10 2 105x4 100 100 240 325 125 215 60 26 M12 280 345
506 110 g6 110 h6 109.5 124 5 548 64 3 20 8 115 85 26 60 M10 2 115x4 110 110 240 330 140 240 67 26 M14 290 350
507 120 g6 120 h6 119.5 134 5 663 68 3 20 8 125 90 26 65 M12 2 125x4 120 120 295 390 150 263 71 26 M14 335 410
508 130 g6 130 h6 129.5 145 6 673 81 3 20 8 135 100 26 70 M12 2 135x4 130 130 295 400 165 290 81 27 M16 345 415
509 140 g6 145 m6 139.5 160 6 759 85 4 23 10 150 110 33 80 M12 2 150x4 140 145 335 450 175 300 86 31 M16 360 475
510 145 g6 150 m6 144.5 165 6 779 101 4 23 10 160 120 33 90 M12 2 160x4 145 150 335 470 185 320 101 31 M16 380 495

1) 3)
Assignment of central holes as specified on page 10/2. Shrink disk and cover cap are included in the scope of supply.
2)
Material of driven machine shaft C60N or higher strength. The shrink disk is supplied loose.

10/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Hollow shafts with keyway according to DIN 6885/1

Dimensional drawings
Types H1H., H2H., H3H., H4H., B2H., B3H., B4H.
g2 G4 G4
Driven machine shaftn for parallel key connection, keyway acc. to
DIN 6885/1 and center hole.

Screws Input shaft with center holes End plate


f1
rm
1.6 ax

15

d5 min
D2 H7
DH2

d2 h6

D9
d4

D
d
m
m
s
1.6
t
G_MD30_EN_00045c

c
Output
I1 I1
End plate
I

Types H2H., H3H., H4H., B3H., B4H.


Gear unit Dimensions in mm
sizes
Driven machine shaft 2) End plate Screw Hollow Cover cap
shaft
d2 d4 d5 f1 l l1 r s t c d D D9 m Size Qty. D2 G4 DH2 g2
504 80 79.5 88 4 278 35 1.2 M10 18 10 100 11 22 60 M10 x 25 2 80 140 245 30
505 95 94.5 105 5 328 40 1.6 M10 18 10 120 11 26 70 M10 x 25 2 95 165 250 45
506 105 104.5 116 5 328 45 1.6 M10 18 10 120 11 26 70 M10 x 25 2 105 165 260 40
507 115 114.5 126 5 388 50 1.6 M12 20 12 140 13.5 26 80 M12 x 30 2 115 195 335 50
508 125 124.5 136 6 388 55 2.5 M12 20 12 150 13.5 26 85 M12 x 30 2 125 195 310 40
509 135 134.5 147 6 467 60 2.5 M12 20 12 160 13.5 33 90 M12 x 30 2 135 235 315 45
510 150 149.5 162 6 467 65 2.5 M12 20 12 185 13.5 33 110 M12 x 30 2 150 235 350 40
511
512
165
180
164.5 177
179.5 192
7
7
537
537
70
75
2.5
2.5
M16 28
M16 28
15
15
195
220
17.5 33
17.5 33
120
130
M16 x 40
M16 x 40
2
2
165
180
270
270
385
400
45
45
10
513 190 189.5 206 7 657 80 3 M16 28 18 230 17.5 33 140 M16 x 40 2 190 330 445 50
514 210 209.5 226 8 657 85 3 M16 28 18 250 17.5 33 160 M16 x 40 2 210 330 475 65

Types H1H., B2H.


Gear unit Dimensions in mm
sizes
Driven machine shaft 2) End plate Screw Hollow Cover cap
shaft
d2 d4 d5 f1 l l1 r s t c d D D9 m Size Qty. D2 G4 DH2 g2
504 80 79.5 88 4 438 35 1.2 M10 18 10 100 11 22 60 M10 x 25 2 80 220 225 35
505 95 94.5 105 5 478 40 1.6 M10 18 10 120 11 26 70 M10 x 25 2 95 240 255 40
506 105 104.5 116 5 478 45 1.6 M10 18 10 120 11 26 70 M10 x 25 2 105 240 270 40
507 115 114.5 126 5 588 50 1.6 M12 20 12 140 13.5 26 80 M12 x 30 2 115 295 305 40
508 125 124.5 136 6 588 55 2.5 M12 20 12 150 13.5 26 85 M12 x 30 2 125 295 325 40
509 135 134.5 147 6 667 60 2.5 M12 20 12 160 13.5 33 90 M12 x 30 2 135 335 340 50
510 145 144.5 157 6 667 65 2.5 M12 20 12 185 13.5 33 110 M12 x 30 2 145 335 350 50

1)
Note: Assignment of central holes as specified on page 10/2.
2)
Material of driven machine shaft C60N or higher strength.
Parallel key is not included in our scope of supply. Please order
separately, if required.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 10/7


Siemens AG 2014

Connection dimensions
Hollow shafts with spline in accordance with DIN 5480

Dimensional drawings
Types H2K., H3K., H4K., B3K., B4K.

g2 G4 G4

Driven machine shaft for shrink disk connection,


lubricated while mounting
Bush r
45 m
ax End plate
6.3 3.2 1.6
D2 H 11

d2 h 11

d5 min

d7 d 9
DH2

D3

d4

d3

D9
d8
d

s
30
f1 c2 -0.2
Output I2 I1 c1
End plate I
G_MD30_EN_00307
Circlip Driven machine shaft for thread center drilling 1)

Cover cap

Types H2K., H3K., H4K., B3K., B4K.


Gear Dimensions in mm
unit 2)
sizes Driven machine shaft End plate Jacking Cir- Hollow shaft Cover Bolts for
thread clip cap threaded
central
hole 1)
External spline d2 d3 d4 d5 f1 l l1 l2 r c1 c2 d7 d8 D9 m s Qty. DIN D2 D3 G4 g2
472 DH2
504 W803258f 79.4 80h6 78 95 3 238 43 75 2 27 27 90 90 22 55 M8 2 90 3 74 80 140 245 30 M20
505 W953308f 94.4 100h6 93 114 3 308 53 90 2 20 8 105 80 26 55 M10 2 105 4 89 100 165 250 45 M24
506 W953308f 94.4 110h6 93 124 3 308 58 90 3 20 8 105 80 26 55 M10 2 105 4 89 110 165 260 40 M24
507 W1203388f 119.4 120h6 118 134 3 368 68 105 3 20 8 125 90 26 65 M12 2 125 4 114 120 195 335 50 M24
508 W1203388f 119.4 130h6 118 145 3 368 73 105 3 20 8 125 90 26 65 M12 2 125 4 114 130 195 310 40 M24

10 509
510
W1403458f 139.4 145m6 138 160 3 444
W1403458f 139.4 155m6 138 170 3 444
82 125 4 23 10 150 110 33
92 125 4 23 10 150 110 33
80 M12 2
80 M12 2
150 4 134 145 235 315 45 M30
150 4 134 155 235 350 40 M30
511 W1705328f 169 170m6 168 185 5 514 112 150 4 23 10 175 130 33 90 M12 2 175 4 160 170 270 385 45 M30
512 W1705328f 169 185m6 168 200 5 514 122 150 4 23 10 175 130 33 90 M12 2 175 4 160 185 270 400 45 M30
513 W1905368f 189 195m6 188 213 5 634 137 180 5 23 10 200 150 33 110 M16 2 200 4 180 195 330 445 50 M30
514 W1905368f 189 215m6 188 233 5 634 147 180 5 23 10 200 150 33 110 M16 2 200 4 180 215 330 475 65 M30

1)
Assignment of central holes as specified on page 10/2.
2)
Material of driven machine shaft C60N or higher strength.

10/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


11
Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation

11/2 Shaft seals


11/2 Radial shaft seal
11/2 Taconite
11/4 Labyrinth seal

11/5 Oil circulation lubrication


11/5 Flange-mounted pump, type H1,
horizontal mounting position
11/5 Monitoring devices

11/6 Cooling
11/6 Fan
11/6 Cooling coil

11/7 Heating
11/7 Heating elements
11/8 Heating elements, types H1 and B2
11/9 Heating elements, types H2 and B3
11/10 Heating elements, type H3
11/11 Heating elements, types H4 and B4

11/12 Backstop

11/14 Oil level indicator, housing material,


oil drain valve, breather

11/15 Auxiliary drive


11/15 Maintenance drive and load drive
for type B3
11/24 Speed monitoring for type B3

11/26 Explosion protection as per ATEX 95

11/28 Corrosivity category,


climatic stress

11/29 Application

11/30 Coating system

11/31 Color selection

11/32 Information about oil,


information about installation

11/33 Factory certificates,


further information

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Shaft seals
Radial shaft seal
Taconite

Overview
Radial shaft seal Taconite

G_MD30_XX_00041 G_MD30_XX_00040

Radial shaft seals are suitable for low to average operating Taconite seals are grease-filled, refillable labyrinth seal
speeds. They can be used for all types and sizes. combinations.
A second, redundant radial shaft seal 1) can be fitted at sealing With this seal a high degree of operational reliability is achieved
points which are particularly vulnerable or difficult to access. for the gear unit in dusty environments. This seal is a combina-
tion of three sealing elements which protect the gear unit from
Other features are: the ingress of dust-like particles.
Wearing seal, however, easy to maintain
When motor bell housings are used in accordance with the
Local heat development on sealing lip; therefore, adequate section on motor connection, taconite E seals are not required
lubrication (cooling) required because the coupling enclosure is sealed dust-tight.
Commercial product
Design with low oil level on request

11

1)
Not for types B2, B3, B4 in conjunction with motor bell housing.

11/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Shaft seals
Radial shaft seal
Taconite
Ordering information:
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . - A . 0 . -Z
Shaft designs
Shaft d1 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d1 at one end with twin shaft seal 1) 9 L 0 L
Shaft d1 at one end with taconite E 4
Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d1 at both ends with twin shaft seal at both ends 9 L 0 M
Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at both ends 5
Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 L 0 N
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d1 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 L 0 P
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d1 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 L 0 A
taconite E at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 L 0 B
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d1 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 L 0 Q
taconite E at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d1 at both ends with taconite E at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 L 0 R
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d2 at one end with 1 shaft seal 0
Shaft d2 at one end with twin shaft seal 9 M 0 L
Shaft d2 at one end with taconite F 4
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at both ends 1
Shaft d2 at both ends with twin shaft seal at both ends 9 M 0 M
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at both ends 5
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 M 0 N
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d2 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 M 0 P
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d2 at both ends with 1 shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 M 0 A
taconite F at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 M 0 B
1 shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d2 at both ends with twin shaft seal at gear unit face 3 (right) and 9 M 0 Q
taconite F at gear unit face 6 (left)
Shaft d2 at both ends with taconite F at gear unit face 3 (right) and
twin shaft seal at gear unit face 6 (left)
9 M 0 R
11
Shaft d2 with taconite F-F For gear units with hollow shaft with keyway (..H.) or 6
hollow shaft for shrink disk (..D.),
design: taconite seal at both ends and
cover cap at one end as protection against accidental contact
Shaft d2 with taconite F-H For gear units with hollow shaft with keyway (..H.), 7
design: taconite seal at driven machine end and
dustproof cover cap at opposite end
Shaft d2 with taconite F-K For gear units with hollow shaft for shrink disk (..D.), 8
design: taconite seal at driven machine end and
dustproof cover cap at opposite end

1)
Not for types B2, B3, B4 in conjunction with motor bell housing.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/3


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Shaft seals
Labyrinth seal

Overview
Labyrinth seal Minimum input speed n1 for labyrinth seals, H1SH type
Gear unit sizes
iN 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510
1.12 x x x x x
1.25 x x x x x
1.32 x x
1.4 x x x x x x
1.5 x x
1.6 515 410 350 305 280 250
1.7 265 230
1.8 545 440 380 325 310 265
G_MD30_XX_00145
1.9 280 250
2 585 470 405 350 330 285
2.12 310 265
2.24 645 510 445 380 355 310
Labyrinth seals are especially suitable for higher operating 2.36 330 285
speeds. They can only be used with gear units of H1SH type.
2.5 690 555 480 405 385 335
For special protection when the gear unit is at a standstill, 2.65 355 310
the labyrinth seal can be combined with a V-ring seal that is
attached to the outer surface of the labyrinth. 2.8 745 600 525 445 420 365

Other features are: 3 385 335

Contact-free and therefore wear-free 3.15 820 670 580 480 460 405

No heat generated locally, so maintenance-free 3.35 420 365


Minimal installation space 3.55 890 735 635 525 515 445

The following criteria must be taken into account when selecting 3.75 460 405
labyrinth seals: 4 990 805 695 580 565 490
For use with stationary drives only 4.25 515 445
(e.g. not for traveling gears)
4.5 1095 890 760 635 610 545
With dip lubrication or oil circulation lubrication only
(other lubrication variants available on request), 4.75 565 490

Extremely dusty installation locations or those subject to 5 1200 945 835 695 675 580
polluted water hazards must be avoided 5.3 610 545
Shaft planes must be horizontal 5.6 1300 1045 910 760 735 650
Refer to table for minimum input speed n1 required for dip 6 675 580
lubrication. If the input speed is lower than the minimum input
11 speed n1, it may be possible to use the labyrinth seal in
combination with oil circulation lubrication. Radial shaft seals
Variant cannot be constructed.
x Labyrinth seal can be used only in combination with oil circulation
must otherwise be provided. lubrication.
To achieve a preservation life in excess of 6 months, the Ordering information:
combination of labyrinth seal with additional V-ring seal must
be used. "-Z" and
order
Use of the combination of labyrinth seal with additional V-ring code
seal is recommended for applications with frequent down-
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . K -0 . A . -Z
times.

Shaft d1 with labyrinth seal 2


Shaft d1 with labyrinth seal and 9 L 0 J
V-ring seal
Shaft d2 with labyrinth seal 2
Shaft d2 with labyrinth seal and 9 M0 J
V-ring seal

11/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Oil circulation lubrication
Flange-mounted pump, type H1, horizontal
mounting position Monitoring devices

Overview
Flange-mounted pump either direction of rotation is installed to secure the oil supply to
the rolling bearings with reduced oil level.
An oil circulation lubrication system must be used for single-
stage helical gear units with labyrinth seal when the input speed The size of flange-mounted pump varies according to the input
is lower than the minimum required input speed or for units with speed. Other speeds and inclined mounting position available
low ratio range. A flange-mounted pump which can operate in on request.

Coarse filter
K
e4

Pressure switch
d
dropping to 0.5 bar
G_MD30_EN_00218

Pump operating
in either direction

Ordering information:
Input speed Pump Dimensions in mm Oil quantity Data position of 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 11
Gear unit size 1) rpm size l Article No.
d e4 K Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . .
505/506 500 1200 3 110 320 613 19 D
1200 1800 2 90 311 E
507/508 500 1200 3 110 380 743 26 D
1200 1800 2 90 371 E
509/510 500 1800 3 110 415 822 39 D

Monitoring devices
Pressure switch Coarse filter
When operated in conjunction with an alarm system, the pres- The coarse filter protects units connected downstream by
sure switch can output a visual or acoustic alarm to indicate that capturing and collecting dirt particles.
the oil pressure has dropped to 0.5 bar or can initiate a system
trip.
Max. switching capacities:
2 A/250 V, AC, 250 VA (AC voltage)
4 A/200 V, DC, 20 W (DC voltage)
Degree of protection IP65
1)
Sizes 503 and 504 on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/5


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Cooling
Fan
Cooling coil

Overview
Fan and cooling coil H1, B2 types
Fans and/or cooling coils can be used for auxiliary cooling. Gear unit Cooling coil
sizes
Fan: Dimensions in mm l/min
The standard fan is a radial fan that is mounted on the shaft d1 b10 e10 e11 h10 H1/B2
(= fast-rotating shaft). On designs with shaft studs at both 503 80 185 255 42 4
ends (designs G, H, I), the fan is mounted either at gear unit
face 3 (right) or gear unit face 6 (left). 504 120 215 310 50 4

An adapted air guide cover ensures optimized air flow on the 505 120 220 365 50 4
gear unit and therefore high-performance cooling 506 120 240 395 50 4
A fan can be retrofitted 507 180 235 430 65 4
The connection dimensions at the input shaft are changed if a 508 180 265 460 65 4
fan is mounted
509 200 290 490 80 8
Cooling coil:
510 200 315 520 80 8
The cooling coil is connected either at
- gear unit face 4 (end face d2) or
- gear unit face 1 (end face d1). H2, H3, B3 types
The cooling coil is suitable for freshwater, seawater and
brackish water Gear unit Cooling coil
sizes
See table for connection dimensions Dimensions in mm l/min
Water connection: G " H2/B3 H3
b10 e10 e11 e11 h10 H2/H3/B3
Parameters for attainment of the specified thermal capacities:
504 80 250 415 40 4
See right-hand column of tables for volumetric flow rate of
505 95 275 475 525 45 4
cooling water in l/min. The flow rate can exceed the specified
values, but this might result in elevated noise levels. 506 95 345 525 575 45 4
Max. permissible cooling water pressure: 8 bar 507 100 340 580 640 60 4
508 100 400 630 690 60 4
509 130 385 675 745 70 4
510 130 450 730 795 70 8
511 150 465 805 905 80 8
512 150 535 865 960 80 8
513 160 380 835 945 85 8
514 160 420 910 1020 85 8

Ordering information:
h10

Order

11
G_MD30_XX_00008
code
e10 b10
Article No.: 2LP202 .- . . . . .-0 .A -Z
Auxiliary cooling
Auxiliary cooling with:
Connection to gear unit face 4 (end face d2) Fan (with shaft d1 at one end) 1
Fan at gear unit face 3 (with shaft d1 at both ends) 9 R1A
Fan at gear unit face 6 (with shaft d1 at both ends) 9 R1F
Cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4 2
Cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1 4
Fan (with shaft d1 at one end) 3
G_MD30_XX_00219

and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4


Fan (with shaft d1 at one end) 5
and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1
Fan at gear unit face 3 (with shaft d1 at both ends) 9 R1B
and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4
h10
Fan at gear unit face 3 (with shaft d1 at both ends) 9 R1C
b10 e11 and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1
Fan at gear unit face 6 (with shaft d1 at both ends) 9 R1G
and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 4
Connection to gear unit face 1 (end face d1) Fan at gear unit face 6 (with shaft d1 at both ends) 9 R1H
and cooling coil, connections at gear unit face 1
Without auxiliary cooling 0

11/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements

Overview
Heating elements must be used when the temperature limit for the relevant lubrication variant is undershot.
Viscosity ISO- Ambient temperatures
VG at 40C in Below Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to Up to
mm/s (cSt) -40 C -40 C -35 C -30 C -25 C -20 C -15 C -10 C -5 C 0 C 5 C 10 C 15 C
Dip lubrication Mineral oil VG 460 2 2 1 1 x x x x x
VG 320 2 2 1 1 x x x x x x
VG 220 2 2 1 1 x x x x x x
PAO oil VG 460 2 1 1 x x x x x x x x x
VG 320 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x
VG 220 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x
PG oil VG 460 2 1 1 x x x x x x x x x
VG 320 2 1 1 x x x x x x x x x
VG 220 2 1 1 x x x x x x x x x
Oil circulation/ Mineral oil VG 320 2 2 1 1 x
forced lubrication
VG 220 2 2 1 1 x x
PAO oil VG 320 2 2 1 1 x x
VG 220 2 2 1 1 x x x x
PG oil VG 320 2 2 1 1 x x
VG 220 2 2 1 1 x x
A maximum of two heating elements can be installed per gear
x No heating element required
unit. A total of two heating elements can be mounted on gear unit
1 One heating element required face 1 (end face d1), and one or two heating elements (depend-
2 Two heating elements required ing on the gear unit size) on gear unit face 4 (end face d2). Heat-
Not available as standard ing elements cannot be mounted on gear unit face 4 if the unit is
On request in mounting position L in which gear unit face 4 is the standard
mounting surface.
Heating elements are only permitted in combination with oil
temperature monitoring. Labyrinth seals are not permitted to be used with heating
An electrical oil level monitoring system (available on request) is elements.
additionally required for heating elements of ATEX design.

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information:
When ordering heating elements and temperature monitoring, -Z and the following order codes must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Screw-in heater (standard version)

11
One heating element at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) J 0 0
Two heating elements at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 1)2) J 0 1
One heating element at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) J 0 2
Two heating elements at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 1) J 0 3
One heating element at gear unit face 1 and gear unit face 4 J 0 4
Oil temperature monitoring (standard version)
ATH-SW22 H 4 3
Oil temperature indicator (standard version)
Pt100 resistance thermometer H 4 0
Pt100 resistance thermometer with transmitter H 4 2
Screw-in heater (ATEX design, category 2 + 3)
One heating element at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 3) J 0 5
Two heating elements at gear unit face 4 (end face d2) 1)2)3) J 0 6
One heating element at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 3) J 0 7
Two heating elements at gear unit face 1 (end face d1) 1)3) J 0 8
One heating element at gear unit face 1 and gear unit face 4 3) J 0 9
Oil temperature indicator (ATEX design, category 2 + 3)
Pt100 resistance thermometer H 4 4
1) 3)
Version not available for: H1 type, gear unit size 506 with iN = 5.6 and higher, Restrictions might apply depending on the installation space required.
H1 type, gear unit size 510 with iN = 4.7 and higher. Availability and dimensions available on request.
2)
Version not available for: H2, H3, H4, B3, B4 types,
Gear unit sizes 506, 508, 510, 512, 514.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/7


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Types H1 and B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 510

Dimensional drawings

G_MD30_XX_00141
e2
100 2)
Installation space Installation space
100

required required
e3 e3
h2

h1
h1

b b l4 e4 e1 l1 1) b b 3)
3) 1)

Connected load in W Dimensions in mm


Gear unit size Heating elements Heating elements Installation space Temperature monitors
1 heating 2 heating e1 e4 b h1 l1 l4 e2 e3 h2
element elements
503 189 378 225 290 40 42 300 300 290 40 130
504 189 378 250 345 60 50 300 300 325 50 155
505 281 562 255 400 60 50 450 450 330 50 170
506 3) 312 624 275 430 60 50 500 500 350 50 170
507 472 944 300 495 90 65 500 500 360 100 235
508 472 944 330 525 90 65 500 500 390 100 235
509 701 1402 350 550 100 80 600 600 430 110 265
510 3) 815 1630 375 585 100 80 700 700 455 110 265

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1) 3)
Screw-in heater: It is not possible to install 2 heating elements on H1 type size 506
Technical data and notes: Degree of protection IP 65, 230 V, 50 Hz. with iN = 5.6 or higher!
2)
Temperature monitor ATH-SW22: It is not possible to install 2 heating elements on H1 type size 510
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection, with iN = 4.7 or higher!
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

11/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Types H2 and B3, gear unit sizes 504 to 514

Overview

G_MD30_XX_00142
2) e2
100 Installation space Installation space
required required
100

e3 e 3
h2

h1
h1

b b 1) l4 e4 e1 l1 1) b b 1)
3)

Connected load in W Dimensions in mm


Gear unit size Heating elements Heating elements Installation space Temperature monitors
1 heating 2 heating e1 e4 b h1 l1 l4 e2 e3 h2
element elements
504 200 400 275 445 40 40 500 500 310 40 140
505 312 624 310 520 47.5 45 500 500 330 50 150
506 3) 435 624 380 575 47.5 45 700 700 400 50 150
507 497 994 375 625 50 60 800 800 395 60 190
508 3) 558 839 435 675 50 60 900 900 455 60 190
509 815 1630 445 750 65 70 700 700 435 80 230
510 3) 1044 1631 510 800 65 70 900 900 500 80 230
511 1158 2316 525 885 75 80 1000 1000 515 80 280
512 3) 1273 1974 595 940 75 80 1100 1100 585 80 280
513 1158 2316 440 900 80 85 1000 1000 540 100 310
3)
514 1273 1974 480 980 80 85 1100 1100 580 100 310

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1) 3)
Screw-in heater: With sizes 506, 508, 510, 512 and 514 it is not possible to mount 2 heating
Technical data and notes: Degree of protection IP 65, 230 V, 50 Hz. elements on gear unit face 4 (end-face output)!
2)
Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/9


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Overview

G_MD30_XX_00143
100 2) e2
Installation space Installation space
required required
100

e3 e 3
h2
h1

h1
b b 1) l4 e4 e1 l1 1) b b
3) 1)

Connected load in W Dimensions in mm


Gear unit size Heating elements Heating elements Installation space Temperature monitors
1 heating 2 heating e1 e4 b h1 l1 l4 e2 e3 h2
element elements
505 312 624 310 560 47.5 45 500 500 330 50 150
506 3) 435 624 380 615 47.5 45 700 700 400 50 150
507 497 994 375 680 50 60 800 800 395 60 190
508 3) 558 870 435 730 50 60 900 900 455 60 190
509 815 1630 445 810 65 70 700 700 435 80 230
510 3) 1044 1631 510 865 65 70 900 900 500 80 230
511 1158 2316 525 975 75 80 1000 1000 515 80 280
512 3) 1273 2088 595 1030 75 80 1100 1100 585 80 280
513 1273 2546 440 1010 80 85 1100 1100 540 100 310
514 3) 1501 2316 480 1090 80 85 1300 1300 580 100 310

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1) 3)
Screw-in heater: With sizes 506, 508, 510, 512 and 514 it is not possible to mount 2 heating
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection, 230 V, 50 Hz. elements on gear unit face 4 (end-face output)!
2)
Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

11/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Heating
Heating elements
Types H4 and B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 514

Overview

G_MD30_XX_00144
2) e2
100
Installation space Installation space
required required
100

e3 e3
h2
h1

h1
3) b b 1) l4 e4 e1 l1 1) b b 1)

Connected load in W Dimensions in mm


Gear unit size Heating elements Heating elements Installation space Temperature monitors
1 heating 2 heating e1 e4 b h1 l1 l4 e2 e3 h2
element elements
505 312 624 255 510 42.5 37 500 500 330 50 150
506 3) 435 624 325 565 42.5 37 700 700 400 50 150
507 435 870 305 615 50 50 700 700 395 60 190
508 3) 497 778 365 665 50 50 800 800 455 60 190
509 815 1630 365 735 57.5 57.5 700 700 435 80 230
510 3) 1044 1631 430 790 57.5 57.5 900 900 500 80 230
511 1158 2316 425 880 75 65 1000 1000 515 80 280
512 3) 1273 1974 495 935 75 65 1100 1100 585 80 280
513 1273 2546 440 1010 80 85 1100 1100 540 100 310
514 3) 1501 2316 480 1090 80 85 1300 1300 580 100 310

Depending on the version, screw-in heaters and temperature monitors/resistance thermometers can be arranged in a mirror image.
The cable entry point of the screw-in heater is arranged axially on the connection head in the direction of installation.

11

1) 3)
Screw-in heater: With sizes 506, 508, 510, 512 and 514 it is not possible to mount 2 heating
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection, 230 V, 50 Hz. elements on gear unit face 4 (end-face output)!
2)
Temperature monitor ATH-SW22:
Technical data and notes: IP 65 degree of protection,
two change-over contacts (adjustable).
Max. contact rating: 2 A/230 V AC/460 VA cos = 0.6 (alternating voltage);
0.25 A/230 V DC/58 W (direct voltage)
Or alternatively:
Pt100 resistance thermometer:
Technical data and notes: Connection head IP 54 degree of protection,
PG 9, two-wire circuit
Connection with three or four-wire circuit also possible by the customer.
Connection to an evaluation unit is necessary.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/11


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Backstop

Overview
Backstop
For certain requirements, FLENDER SIG gear units can be or- the relevant shaft stud. The direction of rotation is determined by
dered with a mechanical backstop. In this case, the direction of the view of the end face of shaft d2.
rotation of shaft d2 must be specified. For gear units with a d2
shaft at both ends, the direction of rotation must be specified for For determining the direction of rotation for gear units without a
backstop, see page 11/33.
Helical gear unit type Bevel-helical gear unit type
Design H2 H3 H4 B2 B3 B4

A
A A A A A A

D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8
D 8

1 1 2
1
1 G8 G8 1 G8 3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00020 G_MD30_XX_00024 G_MD30_XX_00028 G_MD30_XX_00163 G_MD30_XX_00032 G_MD30_XX_00036

B
B B B B B B

D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8
1 1 2
1
G8 1 G8 G8 1
3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00021 G_MD30_XX_00025 G_MD30_XX_00029 G_MD30_XX_00164 G_MD30_XX_00033 G_MD30_XX_00037

C
C C C C C C

D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8
D 8

1 2
1 1
1 G8 G8 1 G8 3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00022 G_MD30_XX_00026 G_MD30_XX_00030 G_MD30_XX_00165 G_MD30_XX_00034 G_MD30_XX_00038

D
D D D D D D

D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8
D 8

11
1 2
1 1
G8 1 G8 G8 1
3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00023 G_MD30_XX_00027 G_MD30_XX_00031 G_MD30_XX_00166 G_MD30_XX_00035 G_MD30_DE_00039

E E E E E E
E
D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8

D 8
D 8

1 1 2
1
1 G8 G8 1 G8 3
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00148 G_MD30_XX_00153 G_MD30_XX_00158 G_MD30_XX_00167 G_MD30_XX_00169 G_MD30_XX_00171

F F F F F
F
F
D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8
D 8

D 8

1 1 2
1
G8 1 G8 3
G8 1
G8 G8 G8 G8
G_MD30_XX_00149 G_MD30_XX_00154 G_MD30_XX_00159 G_MD30_XX_00168 G_MD30_XX_00170 G_MD30_XX_00172

$ Backstop, vertical mounting position only for H2, H3, H4 designs B, D, F or B2 designs A, B, E or B3 designs C, D, F.
% Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 505 and 506, vertical mounting position only for designs C, D, F.
& Backstop for type B4, gear unit sizes 507 to 514, vertical mounting position only for designs A, B, E.

11/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Backstop

Overview
Dimensions:
Dimensions in mm
Backstop
Gear unit size H2 1) H3 H4 B2 2) B3 B4
D8 G8 D8 G8 D8 G8 D8 G8 D8 G8 D8 G8
503 155 235
504 145 210 200 310 130 205
505 180 254 155 225 200 350 155 230 155 225
506 180 254 155 225 200 350 155 230 155 225
507 195 320 180 290 105 245 235 385 180 295 105 245
508 195 320 180 290 105 245 235 385 180 295 105 245
509 235 355 200 335 130 285 255 445 195 355 130 285
510 235 355 200 335 130 285 255 445 195 355 130 285
511 255 389 240 370 155 335 235 370 155 335
512 255 389 240 370 155 335 235 370 155 335
513 300 455 260 445 180 405 255 445 180 405
514 300 455 260 445 180 405 255 445 180 405

Ordering information:
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Backstop/direction of rotation
Mounting of standard backstop, shaft d2 clockwise L 0 0
Mounting of standard backstop, shaft d2 counter-clockwise L 0 1
Preparation of gear unit for mounting a standard backstop L 0 2
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on right stud 3) L 9 4
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on left stud 3) L 9 5
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on lower stud (vertical mounting position) 3) L 9 6
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on upper stud (vertical mounting position) 3) L 9 7

11

1) Max. dimensions; details acc. to order-related documentation.


2) Backstop not possible for: Type B2S., designs B, D, E, F and
type B2D., designs A and C.
3) This option applies to gear units with shaft d2 at both ends.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/13


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Oil level indicator, housing material, oil drain valve, breather

Overview
Oil level indicator
For checking the oil level, FLENDER SIG gear units are equipped Oil level indicator type FSA 127 cannot be installed in conjunc-
with a dipstick. An oil sight glass or oil level indicator of type FSA tion with labyrinth seal.
127 can also be ordered.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Oil level indicator
Oil sight glass H 5 1
Oil level indicator of type FSA 127 H 5 2

Housing material
Cast iron is the housing material used as standard. As an
alternative, welded housings can be ordered.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Housing material
Steel (welded) K 2 2

Oil drain valve


FLENDER SIG gear units are supplied with an oil drain screw For gear units with an oil drain valve, it is possible to order an
with a permanent magnet. As an alternative, oil drain valves can additional screw plug with permanent magnet in the oil sump
be ordered in various designs. depending on the selection of other options, selection via
X.CAT NG.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Oil drain
Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, straight design K 3 0
Gear unit in mounting position "V": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, straight design
Gear unit in mounting position "L": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, straight design
Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 6 K 3 2
Gear unit in mounting position "V": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 5
Gear unit in mounting position "L": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, angled relative to face 6
Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 3 K 3 3
Gear unit in mounting position "V": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 2
Gear unit in mounting position "L": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, angled relative to face 3
Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, straight design K 3 4

11 Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, angled relative to face 6 K 3 5
Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, angled relative to face 3 K 3 6
Screw plug with permanent magnet in addition to oil drain valve K 3 7

Gear unit ventilation


In order to equalize pressure differences between the gear unit in- dust and water spray are present. Air filters for other kinds of
terior and the ambient atmosphere, FLENDER SIG are equipped ambient conditions can also be ordered.
as standard with an air filter suitable for use in environments where
Data position of Article 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
No.
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Gear unit ventilation Filter mesh Description
width
MANN air filter 40 m For gear units with special dust protection requirements K 7 1
With filling sieve, oil filter mesh width: 530 m
MANN air filter, 40 m For gear units with special dust protection requirements K 7 2
encapsulated design When risk exists of unit becoming completely covered
Wet air filter 3 m For gear units that are used intermittently K 7 3
For use in extremely humid environments
HYDAC breather filter 10 m For use in oil and tank installations K 7 4

11/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive and load drive
for type B3

Overview
An auxiliary drive can be mounted for gear units of type B3 in Design of the auxiliary drive
designs A or C.
The auxiliary drive is flange-mounted onto the main gear unit via
When an auxiliary drive is installed, oil of viscosity grade VG 220 an adapter flange. The auxiliary drive is a bevel-helical geared
or VG 320 must be used for the main gear unit. motor of type KZ that is coupled to the main gear unit through an
overrunning clutch. The overrunning clutch is installed in the
Two auxiliary drives with different ratings are available for each adapter flange and is supplied with oil from the main gear unit.
gear unit size to suit the application case. The bevel-helical geared motor has a separate oil filling and is
Maintenance drive supplied filled with oil. To prevent overspeed in the case of
malfunctioning of the overrunning clutch, the drive combination
The motor of the auxiliary drive is dimensioned such that the must be equipped with speed monitoring for safety reasons,
bucket conveyor can be operated with empty buckets at low see page 11/25.
speed in the same direction of rotation.
The auxiliary drives as load drives for main gear units of sizes
Load drive 505 to 510 are fitted with a high inertia fan to support soft
The motor of the auxiliary drive is dimensioned such that the start-up.
bucket conveyor can be operated with full buckets at low speed Motors
in the same direction of rotation.
Motors with IE1 efficiency are recommended for use in auxiliary
The auxiliary drive is not dimensioned for the rated output torque drives intended for intermittent periodic duty (S3). However, IE2
of the main drive, please observe T3. motors (High Efficiency) are also available.

Main Maintenance drive IE2 Load drive IE2


gear unit
Geared motor 1) PM TMA/TM I 2) i Geared motor 1) PM TMA/TM I 2) i
Size Type kW A Type kW A
504 KZ39-LE80MH4E 0.75 2.2 1.79 36.21 KZ49-LE90SG4E-I 1.1 2.3 2.5 32.57
505 KZ49-LE90SG4E 1.1 2.3 2.5 44.63 KZ69-LE90LH4E-I 1.5 2.6 3.3 45.14
506 KZ49-LE90LH4E 1.5 2.6 3.3 32.57 KZ69-LE100LE4E-I 2.2 2.1 4.65 29.18
507 KZ69-LE100LE4E 2.2 2.1 4.65 39.69 KZ89-LE112ME4E-I 4 2.5 8.2 32.96
508 KZ69-LE100LE4E 2.2 2.1 4.65 39.69 KZ89-LE112ME4E-I 4 2.5 8.2 32.96
509 KZ79-LE100LK4E 3 2.0 6.2 36.26 KZ89-LE132SF4E-I 5.5 2.3 11.3 39.29
510 KZ79-LE100LK4E 3 2.0 6.2 36.26 KZ89-LE132SF4E-I 5.5 2.3 11.3 39.29
511 KZ89-LE112ME4E 4 2.5 8.2 41.54 KZ109-LE160MF4E 11 2.1 21 34.15
512 KZ89-LE112ME4E 4 2.5 8.2 41.54 KZ109-LE160MF4E 11 2.1 21 34.15
513 KZ89-LE132SF4E 5.5 2.3 11.3 39.29 KZ129-LE160LD4E 15 2.3 28 38.37
514 KZ89-LE132SF4E 5.5 2.3 11.3 39.29 KZ129-LE160LD4E 15 2.3 28 38.37

Main Maintenance drive IE1 Load drive IE1


gear unit

Size
Geared motor 1)
Type
PM
kW
TMA/TM I 2)
A
i Geared motor 1)
Type
PM
kW
TMA/TM I 2)
A
i
11
504
505
506 KZ69-LE100LB4I 2.2 2.2 4.9 29.18
507 KZ69-LE100LB4 2.2 2.2 4.9 39.69 KZ89-LE112ME4I 4 2.2 8.2 32.96
508 KZ69-LE100LB4 2.2 2.2 4.9 39.69 KZ89-LE112ME4I 4 2.2 8.2 32.96
509 KZ79-LE100LH4 3 2.4 6.3 36.26 KZ89-LE132SF4I 5.5 2.3 11 39.29
510 KZ79-LE100LH4 3 2.4 6.3 36.26 KZ89-LE132SF4I 5.5 2.3 11 39.29
511 KZ89-LE112ME4 4 2.2 8.2 41.54 KZ109-LE160MD4 11 2.3 22 36.44
512 KZ89-LE112ME4 4 2.2 8.2 41.54 KZ109-LE160MD4 11 2.3 22 36.44
513 KZ89-LE132SF4 5.5 2.3 11 39.29 KZ129-LE160LA4 15 2.5 30 39.19
514 KZ89-LE132SF4 5.5 2.3 11 39.29 KZ129-LE160LA4 15 2.5 30 39.19

1)
SIMOGEAR bevel-helical geared motor.
2)
Rated current at 400 V.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/15


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm) Gear unit sizes
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
16 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
18 n3 On req. 2.55 2.89 On req. 3.05 On req. 2.71 On req. 2.96 On req.
T3 On req. 4.3 7.2 On req. 9.4 On req. 14.1 On req. 17.8 On req.
20 n3 2.82 2.23 On req. 2.56 On req. 2.74 On req. 2.42 On req. 2.59 On req.
T3 2.55 4.9 On req. 8.2 On req. 10.4 On req. 15.8 On req. 20.3 On req.
22.4 n3 2.52 2.55 On req. 2.89 2.28 3.05 2.42 2.71 2.2 2.96 2.33
T3 2.86 4.3 On req. 7.2 9.2 9.4 11.9 14.1 17.4 17.8 22.6
25 n3 2.82 2.23 2.54 2.56 2.02 2.74 2.17 2.42 1.96 2.59 2.04
T3 2.55 4.9 5.6 8.2 10.3 10.4 13.2 15.8 19.5 20.3 25.8
28 n3 2.52 2.55 2.23 2.89 2.28 3.05 2.42 2.71 2.2 2.96 2.33
T3 2.86 4.3 6.4 7.2 9.2 9.4 11.9 14.1 17.4 17.8 22.6
31.5 n3 2.82 2.23 2.54 2.56 2.02 2.74 2.17 2.42 1.96 2.59 2.04
T3 2.55 4.9 5.6 8.2 10.3 10.4 13.2 15.8 19.5 20.3 25.8
35.5 n3 2.52 2.55 2.23 2.89 2.28 3.05 2.42 2.71 2.2 2.96 2.33
T3 2.86 4.3 6.4 7.2 9.2 9.4 11.9 14.1 17.4 17.8 22.6
40 n3 2.82 2.23 2.54 2.56 2.02 2.74 2.17 2.42 1.96 2.59 2.04
T3 2.55 4.9 5.6 8.2 10.3 10.4 13.2 15.8 19.5 20.3 25.8
45 n3 2.52 2.55 2.23 2.89 2.28 3.05 2.42 2.71 2.2 2.96 2.33
T3 2.86 4.3 6.4 7.2 9.2 9.4 11.9 14.1 17.4 17.8 22.6
50 n3 2.82 2.23 2.54 2.56 2.02 2.74 2.17 2.42 1.96 2.59 2.04
T3 2.55 4.9 5.6 8.2 10.3 10.4 13.2 15.8 19.5 20.3 25.8
56 n3 2.52 2.23 2.23 2.56 2.28 2.74 2.42 2.42 2.2 2.59 2.33
T3 2.86 4.9 6.4 8.2 9.2 10.4 11.9 15.8 17.4 20.3 22.6
63 n3 2.52 2.54 2.02 2.17 1.96 2.04
T3 2.86 5.6 10.3 13.2 19.5 25.8
71 n3 2.23 2.02 2.17 1.96 2.04
T3 6.4 10.3 13.2 19.5 25.8
80 n3 2.23
T3 6.4
11

11/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Backstop Overrunning clutch

L4
L3
G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit Auxiliary gear unit Maintenance drive
Size Type/size/motor L1 L3 L4 1) L5
504 KZ39-LE80MH4E 420 140 425 140
505 KZ49-LE90SG4E 470 125 500 125
506 KZ49-LE90LH4E 470 125 500 125
507 KZ69-LE100LE4E 570 150 575 150
508 KZ69-LE100LE4E 570 150 575 150
509 KZ79-LE100LK4E 620 175 580 175
510 KZ79-LE100LK4E 620 175 580 175
511 KZ89-LE112ME4E 765 225 620 180
512 KZ89-LE112ME4E 765 225 620 180
513 KZ89-LE132SF4E 860 225 775 180
514 KZ89-LE132SF4E 860 225 775 180
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)
L5
11

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4 L1

1)
Note: For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for
Motor frame size 80: L4 + 26 mm,
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
motor with a cover cap is used. Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm,
Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm.
The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive
by the suffix "-W".

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/17


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm) Gear unit sizes
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
16 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
18 n3 2.83 On req. 2.99 On req. 2.67 On req. 2.93 On req.
T3 7.7 On req. 10.0 On req. 14.9 On req. 18.7 On req.
20 n3 2.51 On req. 2.69 On req. 2.38 On req. 2.57 On req.
T3 8.7 On req. 11.1 On req. 16.7 On req. 21.3 On req.
22.4 n3 2.83 2.24 2.99 2.37 2.67 2.16 2.93 2.30
T3 7.7 9.8 10.0 12.6 14.9 18.4 18.7 23.8
25 n3 2.51 1.98 2.69 2.13 2.38 1.93 2.57 2.02
T3 8.7 11.0 11.1 14.0 16.7 20.6 21.3 27.1
28 n3 2.83 2.24 2.99 2.37 2.67 2.16 2.93 2.30
T3 7.7 9.8 10.0 12.6 14.9 18.4 18.7 23.8
31.5 n3 2.51 1.98 2.69 2.13 2.38 1.93 2.57 2.02
T3 8.7 11.0 11.1 14.0 16.7 20.6 21.3 27.1
35.5 n3 2.83 2.24 2.99 2.37 2.67 2.16 2.93 2.30
T3 7.7 9.8 10.0 12.6 14.9 18.4 18.7 23.8
40 n3 2.51 1.98 2.69 2.13 2.38 1.93 2.57 2.02
T3 8.7 11.0 11.1 14.0 16.7 20.6 21.3 27.1
45 n3 2.83 2.24 2.99 2.37 2.67 2.16 2.93 2.30
T3 7.7 9.8 10.0 12.6 14.9 18.4 18.7 23.8
50 n3 2.51 1.98 2.69 2.13 2.38 1.93 2.57 2.02
T3 8.7 11.0 11.1 14.0 16.7 20.6 21.3 27.1
56 n3 2.51 2.24 2.69 2.37 2.38 2.16 2.57 2.30
T3 8.7 9.8 11.1 12.6 16.7 18.4 21.3 23.8
63 n3 1.98 2.13 1.93 2.02
T3 11.0 14.0 20.6 27.1
71 n3 1.98 2.13 1.93 2.02
T3 11.0 14.0 20.6 27.1
80 n3
T3
11

11/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Backstop Overrunning clutch

L4
L3
G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit Auxiliary gear unit Maintenance drive
Size Type/size/motor L1 L3 L4 1) L5
504
505
506
507 KZ69-LE100LB4 570 150 572 132
508 KZ69-LE100LB4 570 150 572 132
509 KZ79-LE100LH4 616 175 580 140
510 KZ79-LE100LH4 616 175 580 140
511 KZ89-LE112ME4 763 225 618 180
512 KZ89-LE112ME4 763 225 618 180
513 KZ89-LE132SF4 857 225 671 180
514 KZ89-LE132SF4 857 225 671 180
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)
L5
11

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4 L1

1)
Note: For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for
Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm,
motor with a cover cap is used. Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm.

The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive


by the suffix "-W".

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/19


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm) Gear unit sizes
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
16 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req. On req. On req.
18 n3 On req. 2.54 3.5 On req. 2.84 On req. 3.32 On req. 3.05 On req.
T3 On req. 5.6 10.9 On req. 18.5 On req. 31.6 On req. 46.9 On req.
20 n3 3.1 2.22 On req. 3.1 On req. 2.55 On req. 2.97 On req. 2.67 On req.
T3 3.55 6.5 On req. 12.3 On req. 20.6 On req. 35.4 On req. 53.6 On req.
22.4 n3 2.77 2.54 On req. 3.5 2.76 2.84 2.25 3.32 2.69 3.05 2.4
T3 3.98 5.6 On req. 10.9 13.9 18.5 23.4 31.6 39 46.9 59.7
25 n3 3.1 2.22 2.88 3.1 2.45 2.55 2.02 2.97 2.4 2.67 2.1
T3 3.55 6.5 7.3 12.3 15.6 20.6 26 35.4 43.7 53.6 68.1
28 n3 2.77 2.54 2.52 3.5 2.76 2.84 2.25 3.32 2.69 3.05 2.4
T3 3.98 5.6 8.3 10.9 13.9 18.5 23.4 31.6 39 46.9 59.7
31.5 n3 3.1 2.22 2.88 3.1 2.45 2.55 2.02 2.97 2.4 2.67 2.1
T3 3.55 6.5 7.3 12.3 15.6 20.6 26 35.4 43.7 53.6 68.1
35.5 n3 2.77 2.54 2.52 3.5 2.76 2.84 2.25 3.32 2.69 3.05 2.4
T3 3.98 5.6 8.3 10.9 13.9 18.5 23.4 31.6 39 46.9 59.7
40 n3 3.1 2.22 2.88 3.1 2.45 2.55 2.02 2.97 2.4 2.67 2.1
T3 3.55 6.5 7.3 12.3 15.6 20.6 26 35.4 43.7 53.6 68.1
45 n3 2.77 2.54 2.52 3.5 2.76 2.84 2.25 3.32 2.69 3.05 2.4
T3 3.98 5.6 8.3 10.9 13.9 18.5 23.4 31.6 39 46.9 59.7
50 n3 3.1 2.22 2.88 3.1 2.45 2.55 2.02 2.97 2.4 2.67 2.1
T3 3.55 6.5 7.3 12.3 15.6 20.6 26 35.4 43.7 53.6 68.1
56 n3 2.77 2.22 2.52 3.1 2.76 2.55 2.25 2.97 2.69 2.67 2.4
T3 3.98 6.5 8.3 12.3 13.9 20.6 23.4 35.4 39 53.6 59.7
63 n3 2.77 2.88 2.45 2.02 2.4 2.1
T3 3.98 7.3 15.6 26 43.7 68.1
71 n3 2.52 2.45 2.02 2.4 2.1
T3 8.3 15.6 26 43.7 68.1
80 n3 2.52
T3 8.3
11

11/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Backstop Overrunning clutch

L4
L3
G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit Auxiliary gear unit Load drive
Size Type/size/motor L1 L3 L4 1) L5
504 KZ49-LE90SG4E-I 450 140 500 140
505 KZ69-LE90LH4E-I 480 125 520 132
506 KZ69-LE100LE4E-I 490 125 575 132
507 KZ89-LE112ME4E-I 585 150 620 180
508 KZ89-LE112ME4E-I 585 150 620 180
509 KZ89-LE132SF4E-I 685 175 675 180
510 KZ89-LE132SF4E-I 685 175 675 180
511 KZ109-LE160MF4E 826 225 772 212
512 KZ109-LE160MF4E 826 225 772 212
513 KZ129-LE160LD4E 918 225 802 265
514 KZ129-LE160LD4E 918 225 802 265

Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)


L5
11

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4 L1

Note:
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared motor with a cover cap is used.
The output torque of the main drive that can be achieved via the auxiliary drive may be less than its rated output torque.
It is recommended that a high inertia fan is used on the auxiliary drive.
The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive by the suffix "-W".
1)
For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm, Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm, Motor frame size 160: L4 + 60 mm.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/21


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Technical specifications
Power data
Output speed n3 (rpm) Gear unit sizes
Output torque T3 (kNm)
i 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514
14 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
16 n3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
T3 On req. On req. On req. On req.
18 n3 3.44 On req. 2.81 On req. 3.3 On req. 3.02 On req.
T3 11.6 On req. 19.5 On req. 33.2 On req. 49.4 On req.
20 n3 On req. 3.05 On req. 2.52 On req. 2.95 On req. 2.67 On req.
T3 On req. 13.1 On req. 21.7 On req. 37.1 On req. 56.4 On req.
22.4 n3 On req. 3.44 2.71 2.81 2.22 3.3 2.67 3.02 2.38
T3 On req. 11.6 14.7 19.5 24.6 33.2 41 49.4 62.8
25 n3 2.82 3.05 2.4 2.52 2.00 2.95 2.39 2.67 2.08
T3 7.8 13.1 16.6 21.7 27.4 37.1 45.8 56.4 71.7
28 n3 2.47 3.44 2.71 2.81 2.22 3.3 2.67 3.02 2.38
T3 8.9 11.6 14.7 19.5 24.6 33.2 41 49.4 62.8
31.5 n3 2.82 3.05 2.4 2.52 2.00 2.95 2.39 2.67 2.08
T3 7.8 13.1 16.6 21.7 27.4 37.1 45.8 56.4 71.7
35.5 n3 2.47 3.44 2.71 2.81 2.22 3.3 2.67 3.02 2.38
T3 8.9 11.6 14.7 19.5 24.6 33.2 41 49.4 62.8
40 n3 2.82 3.05 2.4 2.52 2.00 2.95 2.39 2.67 2.08
T3 7.8 13.1 16.6 21.7 27.4 37.1 45.8 56.4 71.7
45 n3 2.47 3.44 2.71 2.81 2.22 3.3 2.67 3.02 2.38
T3 8.9 11.6 14.7 19.5 24.6 33.2 41 49.4 62.8
50 n3 2.82 3.05 2.4 2.52 2.00 2.95 2.39 2.67 2.08
T3 7.8 13.1 16.6 21.7 27.4 37.1 45.8 56.4 71.7
56 n3 2.47 3.05 2.71 2.52 2.22 2.95 2.67 2.67 2.38
T3 8.9 13.1 14.7 21.7 24.6 37.1 41 56.4 62.8
63 n3 2.82 2.4 2.00 2.39 2.08
T3 7.8 16.6 27.4 45.8 71.7
71 n3 2.47 2.4 2.00 2.39 2.08
T3 8.9 16.6 27.4 45.8 71.7
80 n3 2.47
T3 8.9
11

11/22 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Load drive
for type B3

Dimensional drawings
Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M4 (vertical, preferred)

Backstop Overrunning clutch

L4
L3
G_MD30_EN_00174

L1

Dimensions in mm
Main gear unit Auxiliary gear unit Load drive
Size Type/size/motor L1 L3 L4 1) L5
504
505
506 KZ69-LE100LB4I 490 125 572 132
507 KZ89-LE112ME4I 600 150 618 180
508 KZ89-LE112ME4I 600 150 618 180
509 KZ89-LE132SF4I 684 175 671 180
510 KZ89-LE132SF4I 684 175 671 180
511 KZ109-LE160MD4 826 225 772 212
512 KZ109-LE160MD4 826 225 772 212
513 KZ129-LE160LD4 918 225 802 265
514 KZ129-LE160LA4 918 225 802 265

Mounting position of auxiliary drive: M1 (horizontal)


L5
11

G_MD30_XX_00175

L4 L1

Note:
For mounting position M4, it is recommended that a geared motor with a cover cap is used.
The output torque of the main drive that can be achieved via the auxiliary drive may be less than its rated output torque.
It is recommended that a high inertia fan is used on the auxiliary drive.
The canopy is indicated in the designation of the auxiliary drive by the suffix "-W".
1)
For operation with a cover cap, the following applies for Motor frame size 90: L4 + 16 mm,
Motor frame size 100/112: L4 + 40 mm, Motor frame size 132: L4 + 60 mm, Motor frame size 160: L4 + 60 mm.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/23


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Speed monitoring
for type B3

Overview
The EWD electrical speed monitor can be used wherever a must be equipped with a speed monitor for safety reasons.
permanently set speed is not permitted to be undershot or over- A malfunction would be, for example, if a signal is output by the
shot. This universally implementable speed monitoring feature pulse generator when drive takes place via the main motor.
comprises the EWD speed monitor, a contactless pulse genera- The pulse generator is a NAMUR sensor in accordance with
tor and a trip cam made of ferrous metal. EN 60947-5-6. These can also be used in hazardous areas with
To prevent overspeed of the geared motors in the case of mal- the appropriate isolation amplifiers. The trip cam is located in the
functioning of the overrunning clutch, the drive combination adapter flange on the overrunning clutch.

Technical specifications Dimensional drawings


Pulse generator
M18x1
Rated switching distance 5 mm
Fitting condition Flush
Housing material CuZn, chromed
Thread M18 1 mm
Connection Plug-in connector, M12 1

56
Material
Surface PA12-GF30

72
End cap Trogamid

G_MD30_XX_00183
Operating temperature -25 C ... +70 C
Degree of protection IP 67
Tightening torque 25 Nm
Output signal According to EN 60947-5-6
(NAMUR)
Output current
?Operated 1.2 mA M12x1
Not operated 2.1 mA
Output voltage Nominal 8.2 V DC Pulse generator BI5-M18E-Y1X-H1141
Time delay before availability 1 ms
Switching frequency 1 kHz
Switching hysteresis 1 ... 10 % 26,5
Temperature drift 10 %
Reproducibility 2% M12x1
Round connector
Plug-in connector Coupling, M12 1, angled
Number of poles 2-pole
Contacts Metal, CuZn, gold-plated
Contact carrier Plastic, TPU, black
31,5

Grip Plastic, TPU, blue

11 Seal Plastic, FPM/FKM


G_MD30_DE_00184

Degree of protection IP 67,


only in screwed-in state
Mechanical endurance Min. 100 plug-in operations
Degree of pollution 3
Cable P00, LiYY
Cable diameter 5.2 mm Round connector WWAK4.21-2/P00
Cable length 2m Speed monitor (EWD) on request.
Cable sheath PVC, blue
Core insulation material PVC
Core insulation colors BN, BU
Core cross-section 2 0.5 mm2
Strands 16 0.2 mm2
Bending radius (in motion) Min. 10 cable diameter
Rated voltage Max. 250 V
Insulation resistance 105
Current-carrying capacity 4A
Volume resistance 5 m
Ambient temperature
Plug-in connector -30 C ... +90 C
Cable -40 C ... +80 C

11/24 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Auxiliary drive
Maintenance drive, load drive and
speed monitoring for type B3

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information:
When ordering the auxiliary drive, -Z and the following order codes must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
SIG gear unit
With load drive mounted 1) M 0 0
With maintenance drive mounted 1) M 0 1
Prepared for mounting a load drive at later date 2) M 0 2
Prepared for mounting a maintenance drive at later date 2) M 0 3
Type of drive
Single drive M 6 0
Auxiliary drive in mounting position
M4 (vertical, standard) M 7 0
M1 (horizontal) M 7 1
Speed monitoring
Supplied pulse generator BI5-M18E-Y1X-H1141 and round connector WWAK4.21/P00 M 8 0
With electrical speed monitor (EWD) supplied incl. pulse generator and round connector WWAK4.21/P00 M 8 1
Prepared for customer installation of speed monitoring, connection thread M18 1, including trip cams M 8 2
Provided by the customer with connection thread M18 1 M 8 3
Provided by the customer with other connection thread M 8 4

The standard auxiliary drive can be implemented as a single drive.


Please consult us regarding intended use as twin or multi-drive.

When ordering the mounting kit for mounting the auxiliary drive at a later date, the following Article No. must be used.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Article No.: 2LP046 - 0 0 - 0 A A 0
Mounting kit
For SIG with load drive 7 0
For SIG with maintenance drive 7 1
For gear units of type B3 of size
504 B B
505 B C

11
506 B D
507 B E
508 B F
509 B G
510 B H
511 B J
512 B K
513 B L
514 B M

1) 2)
The auxiliary drive is not included in the scope of supply of the gear unit. This design does not include the overrunning clutch and the flange cou-
It must be ordered separately and is supplied mounted on the gear unit. pling for connecting the auxiliary drive to the SIG gear unit.
The components required later for mounting can be purchased separately
in the form of a mounting kit.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/25


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Explosion protection as per ATEX 95

Overview
Explosion protection as per ATEX 95
FLENDER SIG gear units are certified in accordance with
Directive 94/9/EU and are permitted to be used in hazardous
environments.
Position in code Designation Variance SIG standard Note
1 Equipment group CE EX II Equipment group II
CE EX I Equipment group I
2 Zone 2G (gases, vapors and mist) Zone 1 Combination possible
2D (dust) Zone 21
3G (gases, vapors and mist) Zone 2 Combination possible
3D (dust) Zone 22
3 Explosion subgroup II B II B (includes II A) Omitted for dust
II C
4 Temperature class T4 T4 (includes T3, T2, T1) Combination possible
5 D 120 C 120 C or higher
6 Type of protection b Ignition source monitoring ck Standard Category 3
c Constructional enclosure bck Standard Category 2
k Liquid enclosure
7 Ambient temperature range -20 C Ta 40 C

11

11/26 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Explosion protection as per ATEX 95

Ordering information and ATEX codes


Explosion Data position of Article No. 1 ... 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order Further necessary options
protection code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Taconite Pt100 Coating system
(ATEX) acc. to IIC
condition
Zone Minimum ATEX code
ignition 1 2 3 4 5 6 1) 7 2)
energy
21 > 3 mJ CE Ex II 2D D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 4 x x
3 mJ CE Ex II 2D D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 5 x x x
22 > 3 mJ CE Ex II 3D D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 6 x
3 mJ CE Ex II 3D D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 7 x x
1 CE Ex II 2G IIA T1 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 8 x
CE Ex II 2G IIA T2 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 9 x
CE Ex II 2G IIA T3 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 0 x
CE Ex II 2G IIA T4 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 1 x
CE Ex II 2G IIB T1 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 2 x
CE Ex II 2G IIB T2 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 3 x
CE Ex II 2G IIB T3 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 4 x
CE Ex II 2G IIB T4 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 5 x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T1 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 6 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T2 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 7 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T3 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 8 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T4 bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 4 9 x x
2 CE Ex II 3G IIA T1 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 0
CE Ex II 3G IIA T2 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 1
CE Ex II 3G IIA T3 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 2
CE Ex II 3G IIA T4 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 3
CE Ex II 3G IIB T1 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 4
CE Ex II 3G IIB T2 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 5
CE Ex II 3G IIB T3 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 6
CE Ex II 3G IIB T4 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 7
CE Ex II 3G IIC T1 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 8 x
CE Ex II 3G IIC T2 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 5 9 x
CE Ex II 3G IIC T3 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 0 x
CE Ex II 3G IIC T4 ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 1 x
21/1 > 3 mJ CE Ex II 2G IIA T1 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 2 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIA T2 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 3 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIA T3 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 4 x x
CE Ex II
CE Ex II
2G
2G
IIA
IIB
T4
T1
D 120 C
D 120 C
bck
bck
-20 C
-20 C
Ta
Ta
40 C
40 C
X
X
6
6
5
6
x
x
x
x
11
CE Ex II 2G IIB T2 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 7 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIB T3 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 8 x x
CE Ex II 2G IIB T4 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 0 x x
3 mJ CE Ex II 2G IIC T1 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 6 9 x x x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T2 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 0 x x x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T3 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 1 x x x
CE Ex II 2G IIC T4 D 120 C bck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 2 x x x
22/2 > 3 mJ CE Ex II 3G IIA T1 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 2 x
CE Ex II 3G IIA T2 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 3 x
CE Ex II 3G IIA T3 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 4 x
CE Ex II 3G IIA T4 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 5 x
CE Ex II 3G IIB T1 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 6 x
CE Ex II 3G IIB T2 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 7 x
CE Ex II 3G IIB T3 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 8 x
CE Ex II 3G IIB T4 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 1 x
3 mJ CE Ex II 3G IIC T1 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 7 9 x x
CE Ex II 3G IIC T2 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 8 0 x x
CE Ex II 3G IIC T3 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 8 1 x x
CE Ex II 3G IIC T4 D 120 C ck -20 C Ta 40 C X 3 3 x x
1)
Type of protection b must be provided additionally when electrical equipment such as Pt100, heating element, etc. is optionally installed.
2)
The product designation is based on the ambient temperature range stated for a specific order (order codes Y01 and Y02).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/27


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Corrosivity category, climatic stress

Overview
Corrosivity category
The atmospheric ambient conditions have been divided into five
corrosivity categories based on ISO 12944-2. These are
described below.

Corrosivity category Description


C1 Indoor installation
Normal environmental pollution Heated buildings with a neutral atmosphere
C2 Indoor and outdoor installation
Low environmental pollution Unheated buildings with condensation, production areas with low humidity, e.g. warehouses
Atmospheres with little pollution, rural areas
C3 Indoor and outdoor installation
Average environmental pollution Production areas with high levels of humidity and some air pollution
Urban and industrial atmospheres with moderate sulfur dioxide loads
Coastal areas with low salinity
C4 Indoor and outdoor installation
High environmental pollution Environments with high humidity and occasionally high levels of atmospheric and chemical pollution
Occasional acidic or caustic wet cleaning
Industrial areas and coastal areas with moderate salinity
C5 Indoor and outdoor installation
Very high environmental pollution Buildings/areas with almost constant condensation and severe pollution
Industrial areas with high humidity and aggressive atmosphere
Regular acidic or caustic wet cleaning, including cleaning with chemical agents
Coastal and offshore areas with high salinity

Climatic stress
In order to determine the applicable climatic stress, the climatic The assigned corrosivity category is required for selecting the
conditions at the site of installation, on the intended transport correct coating system.
routes and in intermediate storage areas (where relevant) must
be taken into account.
Ordering information:
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code Assigned corrosivity
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z category
Climatic stress
Moderate climate zone (e.g. Central European conditions) B 0 1 C2

11
Maritime coastal areas, marine climate, maritime transport, tropical, subtropical B 0 2 C4
Corrosive, chemical atmosphere, aggressive environmental conditions B 0 3 C5

11/28 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Application

Overview
Application
The level of corrosion protection required is determined according to the intended application. The assigned corrosivity category
reflects the typical, atmospheric environmental conditions for the application and is needed to select the correct coating system.
If the environmental conditions might become more aggressive than typical in individual cases, a higher corrosivity category must
be selected according to the description on page 11/28 .
Ordering information:
The application is set as standard to: General mechanical engineering
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code Assigned corrosivity
category
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Application
Wastewater treatment, sewage treatment plant A 0 0 C5
Excavators and bucket wheel excavators 1) A 0 1 C4
Chemical industry 1) A 0 2 C3
Metal working mills A 0 3 C2
Conveyors A 0 4 C2
Cranes, general, standard A 0 6 C2
Cranes, harbor cranes, standard 1) A 0 7 C5
Cooling tower drive, standard A 0 9 C4
Sugar production A 1 0 C4
Paper production, printing presses 1) A 1 1 C4
Paper production, drying drum drives A 1 2 C4
Cableways A 1 3 C4
Building materials production, general A 1 4 C2
Building materials production, cement industry A 1 5 C4
Building materials production, brickworks A 1 6 C4
Transport of persons, elevators, escalators A 1 7 C2
Mining machinery A 1 8 C2
Woodworking machines A 1 9 C2
General mechanical engineering A 2 0 C2
Food processing industry, general A 2 1 C2
Food processing industry, mixer drives A 2 2 C2
Food processing industry, drum dryer drives A 2 3 C2

11
Food processing industry, cooking appliance drives A 2 4 C2
Food processing industry, toaster drives A 2 5 C2
Shipbuilding and offshore machinery A 2 6 C5
Prime movers, general A 2 7 C4
Prime movers, water turbines A 2 8 C2
Casting machines A 3 1 C2
Artificial fertilizer and potash works A 3 2 C2
Lauter tub drive, standard A 3 3 C4
Agitator drives, standard 1) A 3 4 C2
Oil pump drives A 4 5 C4
Compressor drives A 4 6 C2
Palm oil presses A 4 7 C4
Preheater drives A 4 8 C2
Centrifuge drives A 4 9 C2
Cooling drum drives A 5 0 C4
Calander drives A 5 1 C4
Kneader drives A 5 2 C2
Mill drives, standard 1) A 5 3 C2

1)
Further options available for specific applications, selection via X.CAT NG.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/29


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Coating system

Overview
Coating system If explosion protection in accordance with ATEX 95 is required
for areas of explosion subgroup IIC or with minimum ignition
The coating system is selected according to the intended energy 3 mJ, it is absolutely essential to select the electro-
application, the prevailing climatic stress and, where appropri- statically conductive coating (order codes B85, B86, B87) of the
ate, requirements for explosion protection in accordance with relevant corrosivity category, or alternatively, a coating system
ATEX 95. with a coating thickness of maximum 0.2 mm (order codes B73,
The coating system is selected according to the highest corro- B75).
sivity category that is deemed applicable on the basis of climatic
stress and application or information provided by the customer.
Ordering information:
Highest calculated Standard coating with Explosion protection ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3mJ
corrosivity category top coat
Electrostatically conductive coating Max. coating thickness 0.2 mm
C1 - C3 B41 B85 B73
C4 B43 B86 B75
C5 B44 B87 B75

Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code


Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Coating system
Standard coating with top coat, moderate climate zones B 4 1
Standard coating with top coat, all climate zones B 4 3
Standard coating with top coat, all climate zones, high resistance to chemicals B 4 4
Standard coating with top coat for all climate zones and design with explosion protection according B 7 3
to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup II C or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ
Standard coating with top coat, high resistance to chemicals and design with explosion protection B 7 5
according to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup II C or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ
Electrostatically conductive coating with top coat, corrosivity category C3 (design with explosion B 8 5
protection to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ)
Electrostatically conductive coating with top coat, corrosivity category C4 (design with explosion B 8 6
protection to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ)
Electrostatically conductive coating with top coat, corrosivity category C5 (design with explosion B 8 7
protection to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum ignition energy 3 mJ)
Standard coating without top coat, all climate zones 1) B 4 2

11

1)
Not suitable for areas and applications with corrosivity category C5 or explosion protection according to ATEX 95 with explosion subgroup IIC or minimum
ignition energy 3 mJ.

11/30 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Color selection

Overview
Color selection
The top coat for FLENDER SIG gear units is applied as standard Shaft cover caps and fan guards at the gear unit end are painted
in the color RAL 5015 (sky blue). The gear units can also be as standard in the warning color RAL 1003 ("signal yellow") to
supplied in other colors, if required. warn of the hazard of rotating parts. Cover caps/fan guards are
also optionally available in the same color as the gear unit.
Ordering information:
When ordering gear units in a different color, -Z must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Color selection
RAL 5009 azure blue C 0 1
RAL 5010 gentian blue C 0 2
RAL 5015 sky blue C 0 0
RAL 6011 reseda green C 0 6
RAL 7011 steel gray C 1 3
RAL 7016 anthracite gray C 1 2
RAL 7030 stone gray C 1 1
RAL 7031 blue gray C 0 7
RAL 7035 light gray C 0 8
RAL 9005 jet black C 1 0
Cover caps/fan guards in same color as gear unit K 2 4
Other colors are available on request (see also page 11/33 Further information).

11

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/31


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Information about oil, information about installation

Overview
Information about oil
FLENDER SIG gear units are supplied without oil as standard.
Ordering information:
The following options can be selected by ordering the gear units with the order code -Z:
Permissible types of oil
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Permissible types of oil
Provided for mineral oil H 0 0
Provided for synthetic oil on a polyglycolic basis (PG oil) H 0 1
Provided for synthetic oil on a polyalphaolefin basis (PAO oil) H 0 2
Provided for synthetic low-temperature oil on a polyalphaolefin basis (PAO-T oil) H 0 3

Permissible oil viscosities


Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Oil viscosity
ISO VG 460 1) H 1 0
ISO VG 320 H 1 1
ISO VG 220 H 1 2

Note:
See page 2/2 Dip lubrication

Information about installation


Ordering information:
The following options regarding altitude and installation location are selected using the order code -Z:
Altitude
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Altitude
Up to 1000 m G 3 0

11
1001 to 2000 m G 3 1
2001 to 3000 m G 3 2
3001 to 4000 m G 3 3
4001 to 5000 m G 3 4

Installation location
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Installation location
Small, closed rooms G 3 5
Large rooms, halls G 3 6
Outdoors G 3 7

1)
Not available for gear units in mounting positions L and V, gear units with forced lubrication and gear units with mounted auxiliary drive.

11/32 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Factory certificates, further information

Overview
Factory certificates
The declaration of compliance with the order in accordance with Test report 2.2
EN 10204-2.1 is part of the standard scope of supply. Certificate in which the manufacturer confirms that the
Declaration of compliance with the order 2.1 supplied products comply with the requirements of the order
Certificate in which the manufacturer confirms that the complete with the results of non-specific tests.
supplied products comply with the requirements of the order
without details of test results.

Ordering information:
When ordering with additional test report in accordance with EN 10204-2.2, -Z must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Factory certificates
Additionally with test report to EN 10204-2.2 D 9 7

Direction of rotation
For gear units without a backstop, the direction of rotation of For gear units with direction of rotation identical "at both ends",
shaft d2 can be specified using the following order codes. For no order code is required.
gear units with a d2 shaft at both ends, the direction of rotation
must be specified for the relevant shaft stud. The direction of For determining the direction of rotation for gear units with a
rotation is determined by the view of the end face of shaft d2. backstop, see page 11/12.

Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code


Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Direction of rotation
Shaft d2 clockwise L 9 0
Shaft d2 counter-clockwise L 9 3
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on right stud 1) L 9 4
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on left stud 1) L 9 5
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on lower stud (vertical mounting position) 1) L 9 6
Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on upper stud (vertical mounting position) 1) L 9 7

Further information
Ordering information:
The following further information can be provided in the Article No. using the order code -Z.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.:
Further information
2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
11
RAL color for top coat 2) Y 0 0
Minimum ambient temperature (C) Y 0 1
Maximum ambient temperature (C) Y 0 2
Input speed n1 FLENDER SIG (rpm) Y 2 0
Power rating of driven machine P2 (kW) 3) Y 2 1
3)
Torque of the driven machine T2 (Nm) Y 2 2
Input power P1 FLENDER SIG (kW) Y 2 3
Additional text available for product description Y 9 9

1)
This option applies to gear units with shaft d2 at both ends.
2)
Further colors, other than those offered in the catalog.
3)
Specify P2 or T2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 11/33


Siemens AG 2014

Options for operation


Factory certificates, further information

Overview (continued)
Type plate
FLENDER SIG units are supplied as standard with a type plate temperature-resistant foil. A set of labels made of stainless steel
that is glued to the gear unit and then sealed with varnish and, that are attached by stainless-steel button head pins can be
where appropriate, with other labels made of weather-resistant, ordered as an alternative.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order code
Article No.: 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Type plate, general labels
Stainless-steel set of labels K 2 7
Additional text for type plate (max. 30 characters) Y 2 5

11

11/34 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


12
Siemens AG 2014

Options for
externally mounted parts

12/2 Vibration reducing torque reaction arm


12/2 Types H2, H3, H4, B2, B3 and B4

Motor bell housing for IEC motors


12/4 Type H2, gear unit sizes 504 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/6 Type H2, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/8 Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/10 Type H3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/12 Type H4, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/14 Type H4, gear unit sizes 513 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/16 Type B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/18 Type B2, gear unit sizes 507 to 510
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/20 Type B3, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/22 Type B3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/24 Type B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/26 Type B4, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling
12/28 Fitting dimensions for IEC motors

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Vibration reducing torque reaction arm
Types H2, H3, H4, B2, B3 and B4

Dimensional drawings

G_MD30_XX_00134

AH
AP

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Types
sizes
H1/B2 1) H2/B3 1) H3 B4 H4/B4
AH AP AH AP AH AP AH AP AH AP
503 510 180
504 535 222.5 510 285
505 725 290 690 345 690 385 690 385
506 725 321 690 398 690 438 690 438
507 890 335 855 415 855 500 855 500
508 890 365 855 462 855 547 855 547
509 930 385 895 475 895 580 895 580
510 930 416 895 528 895 633 895 633
511 970 570 970 705 970 705
512 970 628 970 763 970 763
513 1030 660 1030 832 1030 832
514 1030 738 1030 910 1030 910

Note
For gear units without motor bell housings, couplings that do not
transmit any lateral forces must be used.
12 Only for gear units in horizontal mounting position with hollow
or solid shaft without parallel key and with mounted flange
coupling.
When the housing torque arm is used in conjunction with the
solid shaft without parallel key, the maximum permissible input
torque is limited to:
T2max = 1.5 T2N
This limitation ceases to apply if the clearance dimension of the
torque arm AP is at least doubled.

1)
Torque arms in combination with fans are available on request only.

12/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Vibration reducing torque reaction arm
Types H2, H3, H4, B2, B3 and B4

Dimensional drawings (continued)


Connection dimensions

G_MD30_XX_00135

s1
m d3

A n

Type B2..
Gear unit size Dimensions in mm Weight
in kg
Torque arm
A B d3 F m n s1 Metalastic
socket
503 200 160 19 170 160 120 20 095 23
504 200 160 19 170 160 120 20 095 24
505 / 506 320 200 19 195 260 130 25 772 62
507 / 508 400 300 24 320 320 240 30 805 174
509 / 510 400 300 24 320 320 240 30 805 176

Types H2.., H3.., H4.., B3.., B4..


Gear unit size Dimensions in mm Weight
in kg
Torque arm
A B d3 F m n s1 Metalastic
socket 12
504 200 160 19 170 160 120 20 095 23
505 / 506 320 200 19 195 260 130 25 772 58
507 / 508 400 300 24 320 320 240 30 805 170
509 / 510 400 300 24 320 320 240 30 805 172
511 / 512 400 300 24 320 320 240 30 805 174
513 / 514 400 300 24 320 320 240 30 805 179

Ordering information
When ordering the torque arm, -Z and the following order code must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Vibration reducing torque reaction arm
Vibration reducing torque reaction arm for gear unit housing K 0 0

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/3


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 504 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
sk
NL NL
G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching Helical gear unit in design C, D, G, H and I on request only.
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, For type H2D. design A and B, on request only.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
For other couplings, please consult us. (see note on page 11/2).
For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
(View X), see page 12/28.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
504 iN = 6.3 - 11.2 iN = 12.5 - 16 iN = 18 - 20
160M B095 3 35 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B110 3 40 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B125 3 50 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B140 3 55 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
160L B110 3 40 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B125 3 50 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B140 3 55 42 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
180M B110 3 40 48 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B125 3 50 48 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B140 3 55 48 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
180L B125 3 50 48 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363
B140 3 55 48 35 0 0 363 28 5 5 363

12
200L B140 3 55 55 45 0 0 383 35 7 13 383 28 0 0 353
B160 4 60 55 45 0 0 383 35 7 12 383
225S 2) B140 3 55 60 45 7 11 431 35 7 7 407 28 0 2 385
B160 4 60 60 45 7 10 431 35 7 6 407 28 0 0 385
B180 4 70 60 45 7 10 431 35 7 6 407
B200 4 80 60 45 7 10 431 35 12 0 407
B225 4 90 60 45 10 7 431
225M 2) B160 4 60 60 45 7 10 431 35 7 6 407 28 0 0 385
B180 4 70 60 45 7 10 431 35 7 6 407
B200 4 80 60 45 7 10 431 35 12 0 407
B225 4 90 60 45 10 7 431
250M 2) B160 4 60 65 45 2 3 419 35 10 15 419
B180 4 70 65 45 2 3 419 35 12 13 419
B200 4 80 65 45 2 3 419 35 12 13 419

12/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 504 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
505 iN = 6.3 - 10 iN = 11.2 - 14 iN = 16 - 18
506 iN = 9 - 14 iN = 16 - 20 iN = 22.4 - 25
225S B140 3 55 60 45 0 2 440 32 0 0 418
B160 4 60 60 45 0 0 440 32 0 0 418
B180 4 70 60 45 0 0 440
225M B160 4 60 60 45 0 0 440 32 0 0 418
B180 4 70 60 45 0 0 440
250M 2) B160 4 60 65 60 8 10 482 45 6 7 452 32 12 21 452
B180 4 70 65 60 8 10 482 45 6 7 452 32 15 18 452
B200 4 80 65 60 8 10 482 45 10 3 452
B225 4 90 65 60 8 10 482
280S 2) B180 4 70 75 60 8 10 482 45 6 7 452
B200 4 80 75 60 8 10 482 45 10 3 452
B225 4 90 75 60 8 10 482
280M 2) B180 4 70 75 60 8 10 482 45 6 7 452
B200 4 80 75 60 8 10 482 45 10 3 452
B225 4 90 75 60 8 10 482
315S 2) B200 4 80 80 60 12 22 528 45 7 7 483
B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 528 45 15 0 483
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 528
315M 2) B200 4 80 80 60 12 22 528 45 7 7 483
B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 528 45 15 0 483
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 528
315L 2) 3) B200 4 80 80 60 12 22 528
B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 528
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 528
315L 2) 4) B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 528
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 528

12

1) Other motor sizes on request.


2) Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!
3) Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
4) Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/5


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
sk
NL NL
G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Helical gear unit in design C, D, G, H and I on request only.
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us. For type H2D. design A and B, on request only.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
507 iN = 6.3 - 10 iN = 11.2 - 18
508 iN = 8 - 12.5 iN = 14 - 22.4
225S B140 3 55 60 50 0 1 469.5
B160 4 60 60 50 0 0 469.5
B180 4 70 60 70 0 0 493.5 50 0 0 469.5
B200 4 80 60 70 0 0 493.5 50 0 0 469.5
B225 4 90 60 70 0 0 493.5
225M B160 4 60 60 50 0 0 469.5
B180 4 70 60 70 0 0 493.5 50 0 0 469.5
B200 4 80 60 70 0 0 493.5 50 0 0 469.5
B225 4 90 60 70 0 0 493.5
250M B160 4 60 65 50 6 6 481.5
B180 4 70 65 70 8 9 511.5 50 6 6 481.5
B200 4 80 65 70 8 9 511.5 50 6 6 481.5

12 280S
B225
B180
4
4
90
70
65
75
70
70
8
8
9
9
511.5
511.5
50
50
12
6
0
6
481.5
481.5
B200 4 80 75 70 8 9 511.5 50 6 6 481.5
B225 4 90 75 70 8 9 511.5 50 12 0 481.5
280M B180 4 70 75 70 8 9 511.5 50 6 6 481.5
B200 4 80 75 70 8 9 511.5 50 6 6 481.5
B225 4 90 75 70 8 9 511.5 50 12 0 481.5
315S 2) B200 4 80 80 70 12 21 557.5 50 12 0 512.5
B225 4 90 80 70 15 18 557.5 50 12 0 512.5
B250 6 100 80 70 15 16 557.5
315M 2) B200 4 80 80 70 12 21 557.5 50 12 0 512.5
B225 4 90 80 70 15 18 557.5 50 12 0 512.5
B250 6 100 80 70 15 16 557.5
315L 2) 3) B200 4 80 80 70 12 21 557.5
B225 4 90 80 70 15 18 557.5
B250 6 100 80 70 15 16 557.5
315L 2) 4) B225 4 90 80 70 15 18 557.5
B250 6 100 80 70 15 16 557.5

12/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H2, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
509 iN = 6.3 - 10 iN = 11.2 - 14 iN = 16 - 18
510 iN = 8 - 12.5 iN = 14 - 18 iN = 20 - 22.4
280M B180 4 70 75 50 3 3 500
B200 4 80 75 50 3 3 500
B225 4 90 75 50 6 0 500
315S 2) B200 4 80 80 60 10 12 576 50 0 7 531
B225 4 90 80 60 10 12 576 50 7 0 531
B250 6 100 80 60 10 10 576
315M 2) B200 4 80 80 60 10 12 576 50 0 7 531
B225 4 90 80 60 10 12 576 50 7 0 531
B250 6 100 80 60 10 10 576
315L 2) 3) B200 4 80 80 60 10 12 576 50 0 7 531
B225 4 90 80 60 10 12 576 50 7 0 531
B250 6 100 80 60 10 10 576
315L 2) 4) B225 4 90 80 60 10 12 576
B250 6 100 80 60 10 10 576
315L 2) 5) B225 4 90 85 80 0 0 575 60 0 19 575
B250 6 100 85 80 0 0 575 60 0 19 575
315L 2) 6) B250 6 100 85 80 0 0 575
511 iN = 11.2 - 14 iN = 16 - 18
512 iN = 14 - 18 iN = 20 - 22.4
315L 2) 5) B225 4 90 85 80 On request 70 On request
B250 6 100 85 80 On request 70 On request
315L 2) 6) B250 6 100 85 80 On request 70 On request

12

1)
Other motor sizes on request.
2)
Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!
3)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
4)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
5)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 250 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
6)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 315 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/7


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
sk
NL NL
G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
505 iN = 20 - 40 iN = 45 - 56 iN = 63 - 71
506 iN = 28 - 56 iN = 63 - 80 iN = 90 - 100
132S B080 3 30 38 30 0 3 336.5 24 6 7 336.5
B095 3 35 38 40 3 4 360 30 0 3 336.5 24 6 7 336.5
B110 3 40 38 40 3 4 360 30 0 3 336.5 24 6 7 336.5
B125 3 50 38 40 3 4 360 30 3 0 336.5
B140 3 55 38 40 3 4 360
132M B095 3 35 38 40 3 4 360 30 0 3 336.5 24 6 7 336.5
B110 3 40 38 40 3 4 360 30 0 3 336.5 24 6 7 336.5
B125 3 50 38 40 3 4 360 30 3 0 336.5
B140 3 55 38 40 3 4 360
160M B095 3 35 42 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363 24 5 5 363
B110 3 40 42 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363 24 5 5 363
B125 3 50 42 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363
B140 3 55 42 40 3 4 390

12
160L B110 3 40 42 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363 24 5 5 363
B125 3 50 42 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363
B140 3 55 42 40 3 4 390
180M B110 3 40 48 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363 24 5 5 363
B125 3 50 48 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363 30 10 0 363
B140 3 55 48 40 3 4 390
180L B125 3 50 48 40 3 4 390 30 0 0 363 24 10 0 363
B140 3 55 48 40 3 4 390
200L B125 3 50 55 24 12 15 380
B140 3 55 55 40 10 17 410 30 10 7 380 24 18 9 380
B160 4 60 55 40 10 16 410
225S B140 3 55 60 40 0 0 413
B160 4 60 60 40 0 0 413
225M B160 4 60 60 40 0 0 413
250M 2) B160 4 60 65 40 10 23 447
B180 4 70 65 40 12 21 447

12/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
507 iN = 20 - 40 iN = 45 - 56 iN = 63 - 71
508 iN = 25 - 50 iN = 56 - 71 iN = 80 - 90
160M B095 3 35 42 28 5 7 405.5
B110 3 40 42 28 5 7 405.5
B125 3 50 42 28 5 7 405.5
B140 3 55 42 28 5 7 405.5
160L B110 3 40 42 28 5 7 405.5
B125 3 50 42 28 5 7 405.5
B140 3 55 42 28 5 7 405.5
180M B110 3 40 48 35 0 2 405.5 28 5 7 405.5
B125 3 50 48 35 0 2 405.5 28 5 7 405.5
B140 3 55 48 35 0 2 405.5 28 5 7 405.5
180L B125 3 50 48 35 0 2 405.5 28 5 7 405.5
B140 3 55 48 35 0 2 405.5 28 5 7 405.5
200L B140 3 55 55 45 0 2 425.5 35 10 12 425.5 28 0 2 395.5
B160 4 60 55 45 0 2 425.5 35 10 11 425.5
225S B140 3 55 60 45 10 10 473.5 35 7 9 449.5 28 0 4 427.5
B160 4 60 60 45 10 9 473.5 35 7 8 449.5 28 0 3 427.5
B180 4 70 60 45 10 9 473.5 35 7 8 449.5
B200 4 80 60 45 10 9 473.5 35 12 3 449.5
B225 4 90 60 45 10 9 473.5
225M B140 3 55 60 28 0 4 427.5
B160 4 60 60 45 10 9 473.5 35 7 8 449.5 28 0 3 427.5
B180 4 70 60 45 10 9 473.5 35 7 8 449.5
B200 4 80 60 45 10 9 473.5 35 12 3 449.5
B225 4 90 60 45 10 9 473.5
250M B160 4 60 65 45 2 5 461.5 35 10 17 461.5
B180 4 70 65 45 2 5 461.5 35 12 15 461.5
B200 4 80 65 45 2 5 461.5 35 12 15 461.5
280S B180 4 70 75 45 2 5 461.5
B200 4 80 75 45 2 5 461.5
280M B180 4 70 75 45 2 5 461.5
B200 4 80 75 45 2 5 461.5

12

1) Other motor sizes on request.


2) Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/9


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
sk
NL NL
G_MD30_XX_00016

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
509 iN = 20 - 40 iN = 45 - 56 iN = 63 - 71
510 iN = 25 - 50 iN = 56 - 71 iN = 80 - 90
225S B140 3 55 60 60 0 1 524 45 0 2 500 32 0 0 478
B160 4 60 60 60 0 0 524 45 0 0 500 32 0 0 478
B180 4 70 60 60 0 0 524 45 0 0 500
B200 4 80 60 60 0 0 524
B225 4 90 60 60 0 0 524
225M B160 4 60 60 60 0 0 524 45 0 0 500 32 0 0 478
B180 4 70 60 60 0 0 524 45 0 0 500
B200 4 80 60 60 0 0 524
B225 4 90 60 60 0 0 524
250M B160 4 60 65 60 8 10 542 45 6 7 512 32 12 21 512
B180 4 70 65 60 8 10 542 45 6 7 512 32 15 18 512
B200 4 80 65 60 8 10 542 45 10 3 512
B225 4 90 65 60 8 10 542

12 280S B180
B200
4
4
70
80
75
75
60
60
8
8
10
10
542
542
45
45 10
6 7
3
512
512
B225 4 90 75 60 8 10 542
280M B180 4 70 75 60 8 10 542 45 6 7 512
B200 4 80 75 60 8 10 542 45 10 3 512
B225 4 90 75 60 8 10 542
315S 2) B200 4 80 80 60 12 22 588
B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 588
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 588
315M 2) B200 4 80 80 60 12 22 588
B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 588
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 588
315L 2) 3) B200 4 80 80 60 12 22 588
B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 588
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 588
315L 2) 4) B225 4 90 80 60 15 19 588
B250 6 100 80 60 15 17 588

12/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
511 iN = 20 - 40 iN = 45 - 56 iN = 63 - 71
512 iN = 25 - 50 iN = 56 - 71 iN = 80 - 90
225S B140 3 55 60 48 4 5 537
B160 4 60 60 48 4 4 537
B180 4 70 60 48 4 4 537
B200 4 80 60 48 8 0 537
225M B160 4 60 60 48 4 4 537
B180 4 70 60 48 4 4 537
B200 4 80 60 48 8 0 537
250M B160 4 60 65 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
B180 4 70 65 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
B200 4 80 65 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
280S B180 4 70 75 70 10 15 579 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
B200 4 80 75 70 10 15 579 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
B225 4 90 75 70 10 15 579
280M B180 4 70 75 70 10 15 579 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
B200 4 80 75 70 10 15 579 50 8 12 549 48 8 12 549
B225 4 90 75 70 10 15 579
315S B200 4 80 80 70 15 26 625 50 10 11 580 48 10 11 580
B225 4 90 80 70 18 23 625 50 15 6 580 48 15 6 580
B250 6 100 80 70 18 21 625
315M B200 4 80 80 70 15 26 625 50 10 11 580 48 10 11 580
B225 4 90 80 70 18 23 625 50 15 6 580 48 15 6 580
B250 6 100 80 70 18 21 625
315L 3) B200 4 80 80 70 15 26 625
B225 4 90 80 70 18 23 625
B250 6 100 80 70 18 21 625
315L 4) B225 4 90 80 70 18 23 625
B250 6 100 80 70 18 21 625
513 iN = 20 - 40 iN = 45 - 56 iN = 63 - 71
514 iN = 25 - 50 iN = 56 - 71 iN = 80 - 90
280M B180 4 70 75 50 4 4 582.5
B200 4 80 75 50 4 4 582.5
B225 4 90 75 50 8 0 582.5
315S B200 4 80 80 85 2 2 658.5 65 10 14 658.5 50 0 9 613.5
B225 4 90 80 85 2 2 658.5 65 10 14 658.5 50 0 9 613.5
B250 6 100 80 85 2 0 658.5 65 10 12 658.5
315M B200 4 80 80 85 2 2 658.5 65 10 14 658.5 50 0 9 613.5
B225 4 90 80 85 2 2 658.5 65 10 14 658.5 50 0 9 613.5
B250
315L 3) B200
6
4
100
80
80
80
85
85
2
2
0
2
658.5
658.5
65
65
10
10
12
14
658.5
658.5
12
B225 4 90 80 85 2 2 658.5 65 10 14 658.5
B250 6 100 80 85 2 0 658.5 65 10 12 658.5
315L 4) B225 4 90 80 85 2 2 658.5 65 10 14 658.5
B250 6 100 80 85 2 0 658.5 65 10 12 658.5
315L 2) 5) B225 4 90 85 85 0 3 657.5
B250 6 100 85 85 0 3 657.5
315L 2) 6) B250 6 100 85 85 0 3 657.5

1) Other motor sizes on request.


2) Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!
3) Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
4) Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
5) Standard motor 315L with PN < 250 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
6)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 315 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/11


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

Z
h2
h1

Z
X

D1

D2
sk
NL NL
G_MD30_XX_00017

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
507 iN = 80 - 140 iN = 160 - 280
508 iN = 100 - 180 iN = 200 - 355
112M B080 3 30 28 28 0 0 328
B095 3 35 28 28 0 0 328
B110 3 40 28 28 0 0 328
132S B095 3 35 38 35 0 0 358 28 4 6 358
B110 3 40 38 35 0 0 358 28 2 8 358
B125 3 50 38 35 0 0 358 28 5 5 358
B140 3 55 38 35 0 0 358 28 10 0 358
132M B095 3 35 38 35 0 0 358 28 4 6 358

12 B110
B125
3
3
40
50
38
38
35
35
0
0
0
0
358
358
28
28
2
5
8
5
358
358
B140 3 55 38 35 0 0 358 28 10 0 358
160M B095 3 35 42 35 0 0 388 28 4 6 388
B110 3 40 42 35 0 0 388 28 2 8 388
B125 3 50 42 35 0 0 388 28 5 5 388
B140 3 55 42 35 0 0 388 28 10 0 388
160L B110 3 40 42 35 0 0 388 28 2 8 388
B125 3 50 42 35 0 0 388 28 5 5 388
B140 3 55 42 35 0 0 388 28 10 0 388
180M B110 3 40 48 35 0 0 388 28 2 8 388
B125 3 50 48 35 0 0 388 28 5 5 388
B140 3 55 48 35 0 0 388 28 10 0 388
180L B110 3 40 48 28 2 8 388
B125 3 50 48 35 0 0 388 28 5 5 388
B140 3 55 48 35 0 0 388 28 10 0 388
200L B140 3 55 55 35 7 13 408
B160 4 60 55 35 7 12 408

12/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 507 to 512
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
509 iN = 80 - 160 iN = 180 - 315
510 iN = 100 - 200 iN = 224 - 400
160M B095 3 35 42 35 0 0 398 28 4 6 398
B110 3 40 42 35 0 0 398 28 2 8 398
B125 3 50 42 35 0 0 398
160L B110 3 40 42 35 0 0 398 28 2 8 398
B125 3 50 42 35 0 0 398
180M B110 3 40 48 35 0 0 398 28 2 8 398
B125 3 50 48 35 0 0 398
180L B125 3 50 48 35 0 0 398 28 10 0 398
200L B125 3 50 55 28 10 2 415
B140 3 55 55 35 7 10 415 28 15 12 415
225S B140 3 55 60 35 7 12 447
B160 4 60 60 35 12 6 447
225M B160 4 60 60 35 12 6 447
511 iN = 80 - 160 iN = 180 - 224 iN = 250 - 315
512 iN = 100 - 200 iN = 224 - 280 iN = 315 - 400
160M B095 3 35 42 35 5 5 458
B110 3 40 42 35 4 6 458
B125 3 50 42 35 5 5 458 28 6 14 458
B140 3 55 42 35 5 5 458 28 10 10 458
160L B110 3 40 42 35 4 6 458
B125 3 50 42 35 5 5 458 28 6 14 458
B140 3 55 42 35 5 5 458 28 10 10 458
180M B110 3 40 48 35 4 6 458 28 8 12 458
B125 3 50 48 35 5 5 458 28 10 10 458
B140 3 55 48 35 5 5 458
180L B125 3 50 48 35 5 5 458 28 10 10 458
B140 3 55 48 35 5 5 458
200L B140 3 55 55 45 5 5 478 35 0 0 448 28 5 5 448
B160 4 60 55 45 5 0 478
225S B140 3 55 60 45 2 2 502 35 0 2 480 28 5 7 480
B160 4 60 60 45 2 0 502 35 0 0 480 28 8 3 480
B180 4 70 60 45 2 0 502
B200 4 80 60 45 2 0 502
225M B140
B160
3
4
55
60
60
60 45 2 0 502
35
35
0
0
2
0
480
480
28
28
5
8
7
3
480
480
12
B180 4 70 60 45 2 0 502
B200 4 80 60 45 2 0 502
250M B160 4 60 65 45 7 8 514
B180 4 70 65 45 7 8 514
B200 4 80 65 45 7 8 514
280S B180 4 70 75 45 7 8 514
B200 4 80 75 45 7 8 514
280M B180 4 70 75 45 7 8 514
B200 4 80 75 45 7 8 514

1)
Other motor sizes on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/13


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

Z
h2
h1

Z
X

D1

D2
sk
NL NL
G_MD30_XX_00017

For plants with special design requirements (high switching


frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears,
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure.
For other couplings, please consult us.
For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
(View X), see page 12/28.
Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
(see note on page 11/2).

12

12/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type H4, gear unit sizes 513 and 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2 Ratio range 3
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f D1 h1 h2 f
motor 1)
513 iN = 80 - 160 iN = 180 - 224 iN = 250 - 315
514 iN = 100 - 200 iN = 224 - 280 iN = 315 - 400
225S B140 3 55 60 45 7 15 570.5 32 7 11 546.5
B160 4 60 60 45 8 13 570.5 32 8 9 546.5
B180 4 70 60 45 10 11 570.5
B200 4 80 60 45 12 9 570.5
225M B160 4 60 60 45 8 13 570.5 32 8 9 546.5
B180 4 70 60 45 10 11 570.5
B200 4 80 60 45 12 9 570.5
250M B160 4 60 65 60 7 7 588.5 45 4 5 558.5 32 10 19 558.5
B180 4 70 65 60 7 7 588.5 45 4 5 558.5
B200 4 80 65 60 7 7 588.5 45 10 0 558.5
B225 4 90 65 60 7 7 588.5
280S B180 4 70 75 60 7 7 588.5 45 4 5 558.5
B200 4 80 75 60 7 7 588.5 45 10 0 558.5
B225 4 90 75 60 7 7 588.5
280M B180 4 70 75 60 7 7 588.5 45 4 5 558.5
B200 4 80 75 60 7 7 588.5 45 10 0 558.5
B225 4 90 75 60 7 7 588.5
315S B200 4 80 80 60 12 18 634.5
B225 4 90 80 60 12 18 634.5
B250 6 100 80 60 12 16 634.5
315M B200 4 80 80 60 12 18 634.5
B225 4 90 80 60 12 18 634.5
B250 6 100 80 60 12 16 634.5

12

1)
Other motor sizes on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/15


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Gear unit sizes: 503, 504, 505, 507, 509


fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510
Z
h2
h1

D2
D1
A

sk
NL NL
G_MD30_EN_00182

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC NEUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
503 iN = 5 - 14 iN = 16
160M B095 3 35 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
B110 3 40 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
B125 3 50 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
160L B110 3 40 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
B125 3 50 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 35 5 5 596
180M B110 3 40 48 @ 315 40 0 0 596 35 5 5 596

12
B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 0 0 596 35 5 5 596
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 0 0 596 35 5 5 596
180L B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 0 0 596 35 5 5 596
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 0 0 596 35 5 5 596
200L B140 3 55 55 @ 315 40 7 13 616
B160 4 60 55 @ 315 40 7 12 616
225S 2) B140 3 55 60 @ 315 40 7 7 640
B160 4 60 60 @ 315 40 7 6 640
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 40 7 6 640
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 40 7 6 640
225M 2) B160 4 60 60 @ 315 40 7 6 640
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 40 7 6 640
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 40 7 6 640
250M 2) B160 4 60 65 @ 315 40 8 17 652
B180 4 70 65 @ 315 40 12 13 652
B200 4 80 65 @ 315 40 12 13 652

12/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B2, gear unit sizes 503 to 506
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC NEUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
504 iN = 5 - 14 iN = 16
180M B125 3 50 48 @ 315 50 0 0 688 40 6 14 688
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 50 0 0 688 40 10 10 688
B160 4 60 48 @ 315 50 0 0 688
180L B125 3 50 48 @ 315 50 0 0 688 40 6 14 688
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 50 0 0 688 40 10 10 688
B160 4 60 48 @ 315 50 0 0 688
200L B140 3 55 55 @ 315 50 7 13 708 40 5 5 678
B160 4 60 55 @ 315 50 7 12 708
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 315 50 7 7 732 40 6 6 710
B160 4 60 60 @ 315 50 7 6 732 40 6 5 710
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 50 7 6 732
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 50 7 6 732
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 315 50 7 6 732 40 6 5 710
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 50 7 6 732
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 50 7 6 732
505 iN = 5 - 14 iN = 16
506 iN = 6.3 - 18 iN = 20
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
B160 4 60 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 50 0 0 803 834
250M 2) B160 4 60 65 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846
B180 4 70 65 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846
B200 4 80 65 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846
B225 4 90 65 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846
280S 2) B180 4 70 75 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846
B225 4 90 75 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846
280M 2) B180 4 70 75 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846 12
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846 50 5 6 815 846
B225 4 90 75 @ 420 60 0 0 815 846

1) Other motor sizes on request.


2) Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/17


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B2, gear unit sizes 507 to 510
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Gear unit sizes: 503, 504, 505, 507, 509


fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510
Z
h2
h1

D2
D1
A

sk
NL NL
G_MD30_EN_00182

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
507 iN = 5 - 14 iN = 16
508 iN = 6 - 17 iN = 19
280S B180 4 70 75 @ 420 75 0 0 935 965 60 0 0 935 965
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 75 0 0 935 965 60 0 0 935 965
280M B180 4 70 75 @ 420 75 0 0 935 965 60 0 0 935 965
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 75 0 0 935 965 60 0 0 935 965
315S 2) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 75 0 0 966 996 60 0 0 966 996
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 75 0 0 966 996 60 0 0 966 996
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 75 0 0 966 996 60 0 0 966 996
315M 2)
12
B200 4 80 80 @ 420 75 0 0 966 996 60 0 0 966 996
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 75 0 0 966 996 60 0 0 966 996
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 75 0 0 966 996 60 0 0 966 996

12/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B2, gear unit sizes 507 to 510
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
509 iN = 5 - 11.2 iN = 12.5 - 16
510 iN = 6 - 13.2 iN = 15 - 19
315S B200 4 80 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
315M B200 4 80 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
315L 3) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1151 1182 70 0 0 1106 1137

12

1) Other motor sizes on request.


2) Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!
3) Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/19


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B3, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design
f Gear unit sizes: 504, 505, 507, 509, 511, 513
fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510, 512, 514
Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
A sk

G_MD30_EN_00015 NL NL

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.

Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
504 iN = 16 - 56 iN = 63
132S B095 3 35 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
B110 3 40 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
B125 3 50 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
B140 3 55 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
132M B095 3 35 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
B110 3 40 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
B125 3 50 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
B140 3 55 38 250 35 0 0 663 32 5 5 663
160M B095 3 35 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
B110 3 40 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
B125 3 50 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
B140 3 55 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
160L B095 3 35 42 250 32 5 5 693
B110 3 40 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
B125 3 50 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
B140 3 55 42 250 35 0 0 693 32 5 5 693
12 180M B110
B125
3
3
40
50
48
48
250
250
35
35
0
0
0
0
693
693


B140 3 55 48 250 35 0 0 693
180L B125 3 50 48 250 35 0 0 693
B140 3 55 48 250 35 0 0 693
200L B140 3 55 55 250 35 7 13 713
B160 4 60 55 250 35 7 12 713

12/20 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B3, gear unit sizes 504 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC motor 1) N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
505 iN = 14 - 50 iN = 56
506 iN = 20 - 71 iN = 80
160M B095 3 35 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B110 3 40 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
160L B110 3 40 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
180M B110 3 40 48 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
180L B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 0 0 778 831 35 5 5 778 831
200L B125 3 50 55 @ 315 35 0 0 768 821
B140 3 55 55 @ 315 40 7 13 798 851 35 0 0 768 821
B160 4 60 55 @ 315 40 7 12 798 851 35 0 0 768 821
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 315 40 7 7 822 875
B160 4 60 60 @ 315 40 7 6 822 875
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 40 7 6 822 875
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 40 7 6 822 875
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 315 40 7 6 822 875
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 40 7 6 822 875
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 40 7 6 822 875
250M 2) B180 4 70 65 @ 315 40 12 13 834 887
B200 4 80 65 @ 315 40 12 13 834 887
280S 2) B180 4 70 75 @ 315 40 12 13 834 887
B200 4 80 75 @ 315 40 10 15 834 887
280M 2) B200 4 80 75 @ 315 40 10 15 834 887
507 iN = 14 - 50 iN = 56
508 iN = 18 - 63 iN = 71
160M B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 6 14 913 960
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 10 10 913 960
160L B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 6 14 913 960
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 10 10 913 960
180M B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 6 14 913 960
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 10 10 913 960
180L B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 6 14 913 960
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 10 10 913 960

12
200L B140 3 55 55 @ 315 50 7 13 933 980 40 5 5 903 950
B160 4 60 55 @ 315 50 7 12 933 980
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 315 50 7 7 957 1004 40 6 6 935 982
B160 4 60 60 @ 315 50 7 6 957 1004 40 6 5 935 982
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 50 7 6 957 1004
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 50 7 6 957 1004
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 315 50 7 6 957 1004 40 6 5 935 982
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 50 7 6 957 1004
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 50 7 6 957 1004
250M B160 4 60 65 @ 315 50 10 15 969 1016
B180 4 70 65 @ 315 50 12 13 969 1016
B200 4 80 65 @ 315 50 12 13 969 1016
280S B180 4 70 75 @ 315 50 12 13 969 1016
B200 4 80 75 @ 315 50 12 13 969 1016
280M B180 4 70 75 @ 315 50 12 13 969 1016
B200 4 80 75 @ 315 50 12 13 969 1016

1) Other motor sizes on request.


2) Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/21


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design
f Gear unit sizes: 504, 505, 507, 509, 511, 513
fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510, 512, 514
Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
A sk

G_MD30_EN_00015 NL NL

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
509 iN = 14 - 50 iN = 56
510 iN = 18 - 63 iN = 71
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 420 60 7 7 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B160 4 60 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B225 4 90 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142 50 0 0 1065 1118
B225 4 90 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1089 1142
250M B160 4 60 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130 50 5 6 1077 1130
B180 4 70 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130 50 5 6 1077 1130
B200 4 80 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130 50 5 6 1077 1130
B225 4 90 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130
280S B180 4 70 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130 50 5 6 1077 1130
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130 50 5 6 1077 1130

12 280M
B225
B180
4
4
90
70
75
75
@ 420
@ 420
60
60
0
0
0
0
1077
1077
1130
1130 50 5 6 1077 1130
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130 50 5 6 1077 1130
B225 4 90 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1077 1130
315S 2) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1108 1161
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1108 1161
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 60 0 0 1108 1161
315M 2) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1108 1161
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1108 1161
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 60 0 0 1108 1161

12/22 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B3, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
511 iN = 14 - 50 iN = 56
512 iN = 18 - 63 iN = 71
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 420 60 6 7 1266 1324
B160 4 60 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
B225 4 90 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
B225 4 90 60 @ 420 60 6 6 1266 1324
250M B160 4 60 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1254 1312
B180 4 70 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1254 1312
B200 4 80 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1254 1312
280S B180 4 70 75 @ 420 75 0 0 1254 1312 60 0 0 1254 1312
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 75 0 0 1254 1312 60 0 0 1254 1312
280M B180 4 70 75 @ 420 75 0 0 1254 1312 60 0 0 1254 1312
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 75 0 0 1254 1312 60 0 0 1254 1312
315S B200 4 80 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
315M B200 4 80 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
315L 3) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 75 0 0 1285 1343 60 0 0 1285 1343
513 iN = 14 - 40 iN = 45 - 56
514 iN = 18 - 50 iN = 56 - 71
315S B200 4 80 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
315M B200 4 80 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
315L 3) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
315L 4) B225 4 90 80 @ 420 80 10 10 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 80 9 9 1526 1604 70 0 0 1481 1559 12

1)
Other motor sizes on request.
2)
Notice: Motor flange radius P/2 is greater than gear unit shaft height h!
3)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).
4)
Standard motor 315L with PN < 200 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/23


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Gear unit sizes: 505, 507, 509, 511, 513


fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510, 512, 514
Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
A

sk

G_MD30_EN_00066 NL NL

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
505 iN = 63 - 200 iN = 224 - 280
506 iN = 90 - 280 iN = 315 - 355
100L B068 3 20 28 250 20 2 3 728 781
B080 3 30 28 250 20 2 3 728 781
B095 3 35 28 250 20 2 3 728 781
B110 3 40 28 250 20 2 3 728 781
112M B080 3 30 28 250 28 0 0 728 781 20 2 3 728 781
B095 3 35 28 250 28 0 0 728 781 20 2 3 728 781
B110 3 40 28 250 28 0 0 728 781 20 2 3 728 781
132S B080 3 30 38 250 28 0 3 751 804 20 4 4 751 804

12 B095
B110
3
3
35
40
38
38
250
250
28
28
0
0
3
3
751
751
804
804
20
20
4
4
4
4
751
751
804
804
B125 3 50 38 250 28 3 0 751 804 20 6 2 751 804
132M B080 3 30 38 250 20 4 4 751 804
B095 3 35 38 250 28 0 3 751 804 20 4 4 751 804
B110 3 40 38 250 28 0 3 751 804 20 4 4 751 804
B125 3 50 38 250 28 3 0 751 804 20 6 2 751 804
160M B095 3 35 42 250 28 0 3 781 834 20 4 4 781 834
B110 3 40 42 250 28 0 3 781 834 20 4 4 781 834
B125 3 50 42 250 28 3 0 781 834 20 6 2 781 834
160L B095 3 35 42 250 20 4 4 781 834
B110 3 40 42 250 28 0 3 781 834 20 4 4 781 834
B125 3 50 42 250 28 3 0 781 834 20 6 2 781 834
180M B110 3 40 48 250 28 0 3 781 834
B125 3 50 48 250 28 3 0 781 834
180L B125 3 50 48 250 28 3 0 781 834

12/24 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B4, gear unit sizes 505 to 508
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor
1)

507 iN = 63 - 200 iN = 224


508 iN = 80 - 250 iN = 280
132S B095 3 35 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
B110 3 40 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
B125 3 50 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
B140 3 55 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
132M B095 3 35 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
B110 3 40 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
B125 3 50 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
B140 3 55 38 250 35 0 0 887 934 32 5 5 887 934
160M B095 3 35 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
B110 3 40 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
B125 3 50 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
B140 3 55 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
160L B095 3 35 42 250 32 5 5 917 964
B110 3 40 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
B125 3 50 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
B140 3 55 42 250 35 0 0 917 964 32 5 5 917 964
180M B110 3 40 48 250 35 0 0 917 964
B125 3 50 48 250 35 0 0 917 964
B140 3 55 48 250 35 0 0 917 964
180L B125 3 50 48 250 35 0 0 917 964
B140 3 55 48 250 35 0 0 917 964
200L B140 3 55 55 250 35 7 13 937 984
B160 4 60 55 250 35 7 12 937 984
Ratio range 3
507 iN = 250 - 280
508 iN = 315 - 355
132S B110 3 40 38 250 25 10 10 887 934
B125 3 50 38 250 25 10 10 887 934
B140 3 55 38 250 25 10 10 887 934
132M B110 3 40 38 250 25 10 10 887 934
B125 3 50 38 250 25 10 10 887 934
B140 3 55 38 250 25 10 10 887 934
250
12
160M B125 3 50 42 25 10 10 917 964
B140 3 55 42 250 25 10 10 917 964
160L B125 3 50 42 250 25 10 10 917 964
B140 3 55 42 250 25 10 10 917 964

1)
Other motor sizes on request.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/25


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B4, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design

f Gear unit sizes: 505, 507, 509, 511, 513


fL Gear unit sizes: 506, 508, 510, 512, 514
Z
h2
h1

D1

D2
A

sk

G_MD30_EN_00066 NL NL

For plants with special design requirements (high switching For fitting dimensions for IEC standard motors EN 50347
frequency, alternating direction of load; e.g. hoisting gears, (View X), see page 12/28.
traveling gears, etc.) the coupling design is to be checked in Not in connection with taconite E on input shaft
accordance with the respective valid coupling brochure. (see note on page 11/2).
For other couplings, please consult us.
Dimensions in mm
Gear unit Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
sizes
IEC N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
motor 1)
509 iN = 63 - 200 iN = 224 - 280
510 iN = 80 - 250 iN = 280 - 355
160M B095 3 35 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
B110 3 40 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
160L B110 3 40 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
180M B110 3 40 48 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096

12 B125
B140
3
3
50
55
48
48
@ 315
@ 315
40
40
0
0
0
0
1043
1043
1096
1096
35
35
5
5
5
5
1043
1043
1096
1096
180L B125 3 50 48 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 40 0 0 1043 1096 35 5 5 1043 1096
200L B140 3 55 55 @ 315 40 7 13 1063 1116
B160 4 60 55 @ 315 40 7 12 1063 1116
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 315 40 7 7 1087 1140
B160 4 60 60 @ 315 40 7 6 1087 1140
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 40 7 6 1087 1140
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 40 7 6 1087 1140
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 315 40 7 6 1087 1140
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 40 7 6 1087 1140
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 40 7 6 1087 1140
250M B160 4 60 65 @ 315 40 8 17 1099 1152
B180 4 70 65 @ 315 40 12 13 1099 1152
B200 4 80 65 @ 315 40 12 13 1099 1152

12/26 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Type B4, gear unit sizes 509 to 514
with N-EUPEX coupling

Design (continued)
Gear unit Dimensions in mm
sizes Basic dimensions Ratio range 1 Ratio range 2
IEC motor 1) N-EUPEX Sk NL D2 A D1 h1 h2 f fL D1 h1 h2 f fL
511 iN = 63 - 200 iN = 224 - 280
512 iN = 80 - 250 iN = 280 - 355
160M B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 6 14 1235 1293
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 10 10 1235 1293
160L B125 3 50 42 @ 315 40 6 14 1235 1293
B140 3 55 42 @ 315 40 10 10 1235 1293
180M B125 3 50 48 @ 315 50 0 0 1235 1293 40 6 14 1235 1293
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 50 0 0 1235 1293 40 10 10 1235 1293
B160 4 60 48 @ 315 50 0 0 1235 1293
180L B125 3 50 48 @ 315 50 0 0 1235 1293 40 6 14 1235 1293
B140 3 55 48 @ 315 50 0 0 1235 1293 40 10 10 1235 1293
B160 4 60 48 @ 315 50 0 0 1235 1293
200L B140 3 55 55 @ 315 50 7 13 1255 1313 40 5 5 1225 1283
B160 4 60 55 @ 315 50 7 12 1255 1313
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 315 50 7 7 1279 1337 40 6 6 1257 1315
B160 4 60 60 @ 315 50 7 6 1279 1337 40 6 5 1257 1315
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 50 7 6 1279 1337
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 50 7 6 1279 1337
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 315 50 7 6 1279 1337 40 6 5 1257 1315
B180 4 70 60 @ 315 50 7 6 1279 1337
B200 4 80 60 @ 315 50 7 6 1279 1337
250M B160 4 60 65 @ 315 50 10 15 1291 1349
B180 4 70 65 @ 315 50 12 13 1291 1349
B200 4 80 65 @ 315 50 12 13 1291 1349
280S B180 4 70 75 @ 315 50 12 13 1291 1349
B200 4 80 75 @ 315 50 12 13 1291 1349
280M B180 4 70 75 @ 315 50 12 13 1291 1349
B200 4 80 75 @ 315 50 12 13 1291 1349
513 iN = 63 - 200 iN = 224 - 280
514 iN = 80 - 250 iN = 280 - 355
225S B140 3 55 60 @ 420 60 7 7 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B160 4 60 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B225 4 90 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545
225M B160 4 60 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B180 4 70 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B200 4 80 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545 50 0 0 1443 1521
B225 4 90 60 @ 420 60 7 6 1467 1545
250M B160 4 60 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533 50 5 6 1455 1533
B180
B200
4
4
70
80
65
65
@ 420
@ 420
60
60
0
0
0
0
1455
1455
1533
1533
50 5
50 5
6
6
1455
1455
1533
1533 12
B225 4 90 65 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533
280S B180 4 70 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533 50 5 6 1455 1533
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533 50 5 6 1455 1533
B225 4 90 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533
280M B180 4 70 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533 50 5 6 1455 1533
B200 4 80 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533 50 5 6 1455 1533
B225 4 90 75 @ 420 60 0 0 1455 1533
315S B200 4 80 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1486 1564
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1486 1564
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 60 0 0 1486 1564
315M B200 4 80 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1486 1564
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1486 1564
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 60 0 0 1486 1564
315L 2) B200 4 80 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1486 1564
B225 4 90 80 @ 420 60 0 2 1486 1564
B250 6 100 80 @ 420 60 0 0 1486 1564
1) Other motor sizes on request.
2) Standard motor 315L with PN < 160 kW (motor designation not included in EN 50347).

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/27


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Fitting dimensions for IEC motors

Dimensional drawings
S View X S

M
N


M N

G_MD30_EN_00018
P P
P = 250 up to 400 P = 450 up to 800

Flange dimensions
For three-phase motors with squirrel-cage rotor acc. to EN 50347
Motor frame sizes
100L 112M 132S 160M 180M 200L 225S 250M 280S 315S 315L 1)
132M 160L 180L 225M 280M 315M
Max. power kW 3 4 7.5 15 22 30 45 55 90 132 200 315
rating PN
at 50 Hz
P mm 250 250 300 350 350 400 450 550 550 660 660 800
N (H7) mm 180 180 230 250 250 300 350 450 450 550 550 680
M mm 215 215 265 300 300 350 400 500 500 600 600 740
S 4 x M12 4 x M16 8 x M16 8 x M20

12

1)
Motor designation (not included in EN 50347).

12/28 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Fitting dimensions for IEC motors

Selection and ordering data


Ordering information
When ordering the motor bell housing, -Z and the following order code must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Motor bell housing in catalog design for one 4-pole or 6-pole IEC motor for standard coupling
IEC motor 100L for N-EUPEX coupling B068 P 2 6
IEC motor 100L for N-EUPEX coupling B080 P 0 0
IEC motor 100L for N-EUPEX coupling B095 P 2 7
IEC motor 100L for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 2 8
IEC motor 112M for N-EUPEX coupling B080 P 0 1
IEC motor 112M for N-EUPEX coupling B095 P 2 9
IEC motor 112M for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 3 0
IEC motor 132S for N-EUPEX coupling B080 P 0 2
IEC motor 132S for N-EUPEX coupling B095 P 0 3
IEC motor 132S for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 3 2
IEC motor 132S for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 3 3
IEC motor 132S for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 3 4
IEC motor 132M for N-EUPEX coupling B080 P 3 1
IEC motor 132M for N-EUPEX coupling B095 P 0 4
IEC motor 132M for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 3 5
IEC motor 132M for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 3 6
IEC motor 132M for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 3 7
IEC motor 160M for N-EUPEX coupling B095 P 0 5
IEC motor 160M for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 0 6
IEC motor 160M for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 0 7
IEC motor 160M for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 3 8
IEC motor 160L for N-EUPEX coupling B095 P 3 9
IEC motor 160L for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 0 8
IEC motor 160L for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 0 9
IEC motor 160L for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 4 0
IEC motor 180M for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 1 0
IEC motor 180M for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 1 1
IEC motor 180M for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 4 1
IEC motor 180M for N-EUPEX coupling B160 P 4 2
IEC motor 180L for N-EUPEX coupling B110 P 6 6
IEC motor 180L for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 1 2
IEC motor 180L for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 4 3
IEC motor 180L for N-EUPEX coupling B160 P 4 4
IEC motor 200L for N-EUPEX coupling B125 P 4 5
IEC motor 200L for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 1 3
IEC motor 200L for N-EUPEX coupling B160 P 4 6
IEC motor 225S for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 1 4
IEC motor 225S for N-EUPEX coupling B160 P 4 7
IEC motor 225S for N-EUPEX coupling B180 P 1 5
IEC motor 225S for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 4 8
IEC motor 225S for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 4 9

12
IEC motor 225M for N-EUPEX coupling B140 P 1 6
IEC motor 225M for N-EUPEX coupling B160 P 5 0
IEC motor 225M for N-EUPEX coupling B180 P 1 7
IEC motor 225M for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 5 1
IEC motor 225M for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 5 2
IEC motor 250M for N-EUPEX coupling B160 P 1 8
IEC motor 250M for N-EUPEX coupling B180 P 1 9
IEC motor 250M for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 5 3
IEC motor 250M for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 5 4
IEC motor 280S for N-EUPEX coupling B180 P 2 0
IEC motor 280S for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 5 5
IEC motor 280S for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 5 6
IEC motor 280M for N-EUPEX coupling B180 P 2 1
IEC motor 280M for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 5 7
IEC motor 280M for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 5 8
IEC motor 315S for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 2 2
IEC motor 315S for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 5 9
IEC motor 315S for N-EUPEX coupling B250 P 6 0
IEC motor 315M for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 2 3
IEC motor 315M for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 6 1
IEC motor 315M for N-EUPEX coupling B250 P 6 2

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 12/29


Siemens AG 2014

Options for externally mounted parts


Motor bell housing for IEC motors
Fitting dimensions for IEC motors

Selection and ordering data (continued)


Ordering information
When ordering the motor bell housing, -Z and the following order code must be added to the Article No.
Data position of Article No. 1 to 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Order
code
Article No. 2LP202 . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z
Motor bell housing in catalog design for one 4-pole or 6-pole IEC motor for standard coupling
IEC motor 315L (max. 160 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B200 P 2 4
IEC motor 315L (max. 160 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 6 3
IEC motor 315L (max. 160 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B250 P 6 4
IEC motor 315L (max. 200 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 2 5
IEC motor 315L (max. 200 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B250 P 6 5
IEC motor 315L (max. 250 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B225 P 6 7
IEC motor 315L (max. 250 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B250 P 6 8
IEC motor 315L (max. 315 kW/50 Hz) for N-EUPEX coupling B250 P 6 9

Mounting of motor bell housing


Mounting flexible coupling piece P 8 0
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 100 motor P 8 1
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 112 motor P 8 2
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 132 motor P 8 3
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 160 motor P 8 4
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 180 motor P 8 5
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 200 motor P 8 6
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 225 motor P 8 7
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 250 motor P 8 8
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 280 motor P 8 9
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC 315 motor P 9 0

End for mounting motor bell housing for gear units with shaft d1 at both ends
Mounting of motor bell housing at gear unit face 3 P 9 6
Mounting of motor bell housing at gear unit face 6 P 9 5

12

12/30 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


13
Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

13/2 Partner at Industry

13/3 Online Services


13/3 Information and Ordering in the Internet
and on DVD
13/4 Information and Download Center,
Social Media, Mobile Media

13/5 Industry Services


13/5 Your machines and plant can do more
with Industry Services.
13/6 Industry Services for the entire life cycle

13/10 Index
13/10 Subject index
13/12 Overview of order codes

13/17 Configuring guide

13/18 Conditions of sale and delivery

Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Partner at Industry

At Siemens Industry we are resolutely pursuing the same goal:


long-term improvement of your competitive ability.
We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment, we
continue to set new standards in automation and drive tech-
nology. In all industries worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting a
Product group,
Country,
City,
Service.

13

13/2 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD

Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW


A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services.

Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog CA 01 of Industry


Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Auto-
mation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.

Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall


The Industry Mall is the electronic ordering platform of
Siemens AG on the Internet. Here you have online access
to a huge range of products presented in an informative and
attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from
selection through ordering to tracking and tracing of the order to
be carried out. Availability checks, customer-specific discounts 13
and preparation of quotes are also possible.
Numerous additional functions are available to support you.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to select
the required products. Configurators enable you to configure
complex product and system components quickly and easily.
CAx data types are also provided here.
Please visit the Industry Mall on the Internet under:
www.siemens.com/industrymall

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/3


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Online Services
Information and Download Center
Social Media, Mobile Media

Downloading Catalogs
In addition to numerous other useful documents, you can also
find the catalogs listed on the back inside cover of this catalog
in the Information and Download Center. Without having to
register, you can download these catalogs in PDF format or
increasingly as digital page-turning e-books.
The filter dialog box above the first catalog displayed makes it
possible to carry out targeted searches. If you enter MD 3 for
example, you will find both the MD 30.1 and MD 31.1 catalogs.
If you enter ST 70 both the ST 70 catalog and the associated
news or add-ons are displayed.
Visit us on the web at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter

Social Media
Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social
networking sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on
products and services, the opportunity to provide feedback, to
exchange information and ideas with customers and other
Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know
and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social
media.
Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point:
www.siemens.com/industry/socialmedia
Or via our product pages at:
www.siemens.com/automation
or
www.siemens.com/drives
To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities
visit us at:
www.siemens.com/socialmedia

Mobile Media
Discover the world of Siemens.
We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform
13 apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current
Siemens apps at the app store (iOS) or at Google Play (Android).
The Siemens app, for example, tells you all about the history,
latest developments and future plans of the company with in-
formative pictures, fascinating reports and the most recent press
releases.

13/4 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Industry Services
Your machines and plants can do more
with Industry Services.
Whether it is production or process industry - in view of rising
cost pressure, growing energy costs, and increasingly stringent
environmental regulations, services for industry are a crucial
competitive factor in manufacturing as well as in process indus-
tries.
All over the world Siemens supports its customers with product,
system, and application-related services throughout the entire
life cycle of a plant. Right from the earliest stages of planning,
engineering, and building, all the way to operation and modern-
ization. These services enable customers to benefit from the
Siemens experts unique technological and product knowledge
and industry expertise.
Thus downtimes are reduced and the utilization of resources is
optimized. The bottom line: increased plant productivity, flexibil-
ity, and efficiency, plus reduced overall costs.
Discover all advantages of our service portfolio:
www.siemens.com/industry-services

7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ 
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW

(QHUJ\ 
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV Planning
Planning

7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ  Online Support 7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ 


(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW Technical Support (QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
Spare Parts
(QHUJ\
Modernization Repair Services
Engineer
Engineer (QHUJ\
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV Modernization (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
Field Services &
& Build
Build
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ Training
2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV

3ODQW0DLQWHQDQFH 
&RQGLWLRQ0RQLWRULQJ
Operation
Operation
6HUYLFH&RQWUDFWV

(QHUJ\ (QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV

0RGHUQL]DWLRQ 2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV

G_DA65_EN_00270
13
Siemens supports its clients with technology based Services across a plants entire life cycle.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/5


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
Online Support
Online support is a comprehensive information system for all
questions relating to products, systems, and solutions that
Siemens has developed for industry over time. With more than
300,000 documents, examples and tools, it offers users of auto-
mation and drive technology a way to quickly find up-to-date
information. The 24-hour service enables direct, central access
to detailed product information as well as numerous solution
examples for programming, configuration and application.
The content, in six languages, is increasingly multimediabased
and now also available as a mobile app. Online supports
Technical Forum offers users the opportunity to share informa-
tion with each other. The Support Request option can be used
to contact Siemens technical support experts. The latest con-
tent, software updates, and news via newsletters and Twitter
ensure that industry users are always up to date.
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupport

Online Support App

Using the Online Support app, you can access over 300,000 The search function retrieves product information and articles
documents covering all Siemens industrial products - anywhere, and supports you with a personalized suggestion list. You can
any time. Regardless of whether you need help implementing find your favorite pages articles you need frequently under
your project, fault-finding, expanding your system or are mySupport. You also receive selected news on new functions,
planning a new machine. important articles or events in the News section.
You have access to FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristics
curves, application examples, product notices (e.g. announce-
ments of new products) and information on successor products
in the event that a product is discontinued.
Scan the QR code
Just scan the product code printed on the product directly
for information on
using the camera of your mobile device to immediately see all
technical information available on this product at a glance. our Online Support
The graphical CAx information (3D model, circuit diagrams or app.
EPLAN macros) is also displayed. You can forward this infor-
mation to your workplace using the e-mail function. The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store
(iOS) or from Google Play (Android).
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp

Technical Support
The ability to quickly analyze system and error messages and
take appropriate action are key factors in ensuring that plants
run safely and efficiently. Questions can arise at any time and in
any industry, whether its an individual product or a complete
automation solution. Siemens technical support offers individual
technical assistance in matters related to functionality, how to
13 operate, applications, and fault clearance in industrial products
and systems at any time and globally, over the phone, by e-
mail, or via remote access. Experienced experts from Siemens
answer incoming questions promptly. Depending on the require-
ments, they first consult specialists in the areas of development,
on-site services, and sales. Technical support is also available
for discontinued products that are no longer available. Using the
support request number, any inquiry can be clearly identified
and systematically tracked.

13/6 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
Spare Parts
Drive and automation systems must be available at all times.
Even a single missing spare part can bring the entire plant to a
standstill and result in substantial financial losses for the oper-
ator. The spare parts services from Siemens protects against
such losses with the aid of quickly available, original spare
parts that ensure smooth interaction with all other system com-
ponents. Spare parts are kept on hand for up to ten years; de-
fective parts can be returned. For many products and solutions,
individual spare parts packages ensure a preventive stock of
spare parts on-site. The spare parts services is available around
the world and around the clock. Optimum supply chain logistics
ensure that replacement components reach their destination as
quickly as possible. Siemens logistics experts take care of plan-
ning and management as well as procurement, transportation,
customs handling, warehousing, and complete order manage-
ment for spare parts.

Repair Services
Reliable electrical and electronic equipment is crucial for oper-
ating continuous processes. That is why it is essential that mo-
tors and converters always undergo highly specialized repair
and maintenance. Siemens offers complete customer and repair
services on site and in repair centers as well as technical
emergency services worldwide. The repair services include all
measures necessary to quickly restore the functionality of defec-
tive units. In addition, services such as spare parts logistics,
spare parts storage and rapid manufacturing are available to
plant operators in all verticals. With a global network of certified
repair shops operated by Siemens as well as third parties,
Siemens handles the maintenance and overhaul of motors, con-
verters, and other devices as an authorized service partner.

Field Services
Its a top priority in all industries: the availability of plants and
equipment. Siemens offers specialized maintenance services
such as inspection and upkeep as well as rapid fault clearance
in industrial plants worldwide, continuously, and even with
emergency services as needed. The services include startup as
well as maintenance and fault clearance during operation. The
startup service includes checking the installation, function tests,
parameterization, integration tests for machines and plants, trial
operation, final acceptance, and employee training. All services,
including remote maintenance of drives, are also available as

13
elements of customized service contracts.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/7


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
Training
Increasingly, up-to-date knowledge is becoming a determining
factor in success. One of the key resources of any company is
well-trained staff that can make the right decision at the right
moment and take full advantage of the potential. With SITRAIN
Training for Industry, Siemens offers comprehensive advanced
training programs. The technical training courses convey exper-
tise and practical knowledge directly from the manufacturer.
SITRAIN covers Siemens entire product and system portfolio in
the field of automation and drives. Together with the customer,
Siemens determines the companys individual training needs
and then develops an advanced training program tailored to the
desired requirements. Additional services guarantee that the
knowledge of all Siemens partners and their employees is
always up-to-date.

Technical Consulting & Engineering Support


The efficiency of plants and processes leads to sustainable -
economic success. Individual services from Siemens help save
substantial time and money while also guaranteeing maximum
safety. Technical consulting covers the selection of products and
systems for efficient industrial plants. The services include plan-
ning, consulting, and conceptual design as well as product
training, application support, and configuration verification in
all phases of a plants lifecycle and in all questions related to
product safety. Engineering support offers competent assis-
tance throughout the entire project, from developing a precise
structure for startup to product-specific preparation for imple-
mentation as well as support services in areas such as prototype
development, testing and acceptance.

Energy & Environmental Services


Efficient energy use and resource conservation these top
sustainability concerns pay off both for the environment and for
companies. Siemens offers integrated solutions that unlock all
technical and organizational potential for successful environ-
mental management. Customized consulting services are aimed
at sustainably lowering the cost of energy and environmental
protection and thus increasing plant efficiency and availability.
The experts provide support in the conceptual design and im-
plementation of systematic solutions in energy and environmen-
tal management, enabling maximum energy efficiency and

13
optimized water consumption throughout the entire company.
Improved data transparency makes it possible to identify
savings potential, reduce emissions, optimize production
processes, and thereby noticeably cut costs.

13/8 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Industry Services
Industry Services
for the entire life cycle
Modernization & Optimization Services
High machine availability, expanded functionality and selective
energy savings in all industries, these are decisive factors for
increasing productivity and lowering costs. Whether a company
wants to modernize individual machines, optimize drive sys-
tems, or upgrade entire plants, Siemens experts support the
projects from planning to commissioning.
Expert consulting and project management with solution respon-
sibility lead to security and make it possible to specifically iden-
tify savings potential in production. This secures investments
over the long term and increases economic efficiency in opera-
tion.

Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring


Modern industrial plants are complex and highly automated.
They must operate efficiently in order to ensure the companys
competitive strength. In addition, the steadily increasing net-
working of machines and plants require consistent security con-
cepts. Maintenance and status monitoring as well as the imple-
mentation of integrated security concepts by Siemens experts
support optimum plant use and avoid downtime. The services in-
clude maintenance management as well as consulting on main-
tenance concepts, including the complete handling and execu-
tion of the necessary measures. Complete solutions also cover
remote services, including analysis, remote diagnosis, and
remote monitoring. These are based on the Siemens Remote
Services platform with certified IT security.

Service Contracts
Making maintenance costs calculable, reducing interfaces,
speeding up response times, and unburdening the companys
resources the reduced downtimes that these measures
achieve increase the productivity of a plant. Service contracts
from Siemens make maintenance and repairs more cost-effec-
tive and efficient. The service packages include local and re-
mote maintenance for a system or product group in automation
and drive technology. Whether you need extended service peri-
ods, defined response times, or special maintenance intervals,
the services are compiled individually and according to need.

13
They can be adjusted flexibly at any time and used indepen-
dently of each other. The expertise of Siemens specialists and
the capabilities of remote maintenance thus ensure reliable and
fast maintenance processes throughout a plants entire lifecycle.

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/9


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Subject index
A E H
Actual ratio Explanation of symbols used in the Heating ........................................ 11/7 ... 11/11
Types B2, B3 and B4 .............................. 3/66 dimensional drawings ...................................1/4 Heating elements ......................... 11/7 ... 11/11
Types H1, H2, H3 and H4 .............3/64, 3/65 Explosion protection as per Helical gear unit
ATEX 95 ......................................... 11/26, 11/27
Application ................................................ 11/29 Horizontal mounting
Externally mounted parts position .........................................4/1 ... 4/26
Article Nos./Selection and ordering data
Options for ...............................12/1 ... 12/30 Upright mounting position,
Type H1, H2, H3 and H4,
upright mounting position, output at bottom ............................6/1 ... 6/27
F
output at bottom ........................ 6/23 ... 6/27 Vertical mounting position ............5/1 ... 5/19
Types B2, B3 and B4, Factory certificates ....................................11/33 Helical gear units
horizontal mounting position ..... 7/16 ... 7/19 Fan ..............................................................11/6 horizontal mounting position .......... 4/1 ... ??
Types B2, B3 and B4, Fitting dimensions for Upright mounting position,
upright mounting position, IEC motors ..................................12/28 ... 12/30 output at bottom ............................. 6/1 ... ??
output at bottom ........................ 9/17 ... 9/20
Flange dimensions for Vertical mounting position .............. 5/1 ... ??
Types B2, B3 and B4, IEC motors .................................................12/28
vertical mounting position ......... 8/13 ... 8/16 Hollow shafts
Flange-mounted pump ................................11/5 for shrink disk .................................. 1/2, 10/6
Types H1, H2, H3 and H4,
horizontal mounting position ..... 4/22 ... 4/26 Further information ....................................11/33 with keyway ............................................ 10/5
Types H1, H2, H3 and H4, with keyway according
vertical mounting position ......... 5/15 ... 5/19 G
to DIN 6885/1 .................................. 1/2, 10/7
ATEX 95 Gear unit designations ..................................1/2 with spline in accordance
Explosion protection overview .............. 11/26 Gear unit dimensions with DIN 5480 .................................. 1/2, 10/8
Ordering information and Type B2, horizontal mounting Housing material ....................................... 11/14
ATEX codes .......................................... 11/27 position ..........................................7/2 ... 7/5
I
ATH-SW22 Type B2, upright mounting
(oil temperature monitoring) ....................... 11/7 position, output at bottom ..............9/2 ... 9/5 IEC motors (flange dimensions) ............... 12/28
Auxiliary drive ............................ 11/15 ... 11/25 Type B2, vertical mounting Information
Load drive for position ..........................................8/2 ... 8/5
About installation .................................. 11/32
type B3 ........... 11/15, 11/20 ... 11/23, 11/25 Type B3, horizontal mounting
position ........................................7/6 ... 7/11 Further .................................................. 11/33
Maintenance drive for
type B3 .......................11/15 ... 11/19, 11/25 Type B3, upright mounting About oil ............................................... 11/32
Speed monitoring for position, output at bottom ............9/6 ... 9/11 Installation
type B3 ......................................11/24, 11/25 Type B3, vertical mounting Information about ................................. 11/32
position ..........................................8/6 ... 8/7
B Type B4, horizontal mounting K
position ......................................7/12 ... 7/15
Backstop ........................................11/12, 11/13 Key to symbols ............................................. 3/5
Type B4, upright mounting
Bevel-helical gear units position, output at bottom ..........9/12 ... 9/15 L
Horizontal mounting position ....... 7/1 ... 7/19 Type B4, vertical mounting
Upright mounting position, position ........................................8/8 ... 8/11 Labyrinth seal ............................................. 11/4
output at bottom .......................... 9/1 ... 9/20 Type H1, horizontal mounting Legend for tables of
Vertical mounting position ........... 8/1 ... 8/16 position ..........................................4/2 ... 4/5 thermal capacities ........................................ 3/5
Type H1, upright mounting Load drive for
C position, output at bottom ..............6/2 ... 6/5 type B3 ............... 11/15, 11/20 ... 11/23, 11/25
Central holes, form DS in shaft ends Type H1, vertical mounting
position ..........................................5/2 ... 5/5 M
DIN 332/1 .................................................... 10/2
Characteristic features .................................. 1/4 Type H2, horizontal mounting Maintenance ................................................. 2/2
position ........................................4/6 ... 4/11
Climatic stress .......................................... 11/28 Maintenance drive for
Type H2, upright mounting type B3 ........................... 11/15 ... 11/19, 11/25
Coarse filter ................................................. 11/5 position, output at bottom ............6/6 ... 6/11
Moments of inertia
Coating system ......................................... 11/30 Type H2, vertical mounting
position ..........................................5/6 ... 5/7 Types B2, B3, B4 ........................... 3/62, 3/63
Color selection .......................................... 11/31
Type H3, horizontal mounting Types H1, H2, H3, H4 ................... 3/60, 3/61
Connection dimensions ................. 10/1 ... 10/8
position ......................................4/12 ... 4/17 Monitoring devices ..................................... 11/5
Cooling
Type H3, upright mounting Coarse filter ............................................ 11/5
Cooling coil ............................................. 11/6 position, output at bottom ..........6/12 ... 6/17 Pressure switch ...................................... 11/5
Fan .......................................................... 11/6 Type H3, vertical mounting
position ..........................................5/8 ... 5/9 Motor bell housing for
Cooling coil ................................................. 11/6 IEC motors ................................... 12/4 ... 12/30
Corrosivity category .................................. 11/28 Type H4, horizontal mounting
position ......................................4/18 ... 4/21 Type B2 ................................. 12/16 ... 12/19
Cover cap second shaft end ...................... 10/4 Type B3 ................................. 12/20 ... 12/23
Type H4, upright mounting

13
Cylindrical shaft ends ........................10/2, 10/3 position, output at bottom ..........6/18 ... 6/21 Type B4 ................................. 12/24 ... 12/27
Type H4, vertical mounting Type H2 ..................................... 12/4 ... 12/7
D
position ......................................5/10 ... 5/13 Type H3 ................................... 12/8 ... 12/11
Design of the gear units ................... 3/1 ... 3/66 Gear unit ventilation ..................................11/14 Type H4 ................................. 12/12 ... 12/15
Designation of gear unit faces ...................... 1/3 Guidelines for selection ......................3/2 ... 3/9
Dimensions of oil expansion unit Calculation example ......................... 3/6, 3/7
B2, B3, B4, upright mounting Constant mechanical
position, output at bottom ....................... 9/16 power rating ...................................... 3/2, 3/3
B2, B3, B4, vertical mounting Service factors .................................. 3/8, 3/9
position ................................................... 8/12 Variable power rating ................................3/4
H1, H2, H3, H4, upright mounting
position, output at bottom ....................... 6/22
H1, H2, H3, H4, vertical mounting
position ................................................... 5/14
Dip lubrication ............................................... 2/2
Direction of rotation ........................11/13, 11/33

13/10 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Subject index
N O S
N-EUPEX coupling Oil Selection of fit ............................................. 10/3
Type B2 ................................. 12/16 ... 12/19 Information about ..................................11/32 Selection of oil .............................................. 2/2
Type B3 ................................. 12/20 ... 12/23 Oil circulation lubrication ..................... 2/2, 11/5 Shaft misalignment ....................................... 2/2
Type B4 ................................. 12/24 ... 12/27 Oil drain valve ...........................................11/14 Shaft seals ..................................... 11/2 ... 11/4
Type H2 ..................................... 12/4 ... 12/7 Oil expansion unit Dimensions Labyrinth seal ......................................... 11/4
Type H3 ................................... 12/8 ... 12/11 B2, B3, B4, upright mounting Radial shaft seal ..................................... 11/2
Type H4 ................................. 12/12 ... 12/15 position output at bottom ........................9/16 Taconite .................................................. 11/2
Nominal output torques B2, B3, B4, vertical mounting Solid shaft ..................................................... 1/2
position ....................................................8/12
Type B2 .........................................3/40, 3/41 Speed monitoring for type B3 ........ 11/24, 11/25
H1, H2, H3, H4, upright mounting
Type B3 .................................................. 3/51 position output at bottom ........................6/22 Spline in accordance with
Type B4 .................................................. 3/57 H1, H2, H3, H4, vertical mounting DIN 5480 ..................................................... 10/8
Type H1 .........................................3/12, 3/13 position ....................................................5/14 Stress
Type H2 .................................................. 3/23 Oil level indicator .......................................11/14 Climatic ................................................ 11/28
Type H3 .................................................. 3/29 Oil temperature indicator Pt100 Summary of basic types
Type H4 .................................................. 3/35 Pt100 resistance thermometer ................11/7 Mounting positions ............................ 1/2, 1/3
Nominal power ratings Pt100 resistance thermometer Structure of gear unit size ........................ 1/2
Type B2 .........................................3/38, 3/39 with transmitter ........................................11/7 Structure of types ..................................... 1/2
Type B3 .................................................. 3/50 Resistance thermometer Pt100 Symbols
in ATEX design ........................................11/7
Type B4 .................................................. 3/56 Explanation of ........................................... 3/5
Type H1 .........................................3/10, 3/11 Oil temperature monitoring
ATH-SW22 ...................................................11/7 Symbols in the dimensional drawings
Type H2 .................................................. 3/22 Explanation ............................................... 1/4
Options
Type H3 .................................................. 3/28
for externally mounted parts ....12/1 ... 12/30 T
Type H4 .................................................. 3/34
for operation .............................11/1 ... 11/34
Notes and legend for tables of Taconite ...................................................... 11/2
thermal capacities ........................................ 3/5 Orientation in space ......................................1/3
Technical information .................................... 2/2
Notes on selection and operation ................. 1/4 P Thermal capacities
Parallel keys ................................................10/5 Notes and legend for tables ..................... 3/5
Parallel keyways ..........................................10/5 Type B2 ..................................... 3/42 ... 3/49
Preservation ..................................................2/2 Type B3 ..................................... 3/52 ... 3/55
Type B4 ..................................... 3/58 ... 3/59
Pressure switch ...........................................11/5
Type H1 ..................................... 3/14 ... 3/21
Pt100 resistance thermometer ....................11/7
Type H2 ..................................... 3/24 ... 3/27
ATEX design ...........................................11/7
Type H3 ..................................... 3/30 ... 3/33
with transmitter ........................................11/7
Type H4 ..................................... 3/36 ... 3/37
R Torque arm
Radial shaft seal ..........................................11/2 Vibration reducing ......................... 12/2, 12/3
Type plate ................................................. 11/34

V
Vibration reducing torque
reaction arm ....................................... 12/2, 12/3

13

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/11


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Overview of order codes

Overview
Order code Order code
Preservation B41 Coating system: Standard, with top coat
A00 Preservation application: Wastewater treatment, sewage B42 Coating system: Standard, without top coat
treatment plant
B43 Coating system: Standard, with top coat
A01 Preservation application: Excavators and bucket wheel
excavators B44 Coating system: Standard, with top coat,
high resistance to chemicals
A02 Preservation application: Chemical industry
B73 Coating system: Standard, with top coat,
A03 Preservation application: Metal working mills for "ATEX IIC" conditions
A04 Preservation application: Conveyors B75 Coating system: Standard, with top coat,
high resistance to chemicals, for "ATEX IIC" conditions
A06 Preservation application: Cranes, general
B85 Coating system: Electrostatically conductive, with top coat,
A07 Preservation application: Cranes, harbor cranes, standard for "ATEX IIC" conditions (fulfills corrosivity category C3 in
A09 Preservation application: Cooling tower drive, standard accordance with EN ISO 12944-2)
A10 Preservation application: Sugar production B86 Coating system: Electrostatically conductive, with top coat,
for "ATEX IIC" conditions (fulfills corrosivity category C4 in
A11 Preservation application: Paper production, printing presses accordance with EN ISO 12944-2)
A12 Preservation application: Paper production, drying drum drives B87 Coating system: Electrostatically conductive, with top coat,
A13 Preservation application: Cableways high resistance to chemicals, for "ATEX IIC" conditions (fulfills
corrosivity category C5 in accordance with EN ISO 12944-2)
A14 Preservation application: Building materials production, general
C00 RAL 5015 sky blue
A15 Preservation application: Building materials production,
cement industry C01 RAL 5009 azure blue

A16 Preservation application: Building materials production, C02 RAL 5010 gentian blue
brickworks C06 RAL 6011 reseda green
A17 Preservation application: Transport of persons, elevators, C07 RAL 7031 blue gray
escalators
C08 RAL 7035 light gray
A18 Preservation application: Mining machinery
C10 RAL 9005 jet black
A19 Preservation application: Woodworking machines
C11 RAL 7030 stone gray
A20 Preservation application: General mechanical engineering
C12 RAL 7016 anthracite gray
A21 Preservation application: Food processing industry, general
C13 RAL 7011 steel gray
A22 Preservation application: Food processing industry, mixer drives
Acceptance
A23 Preservation application: Food processing industry,
drum dryer drives D97 Additional test report to EN 10204-2.2
A24 Preservation application: Food processing industry, Installation conditions
cooking appliance drives G10 Cover cap at shaft d1, mounted on gear unit face 6 (left)
A25 Preservation application: Food processing industry, G11 Cover cap at shaft d1, mounted on gear unit face 3 (right)
toaster drives
G20 Cover cap at shaft d2, mounted on gear unit face 6 (left)
A26 Preservation application: Shipbuilding and offshore machinery
G21 Cover cap at shaft d2, mounted on gear unit face 3 (right)
A27 Preservation application: Prime movers, general
G30 Installation: Altitude up to 1,000 m
A28 Preservation application: Prime movers, water turbines
G31 Installation: Altitude 1,001 m to 2,000 m
A31 Preservation application: Casting machines
G32 Installation: Altitude 2,001 m to 3,000 m
A32 Preservation application: Artificial fertilizer and potash works
G33 Installation: Altitude 3,001 m to 4,000 m
A33 Preservation application: Lauter tub drives, standard
G34 Installation: Altitude 4,001 m to 5,000 m
A34 Preservation application: Agitator drives, standard
G35 Installation location: Small, enclosed rooms
A45 Preservation application: Oil pump drives
G36 Installation location: Large rooms, halls

13
A46 Preservation application: Compressor drives
G37 Installation location: Outdoors
A47 Preservation application: Palm oil presses
Information about oil
A48 Preservation application: Preheater drives
H00 Intended for mineral oil (oil not included in scope of supply)
A49 Preservation application: Centrifuge drives
H01 Intended for polyglycol-based synthetic oil (PG oil, oil not
A50 Preservation application: Cooling drum drives included in scope of supply)
A51 Preservation application: Calander drives H02 Intended for poly-alpha-olefin-based synthetic oil (PAO oil, oil
A52 Preservation application: Kneader drives not included in scope of supply)
A53 Preservation application: Mill drives, standard H03 Intended for poly-alpha-olefin-based synthetic oil, suitable for
ambient temperatures in excess of -35 degrees (PAO oil, oil not
B01 Climatic stress: Moderate climate zones, included in scope of supply)
Central European conditions
H10 Oil viscosity ISO VG 460
B02 Climatic stress: Marine climate, maritime coastal areas,
maritime transport, subtropical, tropical H11 Oil viscosity ISO VG 320
B03 Climatic stress: Corrosive, chemical atmosphere, H12 Oil viscosity ISO VG 220
aggressive environmental conditions

13/12 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Overview of order codes
Order code Order code
Oil monitoring K34 Gear unit in mounting position "H":
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, straight design
H40 Oil temperature measurement by Pt100 resistance thermometer
K35 Gear unit in mounting position "H":
H42 Oil temperature measurement by Pt100 resistance thermometer Oil drain valve on gear unit face 1, angled relative to face 6
with transmitter
K36 Gear unit in mounting position "H": Oil drain valve on gear unit
H43 Oil temperature monitoring with ATH-SW22 face 1, angled relative to face 3
H44 Oil temperature measurement by Pt100 resistance thermometer K37 Screw plug with permanent magnet in addition to oil drain valve
in ATEX design (Categories 2+3)
K71 MANN air filter (with filling sieve)
H51 Oil sight glass
K72 MANN air filter in encapsulated design (for dust-laden
H52 Oil level indicator FSA127 environments and risk of unit become completely covered)
Heating element K73 Wet air filter
J00 1 screw-in heater (standard design) IP65, 230V, 50Hz, cable K74 Breather filter (HYDAC)
entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on gear unit face 4
L00 Standard backstop, clockwise
J01 2 screw-in heaters (standard design) IP65, 230V, 50Hz, cable
entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on gear unit face 4 L01 Standard backstop, counter-clockwise
J02 1 screw-in heater (standard design) IP65, 230V, 50Hz, cable L02 Standard backstop, prepared for mounting
entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on gear unit face 1
L90 Shaft D2 clockwise
J03 2 screw-in heaters (standard design) IP65, 230V, 50Hz, cable
entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on gear unit face 1 L93 Shaft D2 counter-clockwise

J04 1 screw-in heater in each case on gear unit faces 1 and 4 L94 Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on right stud
(standard design) IP65, 230V, 50Hz, cable entry point as (d2 shaft at both ends)
selected by supplier L95 Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on left stud
J05 1 screw-in heater (ATEX design, Categories 2 +3) 230V, 50Hz, (d2 shaft at both ends)
cable entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on L96 Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on lower stud
gear unit face 4 (d2 shaft at both ends, vertical mounting position)
J06 2 screw-in heater (ATEX design, Categories 2 +3) 230V, 50Hz, L97 Direction of rotation of shaft d2 with view on upper stud
cable entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on (d2 shaft at both ends, vertical mounting position)
gear unit face 4
Specifications for mounting an auxiliary drive
J07 1 screw-in heater (ATEX design, Categories 2 +3) 230V, 50Hz,
cable entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on M00 Auxiliary drive mounted as load drive
gear unit face 1 M01 Auxiliary drive mounted as maintenance drive
J08 2 screw-in heaters (ATEX design, Categories 2 +3) 230V, 50Hz, M02 Auxiliary drive prepared for mounting as load drive
cable entry point as selected by supplier, mounted on
gear unit face 1 M03 Auxiliary drive prepared for mounting as maintenance drive
J09 1 screw-in heater in each case on gear unit faces 1 and 4 M60 Auxiliary drive mounting: Single drive (standard)
(ATEX design, Categories 2+3) 230V, 50Hz, cable entry point
M70 Auxiliary drive mounting: Mounting position: M4
as selected by supplier
(vertical, standard)
Mechanical externally mounted parts / gear unit design
M71 Auxiliary drive mounting: Mounting position: M1 (horizontal)
K00 Vibration reducing torque reaction arm for gear unit housing
M80 Auxiliary drive mounting: Speed monitoring device:
K22 Gear unit housing made of steel, welded Pulse generator
K24 Cover caps / fan guards in same color as gear unit M81 Auxiliary drive mounting: Speed monitoring device: EWD
K27 Stainless-steel set of labels M82 Auxiliary drive mounting: Speed monitoring device:
by customer, M18x1
K30 "Gear unit in mounting position "H":
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, straight design M83 Auxiliary drive mounting: Provided by the customer with
connection thread M18 x 1
Gear unit in mounting position "V":
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, straight design M84 Auxiliary drive mounting: Provided by the customer with
other connection thread
Gear unit in mounting position "L":
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, straight design Specifications for mounting a motor bell housing
P00 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 100L
13
K32 "Gear unit in mounting position "H":
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 6 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B080
Gear unit in mounting position "V": P01 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 112M
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 5 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B080
Gear unit in mounting position "L": P02 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132S
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, angled relative to face 6 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B080
K33 "Gear unit in mounting position "H": P03 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132S
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 3 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B095
Gear unit in mounting position "V": P04 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132M
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 4, angled relative to face 2 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B095
Gear unit in mounting position "L": P05 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160M
Oil drain valve on gear unit face 2, angled relative to face 3 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B095
P06 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B110
P07 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B125

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/13


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Overview of order codes
Order code Order code
P08 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC 160L motor P40 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160L
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B110 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B140
P09 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160L P41 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B125 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B140
P10 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180M P42 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B110 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B160
P11 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180M P43 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180L
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B125 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B140
P12 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180L P44 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180L
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B125 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B160
P13 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 200L P45 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 200L
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B140 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B125
P14 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225S P46 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 200L
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B140 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B160
P15 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225S P47 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B180 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B160
P16 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225M P48 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B140 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B200
P17 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225M P49 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B180 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P18 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 250M P50 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B160 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B160
P19 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 250M P51 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B180 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B200
P20 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 280S P52 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 225M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B180 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P21 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 280M P53 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 250M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B180 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B200
P22 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315S P54 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 250M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B200 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P23 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315M P55 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 280S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B200 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B200
P24 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L-160 P56 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 280S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B200 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P25 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L-200 P57 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 280M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B225 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B200
P26 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 100L P58 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 280M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B68 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P27 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 100L P59 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B95 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P28 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 100L P60 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315S
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B110 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B250
P29 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 112M P61 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B95 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B225
P30 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 112M P62 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315M
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B110 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B250
P31 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132M P63 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L_160
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B80 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B225
P32 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132S P64 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L_160
13 P33
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B110
Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132S P65
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B250
Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L_200
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B125 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B250
P34 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132S P66 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 180L
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B140 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B110
P35 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132M P67 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L_250
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B110 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B225
P36 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132M P68 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L_250
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B125 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B250
P37 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 132M P69 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 315L_315
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B140 4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-EUPEX B250
P38 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160M P80 Mounting of motor bell housing:
4-pole/6-pole, couplingN-Eupex B140 Mounting flexible coupling piece
P39 Mounting of motor bell housing for IEC motor 160L P81 Mounting of motor bell housing:
4-pole/6-pole, coupling N-Eupex B95 Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 100

13/14 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Overview of order codes
Order code Order code
P82 Mounting of motor bell housing: X41 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 112 applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T4,
P83 Mounting of motor bell housing: explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection bck
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 132
X42 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
P84 Mounting of motor bell housing: applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 160 explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T1,
P85 Mounting of motor bell housing: explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection bck
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 180 X43 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
P86 Mounting of motor bell housing: applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 200 explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T2,
explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection bck
P87 Mounting of motor bell housing:
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 225 X44 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
P88 Mounting of motor bell housing: explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T3,
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 250 explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection bck
P89 Mounting of motor bell housing: X45 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 280 applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
P90 Mounting of motor bell housing: explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T4,
Mounting flexible coupling and IEC motor 315 explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection bck

P95 Mounting of motor bell housing at gear unit face 6 X46 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
P96 Mounting of motor bell housing at gear unit face 3 explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T1,
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection bck
Gear units in ATEX design
X47 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
X30 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T2,
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection bck
class T4, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy
>3mJ, type of protection bck X48 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
X31 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T3,
applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection bck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T4, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy X49 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
>3mJ, type of protection ck applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T4,
X32 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection bck
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature X50 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
class T4, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
3mJ, type of protection bck explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T1,
explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection ck
X33 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection), X51 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
class T4, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T2,
3mJ, type of protection ck explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection ck
X34 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X52 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 21 (category 2 (high protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere dust), minimum ignition energy >3mJ, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T3,
type of protection bck explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection ck
X35 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X53 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 21 (category 2 (high protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere dust), minimum ignition energy 3mJ, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T4,
type of protection bck explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection ck
X36 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X54 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 22 (category 3 (normal protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere dust), minimum ignition energy >3mJ, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T1,

X37
type of protection ck
Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X55
explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection ck
Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
13
applications, Zone 22 (category 3 (normal protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere dust), minimum ignition energy 3mJ, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T2,
type of protection ck explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection ck
X38 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X56 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T1, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T3,
explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection bck explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection ck
X39 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X57 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T2, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T4,
explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection bck explosion subgroup IIB, type of protection ck
X40 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X58 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 1 (category 2 (high protection), applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T3, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T1,
explosion subgroup IIA, type of protection bck explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection ck

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/15


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Index
Overview of order codes
Order code Order code
X59 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground X74 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection), applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T2, explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection ck class T3, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy
>3mJ, type of protection ck
X60 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection), X75 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T3, applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection ck explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T4, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy
X61 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground >3mJ, type of protection ck
applications, Zone 2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor), temperature class T4, X76 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
explosion subgroup IIC, type of protection ck applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
X62 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground class T1, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), >3mJ, type of protection ck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T1, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy X77 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
>3mJ, type of protection bck applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
X63 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground class T2, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), >3mJ, type of protection ck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T2, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy X78 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
>3mJ, type of protection bck applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
X64 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground class T3, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), >3mJ, type of protection ck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T3, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy X79 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
>3mJ, type of protection bck applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
X65 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground class T1, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), 3mJ, type of protection ck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T4, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy X80 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
>3mJ, type of protection bck applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
X66 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground class T2, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), 3mJ, type of protection ck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T1, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy X81 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
>3mJ, type of protection bck applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
X67 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground class T3, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), 3mJ, type of protection ck
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T2, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy Order codes with required plain text
>3mJ, type of protection bck
Y00 RAL color of top coat
X68 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), Y01 Minimum ambient temperature
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature Y02 Maximum ambient temperature
class T3, explosion subgroup IIB, minimum ignition energy
>3mJ, type of protection bck Y20 Speed n1
X69 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground Y21 Power rating of driven machine P2 [kW]
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection), Y22 Torque of driven machine T2 [kNm]
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T1, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy Y23 Motor power PM [kW]
3mJ, type of protection bck
Y25 Additional text for type plate
X70 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
Y99 Additional text available
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T2, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy

13
3mJ, type of protection bck
X71 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 21/1 (category 2 (high protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T3, explosion subgroup IIC, minimum ignition energy
3mJ, type of protection bck
X72 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T1, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy
>3mJ, type of protection ck
X73 Gear unit in ATEX design, suitable for above-ground
applications, Zone 22/2 (category 3 (normal protection),
explosive atmosphere gas/mist/vapor and dust), temperature
class T2, explosion subgroup IIA, minimum ignition energy
>3mJ, type of protection ck

13/16 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix
Configuring guide
Determining the drive data
Checklist
Basic version and load data
Gearbox type: Helical gearbox H Bevel helical gearbox B Angular gear gearbox W; V Gearbox with
creep drive

Quantity: pieces Output torque: Nm


Max. output torque: Nm

Motor power rating: kW Allowable ratio tolerance: %


Motor speed: rpm Requested bearing life time L10 mh: hours
Absorbed power: kW Max. allowed oil temperature: C
Output speed: rpm
General information

Service factor:
Starting operations,
load peaks/hour: s/h Alternating load direction

Line frequency: 50 Hz For inverter operation Min/max frequency Hz


60 Hz

Operating period/day: 8 hours 16 hours 24 hours


Environmental conditions
Installation altitude: m Outdoor operation
Air humidity: % Operation in large hall
Temperature: From to C Operation in small room

Brief description of
the system:
(e.g. sector, conveyor
system, )
Climatic conditions
Temperate climate zones, Maritime coastal or maritime climate areas, Chemically corrosive climate,
central European conditions overseas transport, tropics, subtropics aggressive environment
Regular installation conditions Demanding installation conditions Rough and dirty installation conditions

Mounting and mounting position


Mounting position: Horizontal Vertical High speed shaft Low speed shaft above
H__H H__V above low speed shaft high speed shaft *)

B__H B__V H__L B__L H__U B__U

*) Only shaft mounted


Mounting type: Foot-mounting design Shaft mounted Wall mounted design At housing side
With IEC motor lantern design Housing flange, With swing base
With HSS coupling Hydraulic type short spacer With base frame
With LSS coupling Elastic type coupling Housing flange, With torque reaction arm
Rigid type long spacer
Motor type: With pedestal
Gearbox

Shafts
Designs for Solid shaft with key S Flange shaft F Hollow shaft with
low speed shafts: key way H
Solid shaft C for flange coupling **) **) Cone-clamping Hollow shaft with
flange coupling
with backlash free cone-clamping included shrink disk D
connection (without keyway) Hollow shaft with
involute splines K
Special HS shaft dimensions: (d1 l1) mm Tol. Shaft shoulder dimension: (G1) mm

13
Special LS shaft dimensions: (d2 l2) mm Tol. Shaft shoulder dimension: (G2/G4/G5) mm
LSS
Shaft arrangements: Double extended HS shaft Example:
Double extended LS shaft
HSS
Other options:
(e.g. axial/radial force)

Surface treatment ATEX


Surface protection: C2 C3 C4 C5 Zone 1 2 21 22
General options

Basic painting RAL 5015 RAL Category


Other options Gas Dust Group
Additional cooling: Fan Cooling coil; cooling water input temperature C G D IIA IIB IIC
Cooler unit Oil/air Oil/water Temperature class
Heater, with temperature control U= V, Hz, IP
ATEX-checklist customer
Single rotation direction of the LS shaft: Right Left Backstop

Siemens MD 30.1 2014 13/17


Siemens AG 2014

Appendix

Conditions of sale and delivery

1. General Provisions 3. Additional Terms and Conditions


By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter apply only to devices for export.
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and Illustrations are not binding.
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany. 4. Export regulations
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
Germany fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
for software products, the "General License Conditions for licenses are required under German, European and US export
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and, European or German export authorization when being exported
for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and subject to US re-export authorization.
Electronics Industry"1). The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
Germany
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany, are authoritative.
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authori-
the "General Terms of Payment"1) and, zation may be required i .a. due to the final disposition and
for software products, the "General License Conditions for intended use of goods.
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or (including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
Registered Office outside of Germany"1). third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
2. Prices If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all infor-
The prices are in (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of mation pertaining to the particular end customer, final dispo-
packaging. sition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to control restrictions existing in this relation.
the applicable statutory legal regulations. The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charget European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
the prices valid at the time of delivery. requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g. relevant authorities.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym), Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a 1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of downloaded at
the raw material in question is exceeded. www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price terms_of_trade_en.pdf

13 (for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges


on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
An exact explanation of the metal factor can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a one-
month buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).

13/18 Siemens MD 30.1 2014


Siemens AG 2014

Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices
listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner

System Solutions for Industry Catalog Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Catalog
Interactive Catalog on DVD Electrical Installation Technology
Products for Automation and Drives, Low-Voltage Power CA 01 SENTRON SIVACON ALPHA LV 10
Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Building Control Standards-Compliant Components for LV 11
GAMMA Building Control ET G1 Photovoltaic Plants
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A LV 35
Drive Systems 3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A LV 36
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting LV 50
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units D 11
and System Air-Conditioning
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150 D 12 Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems LV 51
Medium-Voltage Converters ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks LV 52
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180 D 15.1 SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards LV 56
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives Digital: SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
Germany Edition Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1
SINAMICS G180 D 18.1
Converters Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled Motion Control
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and D 21.3 SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60
Cabinet Modules Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module D 23.1 Equipment for Machine Tools
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet D 23.2 SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B NC 62
SINAMICS and Motors for Single-Axis Drives D 31 Equipment for Machine Tools
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet D 35 SINUMERIK 808 NC 81.1
pump, fan, compressor converters Equipment for Machine Tools
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV, D 84.1 SINUMERIK 828 NC 82
SIMOTICS TN Equipment for Machine Tools
Series H-compact SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS PM 21
Series H-compact PLUS Equipment for Production Machines
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 Drive and Control Components for Cranes CR 1
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet D 86.2
Technology, HT-direct Power Supply
DC Motors DA 12 Power supply SITOP KT 10.1
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1
Converters
Safety Integrated
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital DA 22 Safety Technology for Factory Automation SI 10
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 Human Machine Interface Systems/ ST 80/
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 PC-based Automation ST PC
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 SIMATIC Ident
Note: Additional catalogs on SIMODRIVE or SINAMICS Industrial Identification Systems ID 10
drive systems and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK
and SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors Products for Totally Integrated Automation ST 70
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors D 81.1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors D 81.8 System components
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors D 83.1 SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7 T
MOTOX Geared Motors D 87.1 Technology components
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors MD 50.1 Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7 AO
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter MD 50.11 Process Control System
Mechanical Driving Machines
FLENDER Standard Couplings MD 10.1 SIMATIC NET
FLENDER High Performance Couplings MD 10.2 Industrial Communication IK PI
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit MD 30.1
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units MD 31.1 SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls IC 10
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software MP 31
Products for Weighing Technology WT 10 Information and Download Center
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments PA 01 Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
Digital: Process Analytics, PA 11 www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
Components for the System Integration There youll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Please note the section Downloading catalogs on page
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF. Online services in the appendix of this catalog.
Siemens AG 2014

Siemens Industriegetriebe GmbH Subject to change without prior notice The information provided in this catalog contains merely general
Thierbacher Str. 24 Article No. E86060-K5730-A111-A3-7600 descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
09322 PENIG E.9115.K1.SGT / Dispo 18407
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
GERMANY KG 1114 5.0 HOF/AUM 296 En respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
Printed in Germany terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
Siemens AG 2014 to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their
own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

www.siemens.com/sig Token fee: 5.00

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy